Page 1 September 24, 2009 Revision 0 imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051/C5045/C5035/C5030 Series Service Manual Product Outline Function Periodic Servicing Parts Replacing and Cleaning Adjustments Troubleshooting Error Code Service Mode Installation Appendix...
Page 2 This manual is copyrighted with all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual may changes in the contents of this manual over a long or short period, Canon will issue a new not be copied, reproduced or translated into another language, in whole or in part, without the written consent of Canon Inc.
Page 3 The following rules apply throughout this Service Manual: Explanation of Symbols The following symbols are used throughout this Service Manual. Each chapter contains sections explaining the purpose of specific functions and the relationship between electrical and mechanical systems with reference to the timing of Symbols Explanation Symbols...
Page 4: Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions CDRH Act Laser Safety Handling of Laser System Turn power switch ON Safety of Toner imageRUNNER ADVANCE Notes When Handling a Lithium Battery C5051/5045/5035/5030 Notes Before Servicing Series...
Page 5 Untied States. The label shown here the work. indicates compliance with the CDRH regulations, and its attachment is required on all laser products that are soled in the United States. CANON INC. 30-2,SHIMOMARUKO,3-CHOME,OHTA-KU,TOKYO,JAPAN MANUFACTURED: THIS PRODUCT CONHORMS WITH DHHS RADIATION PERFORMANCE STANDARD 21CFR CHAPTER 1 SUBCHAPTER J.
Page 6: About Toner
Turn power switch ON Safety of Toner The machine is equipped with 2 power switches: main power switch and control panel power About Toner switch. The machine goes on when the main power switch is turned on (i.e., other than in low power The machine's toner is a non-toxic material made of plastic, iron, and small amounts of dye.
Page 7 Notes When Handling a Lithium Battery RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE. DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS. The following warnings are given to comply with Safety Principles (EN60950). Wenn mit dem falschen Typ ausgewechselt, besteht Explosionsgefahr. Gebrauchte Batterien gemäß...
Page 8: Product Overview
Product Overview Product Lineup Feature Specifications Name of Parts...
Page 9 Product Lineup imageRUNNER ADVANCE C50 51 Host machine A: Product category (90: Production model, 50 : Office model) B: Print speed (unit is ppm : print per minutes) F-1-2 F-1-2 F-1-1 F-1-1 Host machine configuration Host machine configuration Printer only T-1-1 T-1-1 Model type...
Page 10 Option Brand name Remarks and condition Inner Finisher Additional Tray-A1 Pickup delivery / image reading options Built-in finisher Inner Finisher-A1 Duplex Color Image Reader Unit-B1 ADF-XD (1 Path Duplex Type DADF) + Reader For USA,CCI,CLA, this is provided as a service 【6】...
Page 11 Function expanding option Brand name Remarks and condition 14 Additional Memory Type B (512MB) Document Scan Lock Kit-A1 is required 15 Image Data Analyzer Board-A1 【6】 16 Super G3 FAX Board-AE1 17 Super G3 2nd Line Fax Board-AE1 1-line FAX board is required 【5】...
Page 12 Feature Features at servicing Improvement on upgrade operation Product feature It is possible to upgrade options through the host machine. Same as conventional way, use SST (service support tool) to upgrade. Product feature New type connector is adopted Fixing Assembly ・Color on-demand fixing 　method is adopted.
Page 13 Specification A3, B4, A4, A4R, B5, A5,A5R,12""×18""(305mm×457mm),11""× Paper size (multi-purpose tray 17"", LGL, LTR, LTRR, STMT, STMTR, EXEC, K8, K16, K16R, pickup) FLS, 305×457, 320×450(SRA3), Custom size (Min 99mm x 139.7mm to Max 320 mm x 457.2mm),Postcard, Envelope (COM10, Specification Monarch, DL, ISO-B5, ISO-C5) Cassette: 550 sheet (80g/m ), multi-purpose tray pickup: 100 sheet...
Page 14 Weight / Size ImageRUNNER ADVANCE Paper C5051 C5045 Width Depth Height WeightApprox. basis Multi- Multi- Product name Size Mode Paper type weight(g/ (mm) (mm) (mm) (Kg) Cassette purpose Cassette purpose iR ADVANCE C5051/C5045 tray tray iR ADVANCE C5035/C5030 Color, B/W Color, B/W Color, B/W Color, B/W Duplex Color Image Reader Unit-B1 38.8 52-81...
Page 15: Paper Type
Paper type Pickup Multi- Cassette Cassette Usable paper types are shown on the next page and later. Paper type(g/ Cassette Cassette Paper Size purpose Feeding Feeding For irregular-sized paper, refer to the table below. Deck tray Unit 1 Unit 2 Type Feeding direction (mm) Width direction (mm)
Page 16: External View
Name of Parts Multi- Cassette Cassette Paper type(g/ Cassette Cassette Paper Size purpose Feeding Feeding Deck tray Unit 1 Unit 2 External View A4, LTR, B4, • Special paper Tracing, Coated, A4R, A5R, B5, B5R, EXEC, Washi LGL, LTRR, STMTR, 16K, •...
Page 17: Cross Sectional View
1-10 Cross Sectional View [1] Reversal roller [16] Fixing separration guide [31] Cassette 2 feeding roller [2] 2-side delivery / delivery [17] Roller pressure [32] Cassette 2 separation unit roller [3] Secondary delivery roller [18] Film unit [33] Casset 2 pick-up roller [4] Second delivery entrance [19] ITB unit [34] Casset pick-up unit...
Page 18: Power Switch
1-11 How to turn ON / OFF the power and points to note Operation While progress bar is kept displayed at power-on, HDD access is processing; thus, never • Power Switch turn OFF the Main Power Switch. To turn off the power, turn off the Main Power Switch. (Conventional shutdown sequence Types of power switch •...
Page 19 1-12 Main Menu Description of Control Panel iR ADVANCE C5051 / 5045 / 5035 / 5030 Series Control Panel iR ADVANCE C5051 / 5045 / 5035 / 5030 Series Scan and Send Fax / I-Fax Inbox F-1-9 F-1-9 Control Panel Power Switch ID (authentication) Key USB Insertion Slot [10] Touch Panel Display...
Page 20 1-13 Difference of main menu Settings / Registration menu iR ADVANCE C5051 / 5045 / 5035 / 5030 Series iR ADVANCE iRC 3380 / 2880 Series C5151/5045/5035/5030 Series Settings/Registration Copy Copy Send Scan and Send Select an item to set Mail BOX Scan and Store Access Stored Files...
Page 21: Service Mode
1-14 Description display of service mode item Service Mode Enables to display the description of initial screen, large category, middle category and small It is possible to browse the usage method of service mode items in service mode. category. Following is the changed and added items compared to a conventional machine. Select any from initial screen >...
Page 22 1-15 Device classification Enhancement of I/O information This mode is to check the signal input / output status of used electrical parts (sensor / motor / fan etc.). Searchability for target electrical parts has been improved in COPIER > I / O. In addition, it is possible to check the signal input / output status on a screen.
Page 23 1-16 Subdivide COPIER > OPTION > BODY items Middle Middle category classification Details category name COPIER DISPLAY COPIER DISPLAY FNC-SW Noise reduction SOUND Noise related FEEDER FEEDER DSPLY-SW Network Network setting, IFAX, SEND, E-RDS etc. NETWORK SORTER SORTER ADJUST ADJUST NETWORK Individual measure CUSTOM...
Page 24: Table Of Contents
1-17 Display Adjust Function Option Test Counter <　1/ 8　> < READY > 43.44 DC-CON R-CON 00.52 PANEL 4C.50 FEEDER 44.46 SORTER 54.53 42.4E DECK --.-- MN-CONT 4E.4D Display Adjust Function Option Test Counter <　1/ 2　>...
Page 25 Technology Basic Configuration Controller System Laser Exposure System Image Formation System Fixing System Pickup Feed System MEAP Embedded RDS...
Page 26: Basic Sequence
Basic Configuration Basic sequence Sequence at Power-On Functional Configuration • Reader Main power switch ON The machine may broadly be divided into the following functional system blocks; document exposure system block, controller system block, laser exposure system block, image SREADY SSTBY Forwarding Forwarding...
Page 27 Print sequence Period Definition Definition • Reader SREADY An interval in which the shading correction is executed after the Start (Scanner Ready) key is pressed. Start Key ON SSTBY An interval between the completion of the shading correction and SSTBY SREADY SCRW SCFW...
Page 28 Period Definition Definition SREADY An interval in which the shading correction is executed after the Start key (Scanner Ready) is pressed. SSTBY An interval between the completion of the shading correction and switching the Start key ON / turning the main power OFF. (Scanner Standby) PSTBY An interval in which the copy / print request signal can be accepted.
Page 29 Specifications / configuration Controller System PCBs Overview Features Using a new controller enables high speed PDL processing, high image quality and high functionality. F-2-8 F-2-8 Function, specifications, features Parts name CPU: 1.2GHz, Control of the entire system Main controller Main Controller PCB 1 Riser PCB Main Controller PCB 2 Various controls (memory, control panel, electric power, voice), I/Fs (PCI, USB (host),...
Page 30 Memory Main controller PCB 2 Main controller PCB 1 J2032 BAT1 J2031 DDR2-SDRAM DDR2-SDRAM (M0) 512 MB + 512 MB 512 MB DDR2-SDRAM (M1) 1 GB BAT1 DDR2-SDRAM (P) F-2-9 F-2-9 512 MB Function, specifications, features Parts name F-2-10 F-2-10 DDR2-SDRAM 2 slot / 1GB (standard) Function, specifications, features...
Page 31 I/F, connector Main controller PCB 2 Main controller PCB 1 J1002 Bypass I/F Voice / open I/F J1010 J1003 Mini-USB Reader J1007 J3003 Image J1000 analysis I/F J1015 USB (D) Riser J1017 J1019 USB (H) Flash J1021 (1 line) Riser J1020 J1022 J1025...
Page 32 Function expansion options Main controller PCB 2 Main controller PCB1 Voice Operation/ Voice Open I/F PCB Guidance Expansion Bus Image Wireless LAN PCB IPSec PCB analysis PCB IPSec PCB ) n i Open I/F PCB Wireless LAN PCB Expansion Bus PCB F-2-13 F-2-13 Function, specifications, features...
Page 33 Boot sequence The partitions for Advanced Box and the distribution server are added. [ ]: program storage location User Box (same as the existing machine) area is 23GB and Advanced Box area is 9GB. Advanced Box area can be increased by installing the high-capacity HDD option. - Initialization process of hardware FSTDEV Image data (User Box)
Page 34: Shutdown Sequence
2-10 Related Error Codes (major error codes): Shutdown sequence Error Before turning OFF the main power switch, it is necessary to perform HDD completion Error description Code processing (to prevent damage on the HDD), cooling of the internal printer (to prevent fixed E602 Error in HDD toner due to high temperature) and exhaust (to prevent smeared image due to chemical...
Page 35: Flow Of Image Data
2-11 SEND Controls Flow of Image Data Network Reader Copy To DC Controller Image processing writing/reading Reader Resolution conversion, 　 Image rotation, 　 JPEG compression/extension 　 Data conversion 　Tile raster conversion writing/reading 　 JPEG encode Image data buffer (memory) Image processing Controller 　...
Page 36 2-12 Security features (encryption key and certificate, password To encrypt or decode the security information, use the TPM key installed in the chip. protection) TPM PCB On the Main Controller PCB 1 of the main body, “TPM PCB” is newly equipped. TPM stands for Trusted Platform Module, and is the chip name which generates and stores the encryption key and has the encryption calculation function for the public key.
Page 37 2-13 Operation overview (When the TPM setting is “ON”) Before / after introduction The setting needs to be specified in Settings / Registration mode (“TPM setting” is set OFF at the time of shipment from the factory) 1. Enable the feature 2.
Page 38 2-14 1. Enable the feature 2. Backup of TPM key Only the USB memory (supported system file: FAT32) can be used as the device for saving Setting of “system management encryption number” backup file of TPM key. Data size of this file is several MB. Recommend the user (administrator) to set up the system management encryption number in advance.
Page 39 2-15 3) Click [Password] to enter the password (4 to 12-digit), and then enter the password to Caution: confirm the entry. Cause of backup failure In the case of the following, a message is shown indicating backup failure and its cause.
Page 40 2-16 3. Restore of TPM key Caution: Procedure is about the same as the backup work. Cause of restore failure Difference between restore work and backup work: In the case of the following, a message is shown indicating restore failure and its cause. Rebooting is necessary (turn OFF and then ON the main power) after completion of restore work.
Page 41 2-17 4. Disable the feature Data to be encrypted/decoded (reference) To set “OFF” for the TPM setting, execute [Initialize All Data / Settings]. Application/ Saving Type Security information feature destination Password/ Password for BOX Password for encryption of BOX backup encryption SRAM Password of SMB server for BOX backup...
Page 42 2-18 High capacity HDD (Option) HDD mirroring feature (option) The HDD capacity mounted on this machine is 80GB as standard. Mounting a 2.5 inch / This option enables mirroring of HDD data (RAID1). In the case of failure in one HDD, the operation is performed with the other HDD. This feature 250GB HDD-D1 (option) makes 250GB in HDD capacity.
Page 43 2-19 “Rebuild” progress is shown in a massage at the status line on the control panel. To start using this feature (installation) “ Copying hard disk data... xx% “ HDD1 is connected to Ch A on the Install the mirroring PCB and LED PCB mirroring PCB for HDD1 MEMO:...
Page 44 2-20 HDD reading / writing operation Removable HDD (option) At reading: At writing: With this option, users can easily install or remove the HDD (slot-in / out). Data is read by HDD1 (master HDD) The same data is written to each HDD at This option is assumed to be used for: enhancing information security at government / public only the same timing...
Page 45 2-21 Software Counter Count-up timing differs depending on the following conditions. Overview side of 2-sided, 1 • Print mode (1-sided / 2 side of 2-sided) Fan Layout Delivery position (built-in tray, finisher) • Controller fan 3(FM13) Print mode HDD cooling fan(FM14) Delivery position 1-side / 2 side of 1-sided...
Page 46 2-22 Air Flow Name Function Error code Air flow around the Main Controller and the Power Supply Fixing Exhaust Fan 1 Heat exhaustion around Fixing Assembly E805-0000 Fixing Exhaust Fan 2 Heat exhaustion around Fixing Assembly E805-0001 Power Cooling Fan Cooling down of Power Supply Assembly E804 Process Cartridge Fan (rear)
Page 47 2-23 Air flow of fixing system Air flow around the operation system F-2-40 F-2-40 F-2-41 F-2-41 2-23...
Page 48 2-24 Power Supply Control 2-speed control Among the fans installed in this machine, the Power Cooling Fan (FM3) and the Delivery Fan Power supply inside the printer 1 (FM7) perform the 2-speed control. Rotation speed is switched when the Voltage switching PCB of Fan switches the voltage.
Page 49 2-25 Power supply of Reader Unit Power connection with each option Reader / ADFUnit Motor Sensor Staple Finisher・C1 CMOS PCB LED Lamp Reader Unit Printer Controller （Reader） 4.5V CMOS PCB LED Lamp Unit （DADF） 4.5V Paper Deck Unit・B1 Built-in wiring DADF driver PCB F-2-45 F-2-45...
Page 50 2-26 Power save function Standby * When option setting is specified. Control panel switch is Switch of control panel Sleep Standby turned on. is turned off Sleep1 5 min is elapsed. Backlight is turned off. Job end Job submission Deep Sleep F-2-47 F-2-47 * When options are installed, the machine does not enter Sleep Standby but enters Sleep1...
Page 51 2-27 Service Operations When Replacing Parts Parts name Remedy Reference "Backup of the set/registered data HDD format Downloading system software Restoring the backup data Executing “Auto Adjust Gradation (Full Adjust)”" Main Controller PCB 1 Transferring the parts from old PCB to new PCB Main Controller PCB 2 "Backup of the set/registered data Transferring the parts from old PCB to new PCB Restoring the backup data"...
Page 52 2-28 Laser Exposure System Laser Scanner Unit 1 Laser Scanner Unit 2 Imaging Lens Overview Reflection Mirror Overview To realize the high-speed printing, this machine adopts the 2 Laser Scanner Units and the Laser Driver of each color executes laser scanning with 4-beam. imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051 / C5045 employs 4 beam and C5035 / 5030 employs 2 beam.
Page 53 2-29 Specification Item Description Wavelength 775 to 800nm Laser type Red color laser (non-visible light) Laser output 10mW Number of laser scanner unit imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051 / C5045: 4 beam for each color Number of laser light imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5035 / C5030: 2 beam for each color Resolution 1200dpi Motor type...
Page 54: Various Controls
2-30 Various Controls DC Controller (UN1) Laser Driver PCB Overview Laser ON/OFF control Laser Driver PCB Item Operation description Laser ON / OFF control Laser light is turned ON / OFF according to the combination of laser control signal Horizontal scanning Scanner Motor To align the writing start position in horizontal scanning direction.
Page 55 2-31 Laser ON / OFF control Horizontal scanning synchronous control Purpose Purpose Laser light is turned ON / OFF according to the combination of laser control signals. This is to align the writing start position in horizontal scanning direction. Execution timing Execution timing After the power ON Per 1 line...
Page 56 2-32 Laser Scanner Unit 1 Vertical Scanning Synchronous Control Y Laser Y Laser Driver Purpose VDO_Y BD_YM This is to align the writing start position in vertical scanning direction. BD Sensor (Y, M) Execution timing VDO_M M Laser Driver M Laser Per printing Execution time Main Controller...
Page 57 2-33 Print instruction APC (Auto Power Control) control Purpose Reference signal This is to make the laser light for 1 line consistent amount. Video request signal Execution timing (PVREQ) About15ms Per each line (before image writing) Video signal (VDO) Execution time About15ms Approx.
Page 58 2-34 Laser Scanner Unit 1 Laser scanner motor control Purpose Y Laser Y laser control signal This is to rotate the scanner mirror by the specified speed. Y Laser Driver Execution timing At power-ON, per printing M Laser Execution time M laser control signal M Laser Driver Approx.
Page 59 2-35 Laser Scanner Unit 1 Related error code ACC1 Scanner Motor E100-0100: BD error (laser scanner unit 1) (Y, M) DEC1 When the Laser Scanner Unit 1 (YM laser) is started or print operation is processing, if the BD signal cannot be detected after the specified time. E100-0300: BD error (laser scanner unit 2) When the Laser Scanner Unit 2 (CBk laser) is started or print operation is processing, if the BD signal cannot be detected after the specified time.
Page 60 2-36 BD correction control START Purpose This is to correct the displacement of writing start position of each color laser due to the angle Scanner motor control finish variation of scanner mirror facet. (Constant-speed rotation detection) Execution timing BD interval At power-ON, per printing measurement Constant interval...
Page 61: Laser Shutter Control
2-37 Laser shutter control Bk Laser Shutter Color Laser Shutter Purpose Bk Shutter Lever This is to prevent the residue toner from sticking to the dust-prevention glass. Or to prevent the laser light from emitting to the machine inside when the front cover / right cover is opened. Color Shutter Lever Execution timing...
Page 62 2-38 Laser shutter position Image tilt correction control Relation of shutter lever and cam Sensor lever position For color For color For Bk For Bk Purpose This is to prevent the gap of laser emission. (PS29) Close Close Execution timing Shutter Sensor Lever...
Page 63 2-39 Photosensitive Drum Imaging Lens Skew Correction Motor Position relation of imaging lens and arm Skew Correction Motor Imaging Lens Imaging Lens Before correction Imaging Lens Photosensitive Drum Skew Correction Motor Position relation of imaging lens and arm Imaging Lens After correction Arm Cam F-2-63...
Page 64 2-40 Service Works Periodically replaced parts There is no periodically replaced part. Consumables Estimated Life Parts Name Parts Number FL2-9476 Dust-blocking Glass cleaning pad 150k T-2-21 T-2-21 Periodical service list Parts name: Dust-blocking Glass Expected life: per 50K sheet Operation: Clean it with the Dust-blocking Glass Cleaning tool stored in the machine. Dust-blocking glass cleaning tool F-2-65...
Page 65: Specifications
2-41 Specifications Image Formation System Item Function/Method Overview Photosensitive Material Drum O/D of drum 30mm Cleaning Cleaning blade Overview imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051=246mm/s, Process speed imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5045=215mm/s, Image formation system of this machine uses the magnetic 2-component jumping developing imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5035/5030=160mm/s method for developing and the intermediate transfer method for transfer to create toner Mounted with Bk drum as a standard.
Page 66: Print Process
2-42 Parts configuration Print process Major Parts Delivery Fixing block Toner container 8. Fixing ITB cleaning block Transfer block Transfer 9. ITB cleaning assembly 7. Separation 6. Secondary transfer Toner supply 5. Primary transfer 5. Primary transfer 5. Primary transfer 5.
Page 67 2-43 Bias Types There are the following 8 types biases used on this machine. Bias value Bias name Bias type Application destination (Reference value) Primary charging bias (DC) Approx. –600V Primary Charging Roller Primary charging bias (AC) Approx. 1.5kVpp Flying toner blocking bias (DC) Approx.
Page 68 2-44 Controls Pre-exposure Overview Pre-exposure control Removing residual potential on the photosensitive drum before executing the primary Pre-exposure Image stabilization control charging prevents drum ghost during continuous print. Drum film thickness detection Pre-exposure control According to the command from the DC controller PCB, the pre-exposure unit exposes (emits) D-max control Primary charging LED when the photosensitive drum is rotated.
Page 69 2-45 Primary charging bias control Primary charging To charge the surface of photosensitive drum to be uniform negatively-charged potential Overview The primary charging bias (AC+DC negative), generated by HVT1/2 PCB, is applied to the This machine uses the roller charging method for primary transfer. primary charging roller.
Page 70 2-46 Execution time Primary charging cleaning control Within 1 second This machine may not be able to collect residual toner on the drum because this machine uses fine-grain toner, which possibly results in image fault (white spot/missing image) due to Operation of the main unit residual toner attached on the primary charging roller.
Page 71 2-47 Developing bias control Developing/drum To create toner image on the photosensitive drum after the toner has been attached on the Developing overview photosensitive drum Toner-blocking Developing Control description electrode plate cylinder The developing bias (AC, DC negative) generated by HVT1/2 (UN16/17) is applied to the developing cylinder Developing DC bias: bias for generating potential difference from the photosensitive drum •...
Page 72 2-48 ACR (Auto Carrier Refresh) control Toner-blocking bias control This machine introduced a method to supply developer (toner + carrier) to improve life (longer This control prevents scattering of toner on the developing cylinder due to deterioration of the life) of the developing assembly. developing assembly.
Page 73 2-49 Drum overview Drive configuration Pre-exposure LED light guide Drum motor Photosensitive drum M1 M4 Drum rotation sensor1 Drum rotation sensor2 (UN31 / 33 / 35 / 37) Pre-exposure LED (UN32 / 34 / 36 / 38) light guide Photosensitive drum Waste toner screw Waste toner screw Drum cleaning blade...
Page 74 2-50 Detection of drum (presence) Operation of the main unit 1) The main unit checks presence of the fuse attached to each drum (the fuse detection signal To detect if the drum unit is installed or not is monitored) 2) If there is a fuse, the main unit clears the drum film thickness detection data of the Execution timing applicable drum unit, which is kept in SRAM (IC2).
Page 75 2-51 Drum life detection Related service mode COPIER > FUNCTION > INSTALL > AINR-OFF (fuse cut extend on new drum unit) Detects the life of Photosensitive Drum This is to disable the Drum Unit initialization to be executed when a new Drum Unit is inserted.
Page 76 2-52 Drum heater control Drum rotation speed control The drum heater is attached below the photosensitive drum to keep stabilized charging and This control is performed to keep a uniform drum rotation speed in order to increase accuracy exposure according to the environmental change in the machine. of the image position (color displacement).
Page 77 2-53 Drive configuration Transfer/separation ITB motor Overview ITB displacement control motor ITB steering Post-secondary transfer Drive roller position sensor(PS24) static eliminator (steering roller) ITB displacement ITB scraper sensor 1 to 4 (PS25 ITB Cleaning Primary transfer blade Drive roller disengagement sensor(PS23) (steering roller) Idol roller ITB scraper...
Page 78 2-54 Primary transfer disengagement control The primary transfer roller for color is engaged or disengaged to keep longer life of the image formation parts (photosensitive drum, ITB) Primary transfer Execution timing auxiliary roller Roller to be engaged: when making color prints (If 2 and more sheets of Bk continues •...
Page 79 2-55 Primary transfer bias control Secondary transfer bias control This control transfers toner on the photosensitive drum to the ITB. This control transfers toner on the ITB to the paper. The primary transfer bias (DC), which has been generated by HVT2 (UN17), is applied to the The secondary transfer bias (DC), which has been generated by HVY3 (UN18), is applied to primary transfer roller.
Page 80 2-56 ITB displacement correction control Related Error Codes This control prevents damage on the ITB due to displacement of the ITB. E075-0002: failure in ITB steering position sensor E075-0003: failure in ITB displacement control (full displacement to the rear) Execution timing E075-0004: failure in ITB displacement sensor E075-0103: failure in ITB displacement control (full displacement to the front) When the ITB is rotated...
Page 81 2-57 ITB cleaning control Secondary transfer outer roller cleaning control To remove residual toner on the ITB To prevent soil on the back of the sheet caused by soil on the secondary transfer outer roller Control description Execution timing 1) At warm-up rotation (fixing temperature is less than 50 deg C, jam recovery) 1) The ITB cleaning blade scrapes toner on the ITB.
Page 82: Drum Cleaning
2-58 Separation Drum cleaning Paper is separated from the ITB due to paper’s elastic force. Overview In the case of thin paper which has low elastic force, the static eliminator reduces potential on To clean residual toner on the photosensitive drum the back surface of paper.
Page 83: Image Stabilization Control
2-59 Image stabilization control Control types Overview To prevent image fault due to environmental change or deterioration of photosensitive drum to make stable print image DC controller(UN1) Main controller 2 ATVC control ATR control PASCAL control Toner Toner Toner Toner Patch sensor D-half control (Front/Center/Rear)
Page 84 2-60 Drum film thickness detection Control types To detect use condition of the photosensitive drum Execution timing 1) When the power is turned ON. 2) Every time making print Control description 1) The drum count value is calculated by the monitor signal of the primary charging AC bias. 2) The count value calculated in step 1) above is added to the drum count value that has been kept in SRAM.
Page 85 2-61 D-max control Start This control determines optimal developing DC bias, primary charging DC bias, laser power output. DC controller(UN1) Execution timing Patch pattern is created 1) When replacing a drum unit or developing assembly. 2) At every post-rotation after the total reaches 1000 prints. 3) Power ON (High temperature and humidity)and corrects the each color developing DC Patch sensor(Center)(UN49) bias, primary charging DC bias, laser power output to realize the target density.
Page 86 2-62 PASCAL control MEMO: This control stabilizes gradation density characteristics of the image This control creates 4 types of patch patterns as follows: This control is executed when selecting [“Auto gradation correction” > “Full correction”] in • Patch pattern for copy (64 patches for each color) •...
Page 87 2-63 D-half control Start This control determines optimal image gradation Main controller2 Execution timing Output of patch pattern data 1) When replacing a drum unit or developing assembly 2) At post-rotation every time the total reaches 1000 prints DC controller(UN1) 3) At execution of PASCAL control Patch pattern is created Control details...
Page 88 2-64 4) The Main Controller 2 executes the gradation correction to realize the ideal halftone image Start based on this data. Also, this control creates the standard patch used at ARCDAT control and stores the Main controller2 standard data for ARCDAT according to the measurement result of UN49. (refer to MEMO.) Output of patch pattern data DC controller(UN1) Patch pattern is created...
Page 89 2-65 Correction value calculation flow for ARCDAT control Control details 1) DC Controller creates the patch pattern of each color (Y, M, C, Bk) on the ITB. Start (3 patterns per each color, total 12 patterns) 2) DC Controller measures the patch pattern with the Patch Sensor (center) (UN49) and DC controller(UN1) returns the result to the Main Controller 2.
Page 90 2-66 Color displacement correction control Start This control corrects uneven exposure of the laser scanner unit or color displacement caused by uneven rotation of the drum or ITB DC controller(UN1) ITB belt Patch pattern formation Patch sensor(center)(UN49) Patch scanning DC controller(UN1) Measurement data (SIN) transmission Main controller2 Comparison of measurement data (SIN)
Page 91 2-67 supplying amount of toner by 3 types of data as follows. Control detail • 1) DC Controller creates the patch pattern of each color on the ITB. Developing Assembly Toner Supply Count 2) DC Controller compares those patterns with the standard value backed up in the DC •...
Page 92 2-68 • ATVC control Secondary transfer ATVC Execution timing This control prevents transfer failure due to environmental change or deterioration of the 1) When the power is turned ON primary transfer roller or the secondary transfer roller 2) At every print job •...
Page 93 2-69 Toner cap automatic opening control Toner supply assembly This control automatically opens/closes the cap of toner container Overview Toner container driver motor To supply toner in the toner container to the developing assembly M9~M12 Cap release Cap drive Toner supply drive unit Cap drive holder link holder...
Page 94: Toner Supply Control/Toner Level Detection
2-70 • Toner supply control MEMO: Following shows detection result of toner cap position sensor and the operational Title Description Timing to supply Operation of main unit relationship with the main unit. Supply to To supply developer in When the output result of The toner container drive motors hopper the toner container to...
Page 95: Waste Toner Feeding Assembly
2-71 Waste toner feeding assembly Related Error Codes E025-0100: Error in toner container drive motor (Y) Overview E025-0200: Error in toner container drive motor (M) To feed waste toner of the drum cleaning unit and the ITB cleaning unit to the waste toner E025-0300: Error in toner container drive motor (C) case E025-0400: Error in toner container drive motor (K)
Page 96 2-72 Waste toner case full level detection Related Error Code To detect toner level accumulated in the waste toner case E013-0001: error in lock of waste toner feeding path ITB cleaner unit ITB unit Detection of waste toner case To detect if the waste toner case is installed Execution timing Drum unit...
Page 97 2-73 Other controls Special control Following sequences are assigned as special sequence with this machine ITB cleaning blade ITB cleaning blade ITB cleaning blade Solid color band Solid black band Solid black band (Y/M/C/Bk) F-2-117 F-2-117 Sequence for black band In the case of continuous prints while no toner is fed to the ITB cleaning blade, the ITB cleaning blade can be removed.
Page 98: Periodically Replaced Parts
2-74 Service work Periodically replaced parts Not applicable Consumable parts Parts name Parts number Qty Estimated life Remarks 1 ITB FC8-4400 500k 2 Primary transfer roller FC8-4401 500k 3 Secondary transfer inner roller FC8-4402 500k 4 Secondary transfer outer roller FC8-4876 500k 5 ITB cleaning blade FM3-6018...
Page 99 2-75 1. Saving energy Fixing System Fast warm-up reduces standby electric power thanks to low heat capacity. Overview 2. High speed 51ppm is enabled by introducing a new toner and the film capable of high heat transfer. Features This machine introduces the on-demand fixing method. 3.
Page 100 2-76 Specifications Major parts configuration Item Function/method On-demand fixing Fixing method Pressure roller 246 mm/s (1/1-speed, plain paper) Fixing speed 51 / 45ppm 123 mm/s (1/2-speed, thick paper) machine 82 mm/s (1/3-speed, coated paper, transparency) 160 mm/s (1/1-speed, plain paper) 35 / 30ppm 80 mm/s (1/2-speed, thick paper, coated paper, transparency) machine...
Page 101 2-77 Shutter Fixing cooling fan (front) (FM5) Shutter motor Shutter position sensor(PS32) Shutter HP sensor (PS31) Fixing cooling fan (rear) (FM6) F-2-121 F-2-121 Parts name Function / method Applying heat and pressure makes the toner image on paper fixed Film unit (fused).
Page 102: Panel
2-78 Controls Standby temperature control Fixing temperature control: overview Fixing temperature STBY INTR PRNT Fixing temperature STBY INTR PRNT Flaying start control Flying start Startup During-print Sheet-t temperature control (warm-up control o-sheet temperature rotation) temperature control control temperature temperature 15 sec Time Command for Time...
Page 103 2-79 Print temperature control Related Service Mode (Lv.2) COPIER > OPTION > FNC-SW > FLYING Fixing (To enable/disable Flying start (pre-mature start) temperature STBY INTR PRNT 0: Enable Flying start [default] Startup During print Sheet-to 1: Disable Flying start (warm-up control -sheet...
Page 104 2-80 • Sheet-to-sheet distance temperature control Target temperature during printing If the distance between sheets is longer than usual , temperature between sheets is Print speed (ppm) Target Paper length in width direction reduced to prevent temperature rise. Paper type Model Speed temperature...
Page 105 2-81 Down sequence control Related Service Mode • Display of thermistor detection temperature Down sequence when feeding small size paper • (Lv.1) COPIER > DISPLAY > ANALOG Purpose: > FIX-C (detected temperature of main thermistor 2) > FIX-E (detected temperature of main thermistor 1) To prevent temperature rise of non-feeding area in the case of continuous print >...
Page 106 2-82 Completion conditions: Related Service Mode This down sequence is completed if any of the following conditions is satisfied: Setting for down sequence start temperature when feeding small size paper • When the detected temperature of sub thermistor 1 or 2 reaches the specified (Lv.1) COPIER >...
Page 107 2-83 Fixing film edge cooling control Detection of fixing assembly Temperature at the edge of the film is increased when continuously making prints. Excessive The thermistor connection signal, which is input to the DC controller, detects presence of temperature rise can deteriorate the film. When small size paper (A4R or shorter size in width fixing assembly at warm-up rotation (when the power is turned ON, the cover is open).
Page 108 2-84 Film unit engagement / disengagement control Protection features To prevent deformation of the fixing film / pressure roller caused by heat and pressure when Error Code Description Clear the drive of pressure roller is stopped, and also to improve jam recovering performance, the E001 Detection of abnormal high temperature film unit is disengaged from the pressure roller under the following conditions: 0000 When main thermistor 1/2 detects 255 deg C or more for 0.2 sec.
Page 109: Service Work
2-85 Service work List of periodical service works Parts Estimated Parts name Remarks Periodically replaced parts number life (print) 300,000 1 Fixing Separation Cuide FC8-4906 Replace the Film Unit at the same time No parts are assigned to be replaced periodically. 300,000 2 Shutter Cover XG9-0172...
Page 110 2-86 Specified value (range): Center: 9.0 -/+ 1.0mm Edge (145mm from the center of feeding paper): 9.0 -/+ 1.0mm Feeding direction Edge 145 mm Center 145 mm Edge F-2-129 F-2-129 If measured value is out of the specified range, reinstall the replaced parts (film unit or pressure roller) and then measure the nip width again.
Page 111 2-87 Specification Pickup Feed System Item Description Overview Paper storage method Front loading method Cassette 1, 2 Pickup method Separation retard method Multi-purpose tray Simple retard method Features Paper stack capacity Cassette 1, 2 paper), 650 sheets (64g / m 550 sheets (80g / m paper) paper, 100 sheets (64g / m...
Page 112 2-88 Parts Configuration Reverse Roller [13] Cassette 1 Separation Roller Second Delivery Roller [14] Cassette 1 Feed Roller Roller Layout Drawing Third Delivery Roller [15] Cassette 1 Pickup Roller Duplex Inlet Roller [16] Vertical Path Roller 1 Duplex Feed Upper Roller [17] Registration Roller Duplex Feed Lower Roller...
Page 113 2-89 Sensor / Switch Layout Drawing PS33 Registration sensor PS49 Cassette 1 Paper Presence Sensor PS34 Fixing Inlet Sensor PS50 Cassette 2 Paper Presence Sensor [PS39] PS35 Fixing Loop Sensor 1 PS51 Cassette 1 Paper Level Sensor A PS36 Fixing Loop Sensor 2 PS52 Cassette 1 Paper Level Sensor B [PS45] PS53 Cassette 2 Paper Level Sensor A...
Page 114: Paper Path
2-90 Load Driving Drawing Paper Path Reverse mouth Third delivery Second delivery First delivery Meandering is reduced Multi-purpose tray pickup Side deck Cassette 1 pickup pickup Cassette 2 pickup Option Cassette pickup F-2-133 F-2-133 F-2-132 F-2-132 To support the heavy paper feeding, the feed path at Duplex Feed Assembly is made a gentle M16 Cassette 1 Pickup Motor M24 Reverse Roller Motor curve and damage on the paper is reduced.
Page 115 2-91 Interval Speed Up Reverse sensor [PS39] 246mm/sec (C5051,C5045) 400mm/sec (C5035,C5030) 300mm/sec (C5051,C5045) 340mm/sec (C5035,C5030) 300mm/sec Delivery speed up position Inner delivery sensor [PS37] Duplex paper sensor [PS38] Duplex re-pickup position Registration position Pre-registration sensor [PS33] Vertical path sensor [UN53] Pre-registration position Cassette 2 pre-registration Pre-registration...
Page 116: Cassette Pickup Assembly
2-92 Various Controls Cassette Pickup Assembly Overview Overview Parts Configuration Cassette 1 Pre-registration sensor Duplex / Delivery Cassette 2 Assembly Cassette 1 Pre-registration sensor paper presence sensor Cassette 1 feed roller Cassette 1 pickup solenoid Cassette 1 detachment roller Cassette 1 paper level sensor A Cassette 2 feed roller...
Page 117 2-93 Drive Configuration Detection Paper Level / Presence Detection Vertical path Roller1 Pickup Roller1 There are 3 sensors to detect the paper level and paper presence in the cassette. Feed Roller1 Paper level is displayed on the operation panel. Detachment Roller1 Lifter Vertical path Roller2 If the paper is full...
Page 118 2-94 Cassette size Sensor Sensor Paper Presence switch A Display Remaining Level Sensor Rear detection 100% to approx. 50% of capacity rink Approx. 50% of capacity to Rear guide plate approx. 50 sheets Approx. 50 sheets or less No paper F-2-140 F-2-140 Paper Size Detection / Cassette Presence Detection...
Page 119 Tub paper Overall Pre-punched paper Overall Especially thin paper, 52 gsm OK Prince Joshitsu etc. Canon Europe Canon Recycled 80 Overall (Vision Classic White) Canon Europe Canon High Grade Especially heavy paper 220/250 (Mondi Business Paper) gsm etc. Canon Digital Office Colour...
Page 120 2-96 Drive Configuration Multi-Purpose Tray Pickup Assembly Overview Parts Configuration Multi-purpose tray Multi-purpose Multi-purpose pickup clutch (CL1) size sensor (UN52) Multi-purpose motor (M18) Multi-purpose motor Multi-purpose tray lifting solenoid Multi-purpose pickup clutch Multi-purpose tray lifting solenoid (SL4) Multi-Purpose Tray Detachment Roller Multi-purpose pickup / feed roller F-2-143 F-2-143...
Page 121 2-97 Registration Control Fixing / Registration Assembly OHP Detection Overview As the countermeasure for when the paper other than transparency film is fed in transparency Parts / Drive Configuration mode, OHP sensor is used as white paper detection to identify whether the fed paper is transparency or not.
Page 122 2-98 Duplex / Delivery Assembly Overview Big arch detection Parts / Drive Configuration Second delivery roller Reverse roller Third delivery roller Fixing inlet sensor On Fixing arch sensor 2 Fixing motor feed speed up Duplex inlet roller Second & third First delivery roller delivery Inlet roller Duplex feed upper roller...
Page 123 2-99 Duplex Control Duplex Wait Control To realize 5-sheet circulation, there are 2 duplex wait positions. Following is the duplex wait Duplex Feed Control position for small paper. On this machine, the paper is revered outside the machine with using the reverse mouth. After that, feed operation is performed by 340mm / sec on imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5051 / C5045 (300mm / sec on imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5035 / C5030).The paper fed to the duplex path is transferred to the duplex re-pickup position unless there is paper on the path...
Page 124 2-100 JAM Detection At the cassette pickup assembly, since the feed speed is increased, detection cannot catch up with it. Thus, delay and stationary jam detection are not executed at the Cassette 1 Pre- Registration Sensor. Instead of it, the Vertical Path Sensor executes the delay and stationary jam detection.
Page 125 2-101 Service Works Periodically replacement parts N / A Consumables Parts Number of used Replacement Parts Name Remarks Number part timing Cassette Feed Roller FC6-7083 120K Cassette Detachment Roller FC6-6661 120K Multi-Purpose Feed Roller FB1-8581 120K Multi-Purpose Tray Detachment DC6-6661 120K Roller Pickup Assembly Idler Gear...
Page 126 2-102 Settings / Registration screen shows menu paths on the left, increasing accessibility to MEAP the paths from the current screen. Changes Changes of Local UI / Remote UI Designs In line with iR model innovation, changes have been made on UI designs. Local UI Particularly menus on Local UI have been drastically changed from the tab to icon format.
Page 127 2-103 Changes in Login application components Integration of Remote UI and MEAP Portal MEAP Portal, conventionally provided as an independent function, has been integrated in Single Sign On (hereinafter "SSO"), conventionally packaged in Administrator's CD, has been Remote UI. Changes made with this integration include: out of service and removed from Administrator's CD.
Page 128 2-104 Initial Display Languages of SMS Changing Default System Manager PIN Conventionally, System Manager PIN was null in the factory setting, while this model sets the SMS supports English and Japanese. Display language can be changed with selecting by the drop down list on a login page.
Page 129 2-105 When accessing by SMS Installer Service (Remote Login Service Authentication). Checking the Operating Environment Initial display language is set by the language setting (value of portalLang storing in Cookie) selected by the remote UI screen. When the setting is other than English or Japanese, This section lists the requirements on the operating environment for the maintenance.
Page 130 2-106 SSO-H Management System environments for administrator and ordinary user When using SSO-H for the login service, required system environments are different in Supported browser Operating System Java Runtime Environmen domain authentication or local device authentication. Windows 2000 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 : •...
Page 131 Windows Vista Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 - When not using imageWARE/iW Accounting Manager, a user belonging to “Canon Peripheral Admins” group on Active Directory will be authorized as the domain Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 authentication manager.
Page 132: Setting Up The Network
2-108 Setting Up the Network MEMO: When System Manager ID and PIN are set, the menus under [Network] are gray-out To support a MEAP-enabled iR device via network (SMS, etc.), set up the network setting on and cannot be selected. the touch panel of the iR device (this setting is [ON] by default).
Page 133: Login To Sms
2-109 Login to SMS SMS login may be done by entering a password for authentication, or by authentication via • The setting [Use HTTP] is not actually enabled/disabled until you have restarted the the Remote Login Service (RLS) login window (RLS authentication). Settings can be changed device.
Page 134 2-110 Login by Password Authentication 2) If the wrong password is entered, the following window is displayed. The user's system administrator may have changed the password, so confirm the password with the system In the SMS login window, enter the password for authentication. Only one password can be administrator.
Page 135 - Password: password Only the following users may us SMS via RLS. • - In the case of domain authentication, users belonging to the Canon Peripheral Admins Group. - For local device authentication, users with Administrator or Device Admin authority.
Page 136: Setting The Method To Login To Sms
2-112 Setting for login by Password Authentication Setting the method to login to SMS The procedures for changing the password authentication Start/ stop settings are as follows. The SMS login method settings are done by setting the login Start/ Stop via the other login method.
Page 137 2-113 3) Click [Start] or [Stop] button shown in Status field of SMS Installer Service (Password Setting for login by RLS Authentication Authentication) to check if the status is changed. The procedures for changing the RLS authentication Start/ Stop settings are as follows. 1) In order to make a setting for Login by RLS Authentication, you need to Login by Password Authentication.
Page 138 2-114 3) Click on [Start] or [Stop] button shown on Status field of SMS Installer Service (Remote Checking MEAP Application Management Page Login Service Authentication) to check if the status is changed. Application Management page shows [resource information] for information of the whole device resources including Amount Used, Remaining, and Percent Used.
Page 139 2-115 Starting and Stopping a MEAP Application MEMO ： Older iR models show resource information required in each application in List of 1) Log in to the SMS. (Refer to 'Login to SMS' in this manual.) Application page (corresponding to MEAP Application Management page of this model). 2) Click [Application List].
Page 140: Meap Specifications
2-116 MEAP Specifications Checking the Platform Information This screen allows users to check MEAP-Contents versions, MEAP Specifications for the What is MEAP Specifications (MEAP Spec Version)? MEAP Specifications is one of the information required to judge whether MEAP applications device and others. can be operated or not.
Page 141 2-117 platform machine. The machine which doesn't support the version declared by the application Version Description rejects installation of such an application. IMI API added (IMI version 1.2.1 enabled) MEAP Spec Version for each model Extended address book function. (e-mail/group/i-FAX/file) Product Name Initial MEAP SpecVer Remarks...
Page 142: Printing The System Information Of A Meap Application
2-118 MEAP Application System Information Printing the System Information of a MEAP Application MEAP system information can be printed out with iR device for confirmation. Information about an application installed in the device is called MEAP application system Follow the steps below when confirming information: information.
Page 143 Status: Resolved item will not be printed. Installed on: Tue Oct 21 14:00:11 GMT+09:00 2003 Vendor : Canon Inc. License Upper Limit License Status : Installed It indicates the limit imposed on individual counter readings. If the status of the license is Maximum Memory Usage : 1024 'none', this item will not be printed.
Page 144: Installing An Application
To install an application, the user needs to use the following URL when accessing • the license control system to obtain a license file. In doing so, he/she needs to regis- ter the license access number of the application and the serial number of the device. http://www.canon.com/meap/ F-2-178 F-2-178 2-120...
Page 145 2-121 7) Check the message "Installing...Please wait a moment." appears, beginning the installation. You cannot install only the license. • You will not be able to install the application without using the appropriate license. • Be sure to select its license file. If you are adding a license to an existing application, see Chapter 2, "Adding a •...
Page 146: Adding A License File
2-122 Adding a License File MEMO: The license file is provided in text file format, enabling to view in a text editor. The Procedure adding a license file application ID and device serial number shown in the file allow users to confirm which device to install with the license file.
Page 147 2-123 3) In [Application / License Information] page shown on the screen, click [License 4) Click [ Browse ] button, and select the license file you want to install. Management ] button. F-2-184 F-2-184 5) Click [ Install ] button. F-2-183 F-2-183 F-2-185...
Page 148 2-124 Disabling a License File 2) Click the name of the application that you want to disable. Procedure disabling a license file (suspending a license) To invalidate (or suspend) a license, you must first stop the application in question. • Once suspended, the status of the license will be 'Not Installed', and its application •...
Page 149 2-125 Downloading / Removing an Invalidated License File 4) License Management page appears. Click [Disable] button. You must remove the invalidated license file before uninstalling an application. If re- installation is a possibility, you may download the license file to a PC for storage. To download or delete a license file, first disable it.
Page 150 2-126 4) On Application / License Information page, click [License Management] button. 7) To delete, click [Delete] button. F-2-192 F-2-192 5) License Management page appears. To download, click [Download] button. F-2-194 F-2-194 8) When the dialog to confirm deletion is shown, click [Yes] button. F-2-195 F-2-195 F-2-193...
Page 151: Reusable License
2-127 License for forwarding Reusable license When reinstalling, Disable License file should be downloaded (see Chapter 2, "Disabling a Outline License File ." and see Chapter 2, "Downloading / Removing an Invalidated License File." in When the device is replaced due to lease up or trouble, it is possible to continue using the this manual) or a license for reinstallation should be obtained from LMS, before reinstallation.
Page 152 2-128 3) Specify the application to be forwarded. 5) The window to confirm whether to create a transfer licence will be displayed. Click [OK]. F-2-200 F-2-200 6) Icon of license file for forwarding is displayed in the box of license file downloading. Click [Download].
Page 153 2-129 7) The dialogue [File Download] is displayed. Click [Save]. 11) Since this downloaded transfer license is the file only to prove the license invalidation, it cannot be used for installation to the other device as it is. Send the transfer license to the service support contact of your nearest sales company to request issuance of the new license for installation in the new device.
Page 154: Uninstalling An Application
2-130 3) Click [Uninstall] button for the application to be uninstalled. Uninstalling an Application Procedure uninstalling an application To uninstall a MEAP application, the license status should be set to “Not Installed” (to • be deleted). When a user tries to uninstall an application before deleting the license, the following message is shown.
Page 155: Login Service
2-131 Login Service Default Authentication overview This login service is selected when the department ID management is enabled or no The login service is started up to authenticate the user when MEAP-enabled iR device is authentication function is set. Set the department ID management to [ON] on Setting / booted up.
Page 156 2-132 Differences from conventional SSO Authentication methods of SSO-H Domain B Domain C Domain B Domain C SSO-H can use multiple authentication methods, and the user can toggle between them from a Web browser. (Refer to the MEAP Authentication System Settings Guide 'User Authentication Method Settings'.) The factory shipment setting is 'Domain authentication + local device authentication'.
Page 157 SSO provided the automated function conventionally on Security Agent (hereinafter “SA”) to authenticate System Manager by allocating IDs set on SA to domain authentication managers (users belonging to Canon Peripheral Admins group). However, SSO-H does not support this function. 2-133...
Page 158 2-134 Settings for access mode in sites Switching between site internal access mode/ non site internal access mode, as well as detailed mode settings, are done via DMS or iWEMC. Site internal access mode settings • The Active Directory subnet is assumed to be the same subnet as the device sub-net. window (DMS) In the Active Directory addresses, the Active Directories of the same site are listed.
Page 159 2-135 Site: Osaka: = 192.168.1.0/24 Specification of SSO-H Site: Hakata: = 211.111.1.0/24 Specification Item As a result, since SSO-Tokyo is 172.24.12.80, the subnet is 172.24.12.0/24, and is judged No. of local device users Up to 5000 as belonging to site Tokyo. Maximum number of domains 200 domains (“this device”...
Page 160 2-136 Changing Login Services 3) When login service application you have selected turns to Start after Restart, restart the device. Steps to Change Login Services 1) Click [ Enhanced System Application Management] on [System Management ]. F-2-211 F-2-211 2) A page will appear showing the various selections you can make for the login service.Click F-2-213 F-2-213 [SWITCH] button for the login service to be used.
Page 161: Initializing The Password
You can back up the area of the HDD where MEAP applications reside to a PC, as when Request the support of the regional headquarters of the Canon for switch license for you want to format the HDD. MEAP devices use a license-based mechanism to control initializing the password presenting the device serial number.
Page 162 2-138 Backup Items The following items are backed up using SST: If a hard disk of a system that uses SSO-H is formatted without changing the login • jar files of MEAP applications • service to the default authentication, the error message "The login service must be Setup data generated by MEAP applications (Note that image data stored in BOX will not •...
Page 163 2-139 5)Generating backup data to transfer it to the PC (uploading) Click [Upload Data] button of SST and select “Meapback.bin” as the item to be backed up to Procedures to Restore Backup Data click [ Start ] button. 1)Installing files When HDD is successfully formatted, install a set of System files.
Page 164 If you cannot make a backup of the license files as hard disk suffers a fault, contact the support staff of the regional headquarters of Canon telling the device serial number and the names of MEAP applications installed to the device to obtain the necessary special license files.
Page 165 2-141 button for several times until [MEAPSAFE] button is shown. Click 3) Press MEAP Safe Mode (level 2) [MEAPSAFE] button. Use safe mode if you need to start up the system without worrying about extra applications. It will start up only those system software files (including SMS) that normally start up as default files while preventing MEAP applications and the like from starting up.
Page 166 2-142 5) Check that the notation 'MPSF' has appeared in the lower right corner of the screen; then, How to cancel MEAP SAFE mode restart the device. If you want to end safe mode, repeat the steps but change '1' to '0' in step -4 and restart the device.
Page 167 2-143 2) Press [COPIER] >[Option] > [NETWORK] buttons. Setting HTTP port for MEAP application (level 2) For the ports in which the MEAP application uses, the default is 8000 for the port on HTTP server, and 8443 for the port on HTTPS server. In the case that these ports have already used by the customer who is to introduce this application, the MEAP application cannot use the HTTP (or HTTPS) server(s).
Page 168 2-144 5) Check to see that it is reflected in setting field, and turn off the main power, and then, 4) Press the port number to specify on the control panel (the numerical value input in the field is displayed), and press [OK] button. restart the device.
Page 169 2-145 Setting the USB driver for each USB device (MEAP driver preference registration) Using USB Devices If it is set to use the system driver, the conventional applications that support the MEAP USB Driver application driver cannot use the USB input device. Therefore, for the USB drivers used by USB devices/MEAP applications, there is setting Setting of the USB driver function (MEAP driver preference registration) to give priority to the MEAP driver.
Page 170 2-146 Availability for MEAP applications of USB devices B and C (either HID keyboard or Mass Storage) plugged to iR device MEMO: Registration Setting to use Native MEAP application The factory shipment default setting is to enable the use of native (main unit System System driver Application...
Page 171 2-147 button for several times until [USBM-CLR] is shown on the screen. 2) Press [COPIER] > [Function] > [MISC-P] > button. 3) Press Press [USBM-CLR] button. F-2-236 button for several times until [USBH-PRT] is shown. Press [USBH-PRT] 3) Press F-2-234 4) Press [OK] button to restart this device.
Page 172 2-148 5) When [OK] is shown on the status field, the status print is output. Check the contents of the USB device information Content Display the information of the USB device, which the device recognized. print. If not displayed, there may be some fault occurred. Some of standard optional devices are not displayed on a report.
Page 173: Reference Material
This type of applications do not show user interfaces either on Local UI or (Esplet Type PID : Product ID Web. Esplet is a coined word created by Canon, consisting of [Espresso] or Application) Italian coffee and [let] derived from Applet/Service.
Page 174 2-150 Definitions and Explanations Definitions and Explanations Terms & Acronyms Terms & Acronyms MEAP Specifications MEAP Spec Version, the term used for the SDK. The version number that J2ME (Java2 Platform Java 2 Platform Micro Edition. One of Java Platforms licensed by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
Page 175: Option For Exclusive Individual Measure
2-151 Definitions and Explanations Option for exclusive individual measure Terms & Acronyms The kit containing information and tools required for software development. Display Setting of Copy Icon (level2) (Software Development Kit) Make a setting as to whether to display/hide the copy screen (copy tab) on the control panel. A functional unit or an application program working on MEAP platform.
Page 176 2-152 Error at starting up the MEAP application/Setting to hide JAM Setting of Screen Transition from MEAP Screen to the Standard screen (level 2) Screen (level2) In the case that operation is restricted by MEAP application, hide the warning screen of error/ In the case that the operation is restricted by MEAP application, make a setting to hide Native JAM (such as JAM screen, door opening, no-toner).
Page 177 2-153 Features and benefits Embedded RDS E-RDS embedded with a network module in advance can realize a front-end processing Product Overview of e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote system without attaching any extra hardware equipment. Overview The following functions are added Embedded RDS (hereafter, referred to as E-RDS) is a network module embedded with customer's device and enables e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote (Remote Diagnosis Service Call Button System), which can collects and transmits status changes, counter values, error log and...
Page 178 2-154 a. Enter Settings/ Registration > Preference > Network > TCP/ IP settings > IPv4 settings > IP E-RDS Setup address settings. Confirmation and preparation in advance b. Set the IP address, based on the information obtained under (2) Advance preparations, Information item 1, described above.
Page 179 2-155 g. Touch [OK]. h. Select TCP/IP settings from breadcrumbs, then Touch it. i. Enter TCP/ IP settings > Proxy settings. j. Set the proxy server, based on the information obtained under (2) Advance preparations, Information item 3, described above. - Set Use Proxy to [On].
Page 180 2-156 Relevance to service mode Steps to E-RDS settings a. Select Servicemode MODE LIST > COPIER > Function > Clear > ERDS-DAT, and then E-RDS settings touch [OK]. Item Script format Description 0: Disable/ 1:Enable e-Maintenance/ imageWARE Remote E-RDS 2 bytes system to send device information, counter data, error statuses to the UGW.
Page 181 2-157 F-2-248 F-2-248 F-2-250 F-2-250 When [i] button is touched, detailed information is appeared. The following settings i.e. RGW-PORT and RGW-ADR in servicemode must not be change unless there are specific instructions to do so. Changing these values will cause error in communication with UGW.
Page 182 2-158 Steps to Service Call button settings In order to display a repair/ service call button on LUI, enter Servicemode, then select COPIER > Option > USER > SCALL-SW. and then set values as ON(1.) The default value is OFF(0.) If the function becomes effective, [Request] and [cancel] button will be shown on the bottom of the counter check screen.
Page 183 2-159 Steps to Service Browser settings Case Description Transferred Info Error retry When Service Browse is 1. Service Browser is enables Service Browser: a. Select and touch Servicemode > COPIER > Function > INSTALL > BRWS-ACT. OK! No. not attempted Service Browser Activated from Servicemode menu.
Page 184 2-160 CPCA data which saved internally. Therefore if the data remains, these retries will be done. Q1: Registration information of an E-RDS is once deleted from the UGW server, and is re- Q6: How many log-data can be stored? registered after that. If a communication test is not carried out, then device information on the A6: Up to 30 log data can be accumulated.
Page 185: Troubleshooting
2-161 Q13: In order to confirm Service mode menu transmission, are some set up by the device Troubleshooting side? Moreover, what is Service mode menu set as the object of transmission? A13: No steps peculiar to Transmitting Servicemode menu. No.1 A communication test (COM-TEST) results NG! Following servicemode data will be sent to UGW at each event mentioned below.
Page 186 2-162 Does the main unit respond? will be displayed. YES: Proceed to Step 4). NO: Confirm the details of the main unit's IP address and subnet mask settings. 4) Confirm DNS connection a) Settings/ Registration > System administration settings > Network settings > TCP/ IP settings >...
Page 187 2-163 COPIER > Function > INSTALL > E-RDS > COM-TEST about 60 seconds later. No.4 "Unknown error" is displayed though a communication test has done successfully. Causes: A certain problem was in the server side, or possibly a network load has been added. Remedy: The following points should be checked.
Page 188: Error Code And Strings
2-164 Error code and strings Code Error strings Cause Remedy Server certificate verify The server certificate Check that Service mode > 8xxx Function > Install > RGW-ADR Details of the errors and their remedies are as described below. 2029 error verification error occurred.
Page 189 2-165 Code Error strings Cause Remedy Code Error strings Cause Remedy An internal error, such as Switch the device power OFF/ 8xxx Device internal error 0xxx Communication test is not When BRWS-ACT is set.and Perform and complete a memory unavailable, etc., postBrowserInfor is operated 0101- ON or replace the device...
Page 190: Service Cautions
2-166 Service cautions 1. After performing the following service actions, it is necessary to perform Service mode > COPIER > Function > Clear > ERDS-DAT and Service mode > COPIER > Function > INSTALL > COM-TEST. Failure to do so will result that the counter transmitting value to the UGW may become unusual.
Page 191 Periodical Service Consumable Parts and Cleaning Parts Cleaning Parts...
Page 192 Consumable Parts and Cleaning Parts Interval ●: Replacement (Consumable parts) Δ: Cleaning ■: Inspection Interval ● DRBL-1 C1-FD-RL Cassette 1 feeding roller FC6-7083 ● DRBL-1 C2-FD-RL Cassette 2 feeding roller FC6-7083 ● DRBL-1 C1-SP-RL Cassette 1 separation roller FC6-6661 ● DRBL-1 C2-SP-RL Cassette 2 separation roller...
Page 193 Toner filter Recycle toner bottle Dust-blocking glass cleaning pad F-3-1 F-3-1...
Page 194 Developing unit(Bk) Developing unit(C) Developing unit(M) Developing unit(Y) Transfer Separation guide unit Secondary transfer outer roller Secondary transfer inner roller Primary transfer roller ITB cleaning blade F-3-2 F-3-2...
Page 195 Fixing bearing Roller pressure Fixing bearing Film unit(100V) (120V) (230V) F-3-3 F-3-3...
Page 196 Multi-Purpose Tray Feed Roller Multi-Purpose Tray Separation Roller Cassette feeding 1 roller Pickup idler gear Cassette feeding 2 roller Cassette separation 1 roller Cassette separation 2 roller Pickup idler gear F-3-4 F-3-4...
Page 197 Cleaning Parts Second Delivery Roller Third Delivery Roller Second/Third Delivery Inlet Roller Fixing Inner Delivery Roller Duplex Feed Upper Roller Fixing Delivery Guide Assembly Duplex Feed Lower Roller Registration Roller Pre-registration Guide Assembly [10] Transparency Sensor [11] Dust-blocking Glass [19] [12] Secondary Transfar Guide Assembly [13]...
Page 198 PartsReplacementandCleaning List of Parts Main Controller Laser Exposure System Image Formation System Fixing System Pickup Feed System Option...
Page 199 ListofParts Name ServicePartsNo. Refarence Readerrightretainingcover FL2-9815 Readerfrontcover FC8-6095 ListofCover Controlpanelundercover FC9-4395 Controlpaneluppercover FC8-7818 [21] Controlpanelsidecover1 FC8-7819 Controlpanelsidecover2 FC8-7820 [20] Frontrightcover FC8-4126 [19] Frontuppercover FC8-4146 [18] Tonerreplacementcover FC8-4111 Frontcover FC8-4123 [17] Leftgripcover FC8-4143 Leftductcover FC8-4140 Leftlowercover FC8-4138 Leftuppercover FC8-4139 [16] Innerbottomcover FC8-4149 Readerleftcover FC8-6098...
Page 200 [51] Name ServicePartsNo. Refarence Readerrearcover FC8-6096 [50] Readerrearundercover FC8-6099 Leftrearsubcover FC8-4142 [49] [22] Leftrearcover FL3-3167 Rearcover FL3-3166 [48] Rearlowercover FC8-4128 [23] Filtercover FC8-4130 [47] Rightrearcover1 FC8-5377 [24] Conectorcover FC8-5200 [46] Rightrearcover2 FC8-4131 Heaterswitchcover FC8-4137 [25] [45] Rightrearcover3 FC8-4135 Rightlowersubcover2 FC8-5298 [44] Rightlowersubcover3 FC8-5335...
Page 201 Inner rear cover 1 Inner output cover Inner rear cover 2 Inner rear cover 3 Output frame Inner right cover Output stopper Output tray Output tray guide F-4-3 F-4-3 Name ServicePartsNo. Refarence [52] Inneroutputcover FC8-4936 [53] Outputframe FL3-1127 [54] Outputtrayguide FL2-9483 [55] Outputtray...
Page 202 ListofMainUnit UnitLayout Developing unit(Bk) Developing unit(C) Developing unit(M) Developing unit(Y) Transfer Separation guide unit Secondary transfer outer roller Secondary transfer inner roller Primary transfer roller ITB cleaning blade F-4-4 F-4-4...
Page 203 ITB Unit Toner container[Bk] ITB Cleaning Unit Toner container[C] Toner container[M] Toner container[Y] Drum Unit[Bk] Developing Assembly[Bk] Laser Scanner Unit Drum Unit[C] Developing Assembly[C] Drum Unit[M] Developing Assembly[M] Drum Unit[Y] Developing Assembly[Y] Process Unit F-4-5 F-4-5...
Page 204 Multi-Purpose Tray Feed Roller Multi-Purpose Tray Separation Roller Cassette feeding 1 roller Pickup idler gear Cassette feeding 2 roller Cassette separation 1 roller Cassette separation 2 roller Pickup idler gear F-4-6 F-4-6...
Page 205 Name ServicePartsNo. Refarence ControlPanel FM3-7992 Recycletonercontainer FM3-5945 HopperUnit Tonercontainer(Y) Tonercontainer(M) Tonercontainer(C) Tonercontainer(Bk) ITBUnit ITBCleaningUnit FM3-5932 [10] DrumUnit(Y) [11] DrumUnit(M) [12] DrumUnit(C) [13] DrumUnit(Bk) [14] DevelopingAssembly(Y)(C5051/C5045) FM3-8977 [15] DevelopingAssembly(M)(C5051/C5045) FM3-8978 [16] DevelopingAssembly(C)(C5051/C5045) FM3-8979 [17] DevelopingAssembly(Bk)(C5051/C5045) FM3-8939 [18] DevelopingAssembly(Y)(C5035/C5030) FM3-8973 [19] DevelopingAssembly(M)(C5035/C5030) FM3-8974 [20] DevelopingAssembly(C)(C5035/C5030)
Page 206 Clutch/Solenoid Third delivery flapper solenoid (SL7) Second delivery flapper solenoid (SL6) Cassette 1 pickup solenoid (SL2) First delivery flapper solenoid (SL5) Cassette 2 pickup solenoid (SL3) F-4-8 F-4-8 Name MainUnit ServicePartsNo. Refarence Cassette1pickupsolenoid CassettePickupUnit FK2-0408 Cassette2pickupsolenoid CassettePickupUnit FK2-0408 First delivery flapper solenoid SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit FH6-5088 Second delivery flapper solenoid...
Page 207 4-10 Multi-purpose pickup clutch (CL1) Multi-purpose tray lifting solenoid (SL4) Registration shutter solenoid (SL1) F-4-9 F-4-9 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence Multi-purposepickupclutch DeviceParts(rear) FH6-5076 Registrationshuttersolenoid DeviceParts(front) FH7-5940 Multi-purposetrayliftingsolenoid DeviceParts(rear) FK2-7310 4-10...
Page 208 4-11 Toner supply clutch (Bk)(CL5) Toner supply clutch (C)(CL4) Toner supply clutch (M)(CL3) Toner supply clutch (Y)(CL2) Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence Tonersupplyclutch(Y) MainDriveUnit FK2-7285 Tonersupplyclutch(M) MainDriveUnit FK2-7285 Tonersupplyclutch(C) MainDriveUnit FK2-7285 Tonersupplyclutch(Bk) MainDriveUnit FK2-7285 T-4-4 T-4-4 4-11...
Page 209 4-12 Motor Toner container motor (Bk) (M12) Toner container motor (C) (M11) Toner container motor (M) (M10) Duplex feed motor (M20) Toner container motor (Y) (M9) Registration motor (M19) Cassette 1 pickup motor (M16) Multi-purpose motor (M18) Cassette 2 pickup motor (M17) F-4-10 F-4-10...
Page 210 4-13 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence Tonercontainermotor(Y) Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7307 Tonercontainermotor(M Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7307 Tonercontainermotor(C) Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7307 Tonercontainermotor(Bk) Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7307 Cassette1pickupmotor cassette FK2-7326 Cassette2pickupmotor cassette FK2-7326 Multi-purposemotor Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7304 Registrationmotor Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7327 Duplexfeedmotor Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7326 T-4-5 T-4-5 4-13...
Page 211 4-14 Fixing delivery motor (M22) Fixing motor (M21) Shutter motor (M27) Laser shutter motor (M28) Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence Fixingmotor Deviceparts(center) FK2-7301 Fixingdeliverymotor Deviceparts(center) FK2-7304 Shuttermotor Deviceparts(center) FK2-2069 Lasershuttermotor Deviceparts(center) FK2-2069 T-4-6 T-4-6 4-14...
Page 212 4-15 Primary transfer separation motor (M15) Third delivery motor (M25) Reverse roller motor (M24) First & Second ITB displacement delivery motor (M23) control motor (M14) ITB motor (M13) Image skew correction motor (C) (M33) Image skew correction Recycle toner stirring motor (M26) motor (Bk) (M34) Image skew correction Scanner motor (CBk) (M30)
Page 213 4-16 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence ITBmotor ITBUnit FK2-7300 ITBdisplacementcontrolmotor ITBUnit FK2-0481 Primarytransferseparationmotor ITBUnit FK2-0481 First&Seconddeliverymotor SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit FK2-7304 Reverserollermotor SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit FK2-7304 Thirddeliverymotor SecondandThirdDeliveryUnit FK2-7304 Recycletonerstirringmotor ProcessUnit FK2-7328 Scannermotor(YM) LaserScannerUnit FK2-8602 Scannermotor(CBk) LaserScannerUnit FK2-8602 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(Y) LaserScannerUnit RH7-1501 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(M LaserScannerUnit RH7-1501 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(C) LaserScannerUnit RH7-1501 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(Bk) LaserScannerUnit...
Page 214 4-17 Drum motor (Bk) (M4) Drum motor (C) (M3) Drum motor (M) (M2) Drum motor (Y) (M1) Developing motor (Bk) (M8) Developing motor (C) (M7) Developing motor (M) (M6) Developing motor (Y) (M5) F-4-11 F-4-11 4-17...
Page 215 4-18 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence Drummotor(Y) MainDriveUnit FK2-7298 Drummotor(M) MainDriveUnit FK2-7298 Drummotor(C) MainDriveUnit FK2-7298 Drummotor(Bk) MainDriveUnit FK2-7298 Developingmotor(Y) MainDriveUnit FK2-7303 Developingmotor(M) MainDriveUnit FK2-7303 Developingmotor(C) MainDriveUnit FK2-7303 Developingmotor(Bk) MainDriveUnit FK2-7303 T-4-8 T-4-8 4-18...
Page 216 4-19 Fixing heat exhaust fan 2 (FM2) Fixing heat exhaust fan 1 (FM1) Delivery fan 2 (FM9) F-4-12 F-4-12 4-19...
Page 217 4-20 Delivery fan 1 (FM7) Fixing cooling fan (front) (FM5) Process cartridge Fixing cooling fan (rear) (FM4) fan (rear) (FM6) Secondary transfer exhaust fan (FM8) Process cartridge fan (front) (FM10) F-4-13 F-4-13 4-20...
Page 218 4-21 Controller fan 3 (FM13) Controller fan 1 (FM11) Controller fan 2 (FM12) HDD cooling fan (FM14) Power supply cooling fan (FM3) F-4-14 F-4-14 4-21...
Page 219 4-22 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence Fixingheatexhaustfan1 Deviceparts(rear) FK2-7286 Fixingheatexhaustfan2 Deviceparts(rear) FK2-3679 Powersupplycoolingfan Electric FK2-7286 Processcartridgefan(rear) Deviceparts(center) FK2-0360 Fixingcoolingfan(front) Deviceparts(center) FK2-3679 Fixingcoolingfan(rear) Deviceparts(center) FK2-3679 Deliveryfan1 Deviceparts(center) FK2-7362 Secondarytransferexhaustfan Deviceparts(center) FK2-7290 Deliveryfan2 Deviceparts(front) FK2-7291 FM10 Processcartridgefan(front) Deviceparts(center) FK2-3679 FM11 Controllerfan1 Electric FK2-8372 FM12 Controllerfan2 Electric...
Page 220 4-23 Sensor Second delivery tray full sensor (PS45) Third delivery sensor (PS43) Fixing pressure sensor (PS30) Inner delivery sensor (PS37) Second delivery sensor (PS42) Shutter HP sensor (PS31) Duplex inlet sensor (PS40) Reverse sensor (PS39) Shutter position sensor (PS32) Primary transfer detachment sensor 2 (PS23) Primary transfer detachment sensor 1 (PS22)
Page 221 4-24 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence PS22 Primarytransferdetachmentsensor1 ITBUnit WG8-5848 PS23 Primarytransferdetachmentsensor2 ITBUnit WG8-5848 PS24 ITBsteeringsensor ITBUnit WG8-5848 PS25 ITBdisplacementsensor1 ITBUnit WG8-5848 PS26 ITBdisplacementsensor2 ITBUnit WG8-5848 PS27 ITBdisplacementsensor3 ITBUnit WG8-5848 PS28 ITBdisplacementsensor4 ITBUnit WG8-5848 PS30 Fixingpressuresensor FixingAssembly WG8-5848 PS31 ShutterHPsensor FixingAssembly WG8-5848 PS32 Shutterpositionsensor...
Page 222 4-25 [16] [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] New/old detection fuse (Bk) (UN59) Bk drum rotation sensor 2 (UN38) New/old detection fuse (C) (UN58) Bk drum rotation sensor 1 (UN37) New/old detection C drum rotation sensor 2 (UN36) fuse (M) (UN57) C drum rotation sensor 1 (UN35) New/old detection fuse (Y) (UN56)
Page 223 4-26 F-4-16 F-4-16 INDEXNo. Name MainUnit ServicePartsNo. Refarence TonercontainercamHPsensor(Bk) HopperUnit WG8-5848 Piezosensor(Bk) HopperUnit FK2-0590 Tonersupplysensor(Bk) HopperUnit WG8-5848 Piezosensor(C) HopperUnit FK2-0590 Tonersupplysensor(C) HopperUnit WG8-5848 Piezosensor(M) HopperUnit FK2-0590 Tonersupplysensor(M) HopperUnit WG8-5848 Tonersupplysensor(Y) HopperUnit WG8-5848 Piezosensor(Y) HopperUnit FK2-0590 [10] TonercontainercamHPsensor(Y) HopperUnit WG8-5848 [11] Tonercappositionsensor(Y) HopperUnit WG8-5848...
Page 224 4-27 Right door sensor (PS20) First delivery tray Second & third delivery full sensor (PS44) door sensor (PS21) First delivery sensor (PS41) Fixing inlet sensor (PS34) Transparency Fixing arch sensor 1 (PS35) sensor (UN51) Fixing arch sensor 2 (PS36) Registration sensor (PS33) Environment Patch sensor (rear) (UN48)
Page 225 4-28 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence PS13 Tonercontainerinnercoversensor(Y) DeviceParts(front) WG8-5848 PS14 Tonercontainerinnercoversensor(M) DeviceParts(front) WG8-5848 PS15 Tonercontainerinnercoversensor(C) DeviceParts(front) WG8-5848 PS16 Tonercontainerinnercoversensor(Bk) DeviceParts(front) WG8-5848 PS17 Tonercontaineroutercoversensor DeviceParts(front) WG8-5848 PS18 Frontdoorsensor DeviceParts(front) WG8-5848 PS20 Rightdoorsensor DeviceParts(center) WG8-5848 PS21 Second&thirddeliverydoorsensor DeviceParts(center) WG8-5848 PS29 Lasershuttersensor DeviceParts(center) WG8-5848 PS33 Registrationsensor...
Page 226 4-29 Multi-purpose size sensor (UN52) Duplex paper sensor (PS38) Multi-purpose paper sensor (PS47) Right lower door sensor (PS19) Cassette 1 pre-registration sensor (PS55) Cassette 1 paper sensor (PS49) Cassette 2 pre-registration Cassette 1 paper level sensor A (PS51) sensor (PS56) Cassette 1 paper level sensor B (PS52) Cassette 2 paper sensor (PS50) Cassette 2 paper level sensor A (PS53)
Page 227 4-30 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence PS19 Rightlowerdoorsensor 2-sideUnit WG8-5848 PS38 Duplexpapersensor 2-sideUnit WG8-5848 PS47 Multi-purposepapersensor Multi-purposeDeliveryUnit WG8-5848 PS49 Cassette1papersensor CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848 PS50 Cassette2papersensor CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848 PS51 Cassette1paperlevelsensorA CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848 PS52 Cassette1paperlevelsensorB CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848 PS53 Cassette2paperlevelsensorA CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848 PS54 Cassette2paperlevelsensorB CassettePickupUnit WG8-5848 PS55 Cassette1pre-registrationsensor...
Page 228 4-31 Heater/Other Fixing heater (H1) Sub thermistor 2 (TH1) Temperature fuse (TP1) Main thermistor 2 (TH1) Main thermistor 1 (TH1) Sub thermistor 1 (TH1) Drum heater (Bk) (H2) F-4-18 F-4-18 4-31...
Page 229 4-32 Speaker (SP1) Leakage breaker (ELCB1) F-4-19 F-4-19 4-32...
Page 230 4-33 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence ELCB1 Leakagebreaker Electric FH7-7626 Fixingheater FixingAssembly FK2-7292 Drumheater(Bk) ProcessUnit FK2-7295 Speaker Electric FK2-0428 Mainthermistor2 FixingAssembly FK2-7312 Mainthermistor1 FixingAssembly FK2-7312 Subthermistor1 FixingAssembly FK2-7312 Subthermistor2 FixingAssembly FK2-7312 Temperaturefuse FixingAssembly FK2-7314 T-4-15 T-4-15 4-33...
Page 231 4-34 Switch AC interlock switch (SW5) Cassette 1 size switch B (SW7) DC interlock Cassette 1 size switch 1 (SW3) switch A (SW6) DC interlock switch 2 (SW4) Cassette 2 size switch B (SW9) Cassette 2 size switch A (SW8) F-4-20 F-4-20 4-34...
Page 232 4-35 Main power supply switch (SW1) Environment switch (SW2) F-4-21 F-4-21 4-35...
Page 233 4-36 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence Mainpowersupplyswitch Electric FK2-7264 Environmentswitch Electric WC1-5179 DCinterlockswitch1 DeviceParts(front) FK2-0506 DCinterlockswitch2 DeviceParts(front) FK2-0506 ACinterlockswitch DeviceParts(rear) FK2-3076 Cassette1sizeswitchA Cassette WC2-5680 Cassette1sizeswitchB Cassette WC2-5680 Cassette2sizeswitchA Cassette WC2-5680 Cassette2sizeswitchB Cassette WC2-5680 4-36...
Page 234 4-37 Hub PCB Toner sensor relay PCB (Bk) (UN42) Toner sensor relay PCB (C) (UN41) Ten key PCB Inverter PCB Toner sensor relay PCB (M) (UN40) Sub key PCB CPU PCB Toner sensor relay PCB (Y) (UN39) Volume PCB Laser driver PCB (C) (UN15) Laser driver PCB (Bk) (UN14) Laser driver PCB (Y) (UN13) Laser driver PCB (M) (UN12)
Page 235 4-38 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence C5051/C5045 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5420 UN13 LaserdriverPCB(Y) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5420 UN14 LaserdriverPCB(Bk) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5420 UN15 LaserdriverPCB(C) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5420 C5035/C5030 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5425 UN13 LaserdriverPCB(Y) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5425 UN14 LaserdriverPCB(Bk) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5425 UN15 LaserdriverPCB(C) LaserScannerUnit FM3-5425 UN39 TonersensorrelayPCB(Y) HopperUnit FM3-7948...
Page 236 4-39 Developing sub bias PCB (Bk) (UN46) Developing sub bias PCB (C) (UN45) Developing sub bias PCB (M) (UN44) Developing sub bias PCB (Y) (UN43) Bk pre-exposure LED PCB (rear) (UN30) C pre-exposure LED PCB (rear) (UN28) M pre-exposure LED PCB (rear) (UN26) Y pre-exposure LED PCB (rear) (UN24) Drum unit new/old detection PCB (UN19)
Page 237 4-40 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB ProcessUnit FM3-7940 UN20 ProcessunitrelayPCB ProcessUnit FM3-7938 UN21 RecycletonersensorPCB ProcessUnit FM3-7949 UN23 Ypre-exposureLEDPCB(front) ProcessUnit FM3-7945 UN24 Ypre-exposureLEDPCB(rear) ProcessUnit FM3-7945 UN25 Mpre-exposureLEDPCB(front) ProcessUnit FM3-7945 UN26 Mpre-exposureLEDPCB(rear) ProcessUnit FM3-7945 UN27 Cpre-exposureLEDPCB(front) ProcessUnit FM3-7945 UN28 Cpre-exposureLEDPCB(rear) ProcessUnit FM3-7945 UN29 Bkpre-exposureLEDPCB(front)
Page 238 4-41 DC controller PCB (UN1) Riser PCB Main controller PCB 1 Main controller PCB 2 HVT 2 PCB (UN17) HVT 3 PCB (UN18) Cassette feed HVT 1 PCB (UN16) driver PCB (UN3) Relay PCB (UN5) Pickup feed Drum driver PCB (UN4) driver PCB (UN2) 24V power supply PCB 2 (UN10)
Page 239 4-42 Name MainUnit ServicepartsNo. Refarence DCcontrollerPCB Electric FM3-7931 PickupfeeddriverPCB Electric FM3-7932 CassettefeeddriverPCB Electric FM3-7933 DrumdriverPCB Electric FM3-7934 RelayPCB Electric FM3-7935 ACdriverPCB Electric FM3-7936 ACsubdriverPCB Electric FM3-7950 24VpowersupplyPCB1 Electric FM3-7955 All-nightpowerPCB Electric FK2-6324 UN10 24VpowersupplyPCB2 Electric FK2-6448 UN11 12VpowersupplyPCB Electric FK2-6319 UN16 HVT1PCB Electric...
Page 240 4-43 Conector F-4-25 4-43...
Page 241 4-44 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J102 DCcontrollerPCB J822 ECO-ID J103 DCcontrollerPCB J202 PickupfeeddriverPCB J104 DCcontrollerPCB J5076 J5066 J1300 UN22 Environmentsensor1 J104 DCcontrollerPCB J5076 J810 UN50 Environmentsensor2 J104 DCcontrollerPCB J3002 CassettefeedingUnit-AD1 J106 DCcontrollerPCB J231 CassettefeeddriverPCB J107 DCcontrollerPCB J201 PickupfeeddriverPCB...
Page 242 4-45 F-4-26 4-45...
Page 243 4-46 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J118 DCcontrollerPCB J825 J102 UN13 LaserdriverPCB(Y) J118 DCcontrollerPCB J825 J203 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) J119 DCcontrollerPCB J823 J102 UN15 LaserdriverPCB(C) J119 DCcontrollerPCB J823 J203 UN14 LaserdriverPCB(C) J121 DCcontrollerPCB J401 RelayPCB J122 DCcontrollerPCB J402 RelayPCB J123...
Page 244 4-47 F-4-27 4-47...
Page 245 4-48 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J204 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5003 J5109 J6058 Fixingdeliverymotor J204 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5003 J6091 PS44 Firstdeliverytrayfullsensor J204 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5003 J6088 PS41 Firstdeliverysensor J204 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5003 J5110 J6099 PS21 Second&thirddeliverydoorsensor J204 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5003 J6070 J204 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5003 J6062...
Page 246 4-49 F-4-28 4-49...
Page 247 4-50 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J213 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5086 J6082 Multi-purposepickupclutch J213 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5086 J6083 Multi-purposemotor J213 PickupfeeddriverPCB J5086 J6072 Bypasstrayliftersolenoid J213 PickupfeeddriverPCB J6056 J6157 Registrationmotor J213 PickupfeeddriverPCB J6057 J6158 Duplexfeedmotor J213 PickupfeeddriverPCB J6066 Fixingheatexhaustfan1 J213 PickupfeeddriverPCB J6067 Fixingheatexhaustfan2...
Page 248 4-51 22 21 F-4-29 4-51...
Page 249 4-52 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J234 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5073 J6127 Cassette2sizeswitchB J234 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5073 J6128 Cassette2sizeswitchA J234 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5074 J6125 Cassette1sizeswitchB J234 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5074 J6126 Cassette1sizeswitchA J235 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5040 J5065 J6138 Cassette2pickupsolenoid J235 CassettefeeddriverPCB J5040 J5065 J6137 PS56 Cassette2pre-registrationsensor...
Page 250 4-53 F-4-30 4-53...
Page 251 4-54 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J303 DrumdriverPCB J6008 Tonersupplyclutch(Bk) J303 DrumdriverPCB J6007 Tonersupplyclutch(C) J303 DrumdriverPCB J6006 Tonersupplyclutch(M) J303 DrumdriverPCB J6005 Tonersupplyclutch(Y) J304 DrumdriverPCB J5078 J5027 J5070 J6004 Primarytransferseparationmotor J304 DrumdriverPCB J5078 J5027 J5070 J6003 ITBdisplacementcontrolmotor J304 DrumdriverPCB J5078...
Page 252 4-55 F-4-31 4-55...
Page 253 4-56 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J411 RelayPCB J835 UN11 12VpowersupplyPCB J412 RelayPCB J834 UN10 24VpowersupplyPCB2 J426 RelayPCB J5101 ReadercontrollPCB J413 RelayPCB J691 All-nightpowerPCB J422 RelayPCB J129 DCcontrollerPCB J423 RelayPCB J211 PickupfeeddriverPCB J424 RelayPCB J301 DrumdriverPCB J424 RelayPCB J302...
Page 254 4-57 F-4-32 4-57...
Page 255 4-58 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J1001 ACdriverPCB ACincable J1002 ACdriverPCB J866 J1002 ACdriverPCB J833 J1003 ACdriverPCB ACinterlockswitch J1004 ACdriverPCB J1021 ACsubdriverPCB J1004 ACdriverPCB J1020 ACsubdriverPCB J1005 ACdriverPCB J681 All-nightpowerPCB ACinterlockswitch J5006 J5087 J5012 J5007 J5013 Fixingheater J5014 Fixingheater...
Page 256 4-59 F-4-33 4-59...
Page 257 4-60 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J202 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) J103 UN13 LaserdriverPCB(Y) J204 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) J6159 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(M J204 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) J6160 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(Y) J205 UN12 LaserdriverPCB(M) J6161 Scannermotor(YM) J202 UN14 LaserdriverPCB(Bk) J103 UN15 LaserdriverPCB(C) J204 UN14 LaserdriverPCB(Bk) J6166 Imageskewcorrectionmotor(C) J204...
Page 258 4-61 F-4-34 4-61...
Page 259 4-62 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J902 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB J5093 J6114 ATRsensor(Y) J902 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB J5093 UN43 DevelopingsubbiasPCB(Y) J903 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB J5094 J6116 ATRsensor(M) J903 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB J5094 UN44 DevelopingsubbiasPCB(M) J904 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB J5095 J6118 ATRsensor(C) J904 UN19 Drumunitnew/olddetectionPCB...
Page 260 4-63 F-4-35 4-63...
Page 261 4-64 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J658 UN39 TonersensorrelayPCB(Y) J6154 TonercontainercamHPsensor(Y) J658 UN39 TonersensorrelayPCB(Y) J6035 Tonercappositionsensor(Y) J658 UN39 TonersensorrelayPCB(Y) J6034 Tonersupplysensor(Y) J658 UN39 TonersensorrelayPCB(Y) J6033 Piezosensor(Y) J659 UN40 TonersensorrelayPCB(M) J6151 TonercontainercamHPsensor(M) J659 UN40 TonersensorrelayPCB(M) J6038 PS10 Tonercappositionsensor(M) J659 UN40...
Page 262 4-65 F-4-36 4-65...
Page 263 4-66 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J1020 MaincontrollerPCB1 FlashPCB J1004 MaincontrollerPCB1 DDR2-SDRAM(M1) J1000 MaincontrollerPCB1 DDR2-SDRAM(M0) J1002 MaincontrollerPCB1 VoiceOperation(OptionA) J1002 MaincontrollerPCB1 VoiceGuidance(OptionB) J1018 MaincontrollerPCB1 USB(D) J1015 MaincontrollerPCB1 FM13 Controllerfan3 J1017 MaincontrollerPCB1 Ethernet J1003 MaincontrollerPCB1 Operationpart J1019 MaincontrollerPCB1 J103 RiserPCB J1021...
Page 264 4-67 F-4-37 4-67...
Page 265 4-68 KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName IntermediateConnector KeyNo. JNo. Symbol PartsName J1002 CPUPCB RelayPCB J1003 CPUPCB J4001 SubkeyPCB J1003 CPUPCB J9001 InverterPCB J1006 CPUPCB J2002 HubPCB J1007 CPUPCB J1008 CPUPCB J3002 TenkeyPCB J1009 CPUPCB J3001 TenkeyPCB J4002 SubkeyPCB J5001 VolumePCB T-4-29 4-68...
Page 266 4-69 MainController 3)RemovethesignalcableandthepowercablefromtheHDD. RemovingtheHDD Howtoremove Signal cable 1)OpentheRightRearCover1. Power cable F-4-40 InsertthesignalcableandthepowercableintotheholeoftheControllerBox. F-4-38 2)OpentheHDDLid. • 1screw F-4-41 F-4-39 4-69...
Page 267 4-70 5)RemovetheHDDUnit. 7)RemovetheHDD. • • 2screws 4screws • 1groundingplate • 4spacers • 4vibration-preventiondumpers HDD fixing plate Spacers F-4-42 Vibration-prevention dumpers HDD grounding plate 6)Removetheplate. • 2screws F-4-44 Caution: Atinstallation,installthegroundingplateinsidethe[A]partofHDDFixingPlate. F-4-43 Grouding Plate Grouding Plate F-4-45 4-70...
Page 268 4-71 RemovingtheMainControllerPCB1 2)RemovetheUSBcableandthecontrolpanelcommunicationcable. Control panel BeforeremovingtheMainControllerPCB1 communication cable USB cable • RemovetheRightRearCover • 1screw(RStight;M4) • 2screws(TP;M3) • 1claw F-4-48 3)Removethe2screwsandliftthegrip. Claw F-4-46 Howtoremove 1)IftheReaderisinstalled,removetheReaderPowerCable. • 2connectors Grips • 2wiresaddles F-4-49 • 1cableguide 4)HoldthegripandremovetheMainControllerPCB1. Main controller PCB 1 Reader power cable Cable guide Wire saddles Connectors...
Page 269 4-72 RemovingtheMainControllerPCB2 Caution: BeforeRemovingtheMainControllerPCB2 Atinstallation,liftthegrip,inserttheMainControllerPCB1untilitstops,thentiltthe gripandinstallitwith2screws. • RemovetheLeftRearCoverandtheLeftRearSubCover. 1)RemovetheLeftRearCover. • 2rubbercaps • 2screws • 5claws Rubber cap Grips Claws F-4-51 MEMO: IftheReaderUnitisinstalled,handlethereaderpowercablefromtheconnectorside, Rubber cap makethecableslackintheupperareaandinstallit. F-4-53 Reader power cable 2)IftheReaderUnitisinstalled,removethereadersignalcable. • 1connector Cable guide Wire saddles Connectors F-4-52 MEMO: Make sure that the Main Controller PCB 1 is fixed to the device. F-4-54 4-72...
Page 270 4-73 3)RemovetheLeftRearSubCover. MEMO: • 1screw WhentheoptionPCBisinstalled,removeit. • 1hook Caution: Hook Atinstallation,avoidtheharness,holdthegripinraisedcondition,puttheMain ControllerPCB2allthewayin,tiltthegrip,andinstallit. Left rear sub cover Howtoremove F-4-55 Grip 1)IftheFAXUnitisinstalled,removetheconnectorofcommunicationcable. MEMO: IftheFAXUnitisinstalled,installtheconnector. MEMO: Make sure that the Main Controller PCB 2 is fixed to the device. F-4-56 2)HoldthegripandremovetheMainControllerPCB2. • 2screws Grip F-4-57 4-73...
Page 271 4-74 OpeningtheControllerBox Reader power cable BeforeopeningtheControllerBox • RemovetheRightRearCover • RemovetheLeftRearCover Cable guide • RemovetheLeftRearSubCover • RemovetheRearCover Wire saddles • 2rubbercaps • 2screws • 1claw Connectors F-4-59 Rubber caps Claw Rear cover Howtoopen F-4-58 1)WhentheReaderisinstalled,removethereaderpowercable. • 2connectors • 2wiresaddles • 1cableguide 4-74...
Page 272 4-75 2-1)AvoidtheharnessandopentheControllerBox. • 2screws Cable F-4-60 F-4-62 2-2)WhentheFAXUnitisinstalled,avoidtheharnessandopentheControllerBoxandthe FAXUnit. • 3screws 3) Close the Controller Box while pressing the cable with afinger. Check that the cable is F-4-61 storedwhencloseingthebox. 4-75...
Page 273 4-76 RemovingtheMainPowerUnit 3)RemovetheRearLowerCover. • 2rubbercaps BeforeremovingtheMainPowerUnit • 2screws • 2claws • RemovetheRightRearCover • 2hooks • RemovetheLeftRearCover • RemovetheLeftRearSubCover • RemovetheRearCover • RemovetheRearLowerCover Claw 1)RemovetheConnectorCover. • 1screw Claw Hook Hook F-4-63 2)WhentheCassettePedestalisinstalled,removetheconnector. • 6harnessguides • 5connectors Connectors F-4-65 Harness guides F-4-64 4-76...
Page 274 4-77 Howtoremove 3)PullouttheMainPowerUnit. • 3connectors 1)OpentheDrumDriverUnit. • 3screws • 1screw Connectors Main power unit Drum Driver Unit Screw Screw Screw Screw F-4-66 F-4-68 2)RemovetheFINLatticeConnectorUnit. 4)RemovetheMainPowerUnit. • 2connectors • 15connectors • 1wiresaddle • 5wiresaddles • 2screws Connectors Wire saddle Connector 12 Connectors Connector Wire saddles Connector...
Page 275 4-78 RemovingtheACDriver RemovingtheControlPanel BeforeremovingtheACDriver Howtoremove • RemovetheRightRearCover 1)PullouttheControlPanelandremovethemold. • RemovetheLeftRearCover • RemovetheLeftRearSubCover Control panel • RemovetheRearCover • RemovetheRearLowerCover Mold Howtoremove 1)RemovealltheconnectoronthePCBandremovetheACDriver. • 6wiresaddles • 13connectors(12piecesforoverseasmodel) • 3screws F-4-71 AC Driver Screw Wire saddles 2)Removethestopper. • 2screws Screw 13 Connectors Wire saddles Screw Stopper F-4-70...
Page 276 4-79 LaserExposureSystem RemovingtheDust-blockingGlassCleaningPad BeforeRemovingtheDust-blockingGlassCleaningPad CleaningtheDust-blockingGlass • OpentheFrontCover. BeforeCleaningtheDust-blockingGlass Howtoremove • OpentheFrontCover. 1)RemovetheGlassCleaningTool. F-4-76 HowtoClean F-4-78 2)RemovetheDust-blockingGlassCleaningPad. 1)TakeouttheDust-blockingCleaningToolandcleantheDust-blockingGlassfromthe4 holesoftheWasteTonerContainer. Dust-blocking glass cleaning tool F-4-79 F-4-77 4-79...
Page 277 4-80 RemovingtheLaserScannerUnit RemovetheITBUnit 1)CheckthatthearrowofITBSubPressureReleaseLeverisalignedwiththetrianglemark. BeforeRemovingtheLaserScannerUnit (Ifitisnotaligned,adjustthearrowoflevertothetrianglemark.) • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover. Triangle mark Triangle mark ITB sub pressure ITB sub pressure release lever release lever F-4-82 F-4-80 2)TurntheITBPressureReleaseLeverintherightdirectionuntiltheprotrusionofgripis RemovetheITBCover. alignedwiththetrianglemarkontheplatetoreleasethepressure. • 2screws(loosen) ITB pressure release lever F-4-83 F-4-81 4-80...
Page 278 4-81 3)Removethe2connectors. 5) Hold the ITB Unit as show in the below figure, and remove in the direction of the arrow F-4-87 Caution: F-4-84 WheninstallingtheITBUnit,aligntheITBUnitwiththe2positionsattheleadedgeof Caution: rail. WhenpullingouttheITBUnit,itmaydropbecauseitdoesnotclickatstoppositionif pulledoutwhileliftingit.Thus,becarefulofpullingitout. Rails F-4-85 ITB unit F-4-88 4) Pull out the ITB Unit up to the stop label position flatly. •...
Page 279 4-82 RemovingtheProcessUnit 3)PlacethepaperontotheProcessUnittoprotecttheDrumUnitfromthelight. Paper Caution: Wheninstalling/removingtheProcessUnit,donotremovetheWasteTonerContainer. 1) Remove the 4 stepped screws fixed on the right and left rails. F-4-91 4)Takethe2railsofProcessUnitbacktothehostmachine. F-4-89 2) Hold the front and rear of Process Unit and remove it flatly. F-4-92 Howtoremove Caution: DonotinstalltheusedLaserScannerUnit2(C/Bklaser)intheinstallationpositionof F-4-90 LaserScannerUnit1(Y/Mlaser).
Page 280 4-83 2)RemovetheImageFormationSuctionDuct. Caution: • 1screw IfswitchingtheLaserScannerUnit1and2,imagedisplacementoccurs.Thus,notethe • 1claw serial number affixed on the respective unit before removing it, and match the number whenreinstallingit Image formation suction duct Screw Memo: ThisproceduredescribestheremovalofBk,CLaserScannerUnit.Gothroughthe sameprocedureforremovingtheM,YLaserScannerUnit. Claw 1)RemovetheDrumHeater. • 1screw F-4-94 Drum heater WhenremovingtheLaserScannerUnit1(Y/Mlaser), T-4-30 3)RemovetheLeftUpperCover.
Page 281 4-84 4)RemovetheLeftDuctUnit. Caution: • 2screws SincetheLaserScannerUnitneedsadjustment,donotdisassembleit. Caution: Atinstallation,pushtheprotrusionofLaserScannerUnitintotheholeofrearplateand adjustthefrontbosswiththeplateholeandinstallit. Laser scanner unit Protrusion Hole Left duct unit F-4-96 5)RemovetheScannerFixingSpring. • 1screw Boss Protrusion Caution: Atinstallation,passtheharnessthroughtheSheetGuideandinstallit. Fixing spring Screw F-4-97 6)RemovetheLaserScannerUnit. • 4connectors Laser scanner unit Connectors Connectors F-4-98 4-84...
Page 282 4-85 ImageFormationSystem RemovingtheITBUnit BeforeRemovingtheITBUnit RemovingtheTonerFilter • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover Howtoremove 1)RemovetheTonerFilterCover. • 1claw Claw F-4-101 • RemovetheITBCover. • 2screws(loosen) F-4-99 2)RemovetheFanProtectionPlateandtheTonerFilter. Toner filter Fan protection plate F-4-102 Caution: DonottouchtheITBsurface. F-4-100 4-85...
Page 283 4-86 Howtoremove 3)Removethe2connectors. 1)CheckthatthearrowofITBSubPressureReleaseLeverisalignedwiththetrianglemark. (Ifitisnotaligned,adjustthearrowoflevertothetrianglemark.) Triangle mark Triangle mark ITB sub pressure ITB sub pressure release lever release lever F-4-105 Caution: F-4-103 2)TurntheITBPressureReleaseLeverinthearrowdirectionuntiltheprotrusionofgripis WhenpullingouttheITBUnit,itmaydropbecauseitdoesnotclickatstoppositionif alignedwiththetrianglemarkontheplatetoreleasethepressure. pulledoutwhileliftingit.Thus,becarefulofpullingitout. ITB pressure release lever 4) Pull out the ITB Unit up to the stop label position flatly. •...
Page 284 4-87 CleaningthePatchSensor 5) Hold the ITB Unit as show in the below figure, and remove in the direction of the arrow Beforecleaningthepatchsensor • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • RemovetheITBUnit HowtoClean 1)Whilepushingtheshutter,cleanthesurfaceofPatchSensorwithacottonswabmoistened withwaterandtightlywrungbywipingitinonedirection.Aftercleaning,makesurethat thereisnotonercontaminationonthesensorsurface.. F-4-107 Caution: Caution: Donotusethealcoholsinceitmeltsthesensorwindowandcauseswhileturbidity. WheninstallingtheITBUnit,aligntheITBUnitwiththe2positionsattheleadedgeof rail. Caution: Rails Donotdry-wipeitsincethesensorwindowischargedandattractsthetoner.
Page 285 4-88 RemovethePatchSensor(front,center,rear) 2)RemovethePre-secondaryTransferGuide.BesurenottoputtoomuchforceonthePre- secondaryTransferGuidewhenremovingit. Beforecleaningthepatchsensor • 2screws • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • RemovetheITBUnit Secondary Transfer Guide • RemovetheProcessUnit Grounding Cable Howtoremove 1)ReleasethehookandremovetheShutterofthesensor. • 2Claws Shutter F-4-110 3)Removethemold. • 4screws • 4bosses Claw Boss Hook F-4-109 F-4-111 4-88...
Page 286 4-89 RemovingtheITBCleaningUnit 4)RemovetheWireSaddle,Reuseband,andEdgeSaddletomaketheSensorAssembly movingfreely. BeforeremovingtheITBCleaningUnit • 2WireSaddles • 1ReuseBand • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • 1EdgeSaddle • RemovetheITBCover • RemovetheITBUnit Howtoremove Edge Saddle Wire Saddle Caution: Whenremoving/installingit,donotcontacttheITBCleaningUnittotheITB. Reuse Band Removethesensordesiredtobereplaced.(PatchSensor(Rear)asanexample) F-4-112 • 2Screws • 1Connector 1)HoldtheleftandrightgripandremovetheITBCleaningUnitinthedirectionofthearrow. • 2screws Connector F-4-113 MEMO: WhenreplacethePatchSenosor(center),InitializationofPatchsensor(center)is necessary...
Page 287 4-90 RemovingtheITBCleaningBladeUnit 2)PlacetheremovedITBCleaningUnitonthepaper. BeforeremovingtheITBCleaningBladeUnit • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • RemovetheITBUnit • RemovetheITBCleaningUnit Howtoremove 1)RemovetheITBCleaningBladeUnitandputitonthepaper. • 1screw F-4-115 3)ToexecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetection,makethemainbodyinstandbystate. 4)ExecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetectionServiceMode(COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC- P>ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2to3minutes. F-4-116 MEMO: Holdthescrewareaof2screwsontheITBCleaningBladeUnitsothatitiseasyto remove. 4-90...
Page 288 4-91 Caution: Caution: WheninstallingtheITBCleaningBladeUnit,makesurethatEqualizeBlockisinstalled. AfterinstallingtheITBCleaningBladeUnittotheITBCleaningUnit,makesuretolift theprotectionsheetwithascrewdriveretc.Atthattime,donotfoldtheprotectionsheet. 2)AfterinstallingtheITBCleaningUnittotheITBUnit,applytospearlonthewholearea Caution: indicated in the figure below. DonottouchtheITBCleaningBlade. F-4-117 Caution: Whenapplyingtospearl,becarefulnottoscatteritoninsideoftheITB,theDriveRoller andtheSecondaryTransferInnerRoller. IfitisscatteredoninsideoftheITB,theDriveRollerortheSecondaryTransferInner Roller,wipeitwithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcoholwhilerotatingthemotorby hand.Atthistime,turnthemotorcounterclockwiseanddonotturnitclockwise. 4-91...
Page 289 4-92 RemovingtheITB 3)ToexecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetection,makethemainbodyinstandbystate. 4)ExecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetectionServiceMode(COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC- BeforeremovingtheITB P>ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2to3minutes. • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • RemovetheITBUnit • RemovetheITBCleaningUnit Caution: DonottoughthesurfaceofITB.(Ifneeded,holdtheITBwithin10mmfrombothedge ofthebelt.) Howtoremove 1)TurnovertheITBUnit. 2)RemovethePushSlider. • 1stopring F-4-118 3)PulltheITBPressureReleaseLevertothefront. 4-92...
Page 290 4-93 4)Removetheharness. 6)LifttheITBandstanditontheITBCover. • 3wiresaddles Caution: • 1edgesaddle • Makesurethatitisremovedfromthefrontandrearhooks. • MakesuretoaligntheclawoftheITBCoverwiththecut-offofprotectionsheet. • 2claws F-4-119 Hooks 5)Removetherearpin. • 1screw ITB cover Claw Claws F-4-121 F-4-120 MEMO: PlacetheITBcoverupsidedownontheplacewheretheITBUnitwillbestood. 4-93...
Page 291 4-94 7)Pulloutthefrontpin. 9)HoldtheITBwithin10mmfromtheedgeandremoveitupward. MEMO: Tolockthepressure,pulloutthepinwhileholdingtheITBUnitwithhand. 10mm • 1screw 10mm F-4-124 Caution: DonottouchthesurfaceofITBDriveRoller,SecondaryTransferInnerRollerand PrimaryTransferRollerasitmaycausetheimagefailure. F-4-122 8)BendtheSecondaryTransferInnerRollerUnitby90degreeandreinstallitwiththepin removedinstep7). 10)ToexecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetection,makethemainbodyinstandbystate. 11)ExecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetectionServiceMode (COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2 F-4-123 to3minutes. 4-94...
Page 292 4-95 RemovingthePrimaryTransferRoller(Bk) 1)Pulloutthepin,maketheSecondaryTransferInnerRollerUnitstraightandinstallthe removedpin. BeforeremovingthePrimaryTransferRoller(Bk) • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • RemovetheITBUnit • RemovetheITBCleaningUnit Howtoremove Caution: DonottouchthesurfaceofDriveRoller,SecondaryTransferInnerRollerandPrimary F-4-125 TransferRollerasitmaycausetheimagefailure. 2)RemovetheITBUnitfromtheITBCoverandplaceitontothepaperinthepositionwhere therollerisplacedupside. • 2claws ITB unit Claws ITB cover Paper F-4-126 4-95...
Page 293 4-96 3)Whileholdingthefrontbushing,pinchtheclawandremovetheDisengagement/ Caution: EngagementArm. • WindpaperonthePrimaryTransferRoller(Bk)andwithouttouchingthesurfaceofthe roller. • Donottouchtherollersurface. Stopper Bushing Paper F-4-127 4)RemovethePrimaryTransferRoller(Bk). Primary transfer roller (BK) • 1bushing • 1spring Caution: Primary transfer roller (Bk) Hold the stopper with finger lightly after installation to check that the claw is surely installed.
Page 294 4-97 RemovingthePrimaryTransferRoller(C,M,Y) 1)Pulloutthepin,maketheSecondaryTransferInnerRollerUnitstraightandinstallthe removedpin. BeforeremovingthePrimaryTransferRoller(C,M,Y) • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • RemovetheITBUnit • RemovetheITBCleaningUnit Howtoremove MEMO: ThisproceduredescribesthestepsforPrimaryTransferRoller(C).Gothroughthe sameprocedureforMandY. F-4-129 2)RemovetheITBUnitfromtheITBCoverandplaceitontothepaper. • 2claws Caution: ITB unit DonottouchthesurfaceofDriveRoller,SecondaryTransferInnerRollerandPrimary TransferRollerasitmaycausetheimagefailure. Claws ITB cover Paper F-4-130 3)TurntheITBSubPressureReleaseLevertomakethePrimaryTransferRoller(C,M,Y) lifted. Primary transfer roller(C) Primary transfer roller(M) Primary transferr oller(Y) ITB sub pressure release lever F-4-131 4-97...
Page 295 4-98 Whileholdingthefrontbushing,pinchtheclawandremovetheDisengagement/ MEMO: EngagementArm. ThereisnoparticulardirectionforthePrimaryTransferRollerinstallation. Disengagement/ engagement arm Caution: • WindpaperonthePrimaryTransferRoller(C)andwithouttouchingthesurfaceofthe roller. Claw • Donottouchtherollersurface. Boss Bushing F-4-132 5)Whileholdingthebushing,removethestopperfromtheboss. Paper Boss Stopper Primary transfer roller (C) Caution: • AfterinstallingthePrimaryTransferRoller(C,M,Y),turntheITBSubPressureRelease LevertomakesurethatthePrimaryTransferRoller(C,M,Y)movesupanddown. Bushing • Afterchecking,besuretomakethePrimaryTransferRoller(C,M,Y)loweredposition. Primary transfer roller (C) Primary transfer roller (M) Primary transfer roller (Y) F-4-133 6)RemovethePrimaryTransferRoller(C).
Page 296 4-99 RemovingtheSecondaryTransferInnerRoller 8)ExecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetectionServiceMode(COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC- P>ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2to3minutes. BeforeremovingtheSecondaryTransferInnerRoller • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • RemovetheITBUnit • RemovetheITBCleaningUnit Howtoremove Caution: DonottouchthesurfaceofDriveRoller,SecondaryTransferInnerRollerandPrimary TransferRollerasitmaycausetheimagefailure. F-4-135 4-99...
Page 297 4-100 1)Pulloutthepin,maketheSecondaryTransferInnerRollerUnitstraightandinstallthe 3)RemovetheGroundingPlateandtheSecondaryTransferBearingHolder. • removedpin. 1screw Secondary transfer Grounding plate bearing holder F-4-138 F-4-136 4)RemovetheSecondaryTransferInnerRoller. 2)RemovetheITBUnitfromtheITBCoverandplaceitontothepaperinthepositionwhere therollersidefacesup. • 2claws ITB unit Claws F-4-139 ITB cover Paper F-4-137 4-100...
Page 298 4-101 ReinstallingtheITB Caution: BeforereinstallingtheITB BecarefuloftheinstallationdirectionwheninstallingtheSecondaryTransferInner Roller. • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • RemovetheITBUnit • RemovetheITBCleaningUnit Howtoreinstall 1)CheckthattheITBSubPressureReleaseLeverisinthebelowposition. 5)ToexecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetection,makethemainbodyinstandbystate. ITB sub pressure release lever 6)ExecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetectionServiceMode(COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC- 2)StandtheITBUnitontheITBCover. P>ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2to3minutes. F-4-140 • 2claws ITB cover Claw Claws F-4-141 4-101...
Page 299 4-102 3) Bend the Secondary Transfer Inner Roller Unit by 90 degree and fix it with the pin. Caution: MakesuretoinstallitbyhookingtheITBDisplacementSensorLeverontotheITB edge. F-4-142 4)HoldtheITBwithin10mmfromtheedgeandinstallitbyaligningitwiththemarkingline. 5)Pulloutthepin,maketheSecondaryTransferInnerRollerUnitstraightandinstallthe removedpin. 10mm • 1screw Marking line 10mm F-4-143 F-4-144 4-102...
Page 300 4-103 6)RemovetheITBUnitfromtheITBCoverandinstallittotheplate. 8)PushtheITBPressureReleaseLeverandinstalltheBushSlidertotheboss. • • 2claws 1stopring F-4-145 7)Installtherearpin. • F-4-147 1screw Caution: MakesurethatthereisnogapbetweentheITBPressureReleaseLeverandthePlate. space F-4-146 9)Installtheharness. • 1edgesaddle • 3wiresaddles 4-103...
Page 301 4-104 RemovingtheRecycleTonerBottle Caution: BeforeremovingtheRecycleTonerBottle Make sure that the shaft is fixed to the fixing member. • OpentheFrontCover Howtoremove 1)ReleasetheRecycleTonerBottleLockLever. Caution: Make sure that the hook is fixed to the plate. F-4-148 2)RemovetheRecycleTonerBottle. 10)TurnovertheITBUnit. F-4-149 11)InstalltheITBCleaningUnit. Caution: 12)ToexecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetection,makethemainbodyinstandbystate. 13)ExecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetectionServiceMode DonottilttheRecycleTonerBottle. (COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>ITB-INIT)(Level1).Thisservicemodewilltakeapprox.2 (BecauseitmaycausemisdetectionontheFullDetectionSensor.) to3minutes. 4-104...
Page 302 4-105 PullingOuttheProcessUnit 2)TurntheITBPressureReleaseLeverintherightdirectionandreleasethepressure. BeforepullingouttheProcessUnit Caution: WhenreleasingthepressureofITBPressureReleaseLever,makesurethatthe • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover protrusionofgripisalignedwiththetrianglemarkofplate. • RemovetheITBCover Howtoremove 1)MakesurethatthearrowofITBSubPressureReleaseLeverisalignedwiththetriangle markoftheplate. (Ifitisnotaligned,alignthearrowofleverwiththetrianglemarkofplate.) Triangle mark Triangle mark ITB pressure release lever F-4-151 3)PullouttheProcessUnituntilitstops. • 2screws ITB sub pressure ITB sub pressure release lever release lever F-4-150 F-4-152 4-105...
Page 303 4-106 RemovingtheProcessUnit 4)PlacethepaperontotheProcessUnittoprotecttheDrumUnitfromthelight. BeforeremovingtheProcessUnit Paper • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • PullouttheProcessUnit Howtoremove Caution: Wheninstalling/removingtheProcessUnit,donotremovetheRecycleTonerBottle. F-4-153 1) Remove the 4 stepped screws fixed on the right and left rails. F-4-154 2) Hold the front and rear of Process Unit and remove it flatly. F-4-155 4-106...
Page 304 4-107 ReinstallingtheProcessUnit 3)PlacethepaperontotheProcessUnittoprotecttheDrumUnitfromthelight. Paper BeforereinstallingtheProcessUnit • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • PullouttheProcessUnit • RemovetheProcessUnit Howtoreinstall 1)Pulloutthe2railsofProcessUnitfromthehostmachine. F-4-156 4)Takethe2railsofProcessUnitbacktothehostmachine. F-4-158 2)Alignthe4protrusionsofProcessUnitwiththepositioningpinofrailandinstallit. F-4-157 Protrusions of process unit Protrusions of process unit MEMO: WheninstallingtheProcessUnit,iftheDustproofShutterisopenanditprevents installation,turnOFF/ONthepowerandmakesurethattheDustproofShutterisclosed beforeinstallation. Positioning pins Positioning pins F-4-159 4-107...
Page 305 4-108 3)InstalltherightandleftrailsandtheProcessUnitwith4steppedscrews. 4) Slowly take the Process Unit back to the host machine and fix it with 2 screws. F-4-161 F-4-160 Caution: Caution: AfterclosingtheProcessUnit,holdtheedgeofeachDrumUnitfromaboveas Makesurethatthereisnogap[A]betweenthehostmachineandtheProcessUnitand describedbelow.IftheDrumUnitisnotsecured,itmaycausethecolordisplacement. fix it with the screw. 5)TurntheITBPressureReleaseLeverintheleftdirectiontoapplythepressure. Caution: WhenapplyingthepressureofITBPressureReleaseLever,makesurethatthe protrusionofgripisalignedwiththelowertrianglemarkofplate. 4-108...
Page 306 4-109 RemovingtheDrumUnit BeforeremovingtheDrumUnit • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • PullouttheProcessUnit Howtoremove Caution: Donottouchthedrumsurface. F-4-162 InstalltheITBCoverandtightenthe2loosenedscrews. 1)Holdthegripwithbothhands,presstheDrumUnitagainsttheDevelopingAssemblyand pullitoutvertically. Grips F-4-163 7)ClosetheFrontCover. F-4-164 8)ClosetheRightUpperCover. 9)ClosetheRightLowerCover. 4-109...
Page 307 4-110 ReinstallingtheDrumUnit Caution: BeforereinstallingtheDrumUnit WhenremovingtheDrumUnit,donotpullitoutfromonehandle. • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • PullouttheProcessUnit • RemovetheDrumUnit Howtoreinstall Caution: Donottouchthedrumsurface. 1)Holdthegripandinstallitfromthetopvertically. Grips F-4-165 4-110...
Page 308 4-111 Caution: MEMO: WheninstallingtheDrumUnit(Bk)tothehostmachine,performthefollowing Wheninstallingitatanangle,theshuttermaybedamaged.Thus,makesuretoinstallit procedures. fromdirectlyabove. 2-1) PlacethehalffoldpaperincludedinthepackagingboxontheDeveloping Assembly(Bk).BesuretosettheedgeofhalffoldpaperovertheTonerCollecting SheetoftheDevelopingAssembly. 2)AligntheguideofProcessUnitwiththeguideofDrumUnitandinstalltheDrumUnit. Guide of drum unit Guide of process unit Guide of drum unit Guide of process unit F-4-166 Toner Collecting Sheet Caution: Sincetherailmaybebroken,makesurethattheshutterissurelyslidontherail. Shutter Shutter Rail Rail 4-111...
Page 309 4-112 RemovingtheDevelopingAssembly 2-2) Whilethepaperisset,installtheDrumUnit(Bk)tothehostmachine. BeforeremovingtheDevelopingAssembly Drum Unit (BK) • OpentheFrontCover,RightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheITBCover • PullouttheProcessUnit • RemovetheDrumUnit • RemovetheRecycleTonerBottle Howtoremove MEMO: ThisproceduredescribestheremovalofBkDevelopingAssembly.Gothroughthe sameprocedureforremovingtheY,M,CDevelopingAssembly. Caution: 2-3) Holdthefoldedportionandpullthispaperouttothedirectionofarrow Wheninstalling/removingit,donottouchtheDevelopingSleeve. Caution: 3) Hold the grip part (8 places) with finger lightly and make sure that the Drum Unit is securely Wheninstalling/removingtheDevelopingAssembly,besuretoremovetheRecycle installed.
Page 310 4-113 2)Removethesteppedscrew. Caution: Makesuretoinsertthe2pinsofstopperintothe2holesofDevelopingAssemblyand installit. F-4-169 3)Whilepullingoutthestopper,removetheDevelopingAssemblyupward. Developing assembly MEMO: Stopper InitializationofDevelopingAssembly(tonerratioandpatch)isnecessaryanditdiffers dependingonthecolor. If4colorsarereplacedsimultaneously,executeINISET-4. COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-YInitializationofYDevelopingAssembly (tonerratioandpatch) COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-MInitializationofMDevelopingAssembly (tonerratioandpatch) COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-CInitializationofCDevelopingAssembly F-4-170 (tonerratioandpatch) COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-KInitializationofBkDevelopingAssembly (tonerratioandpatch) COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-4Initializationof4-colorsDeveloping Assembly(tonerratioandpatch) 4-113...
Page 311 4-114 InstallinganewDevelopingAssembly Caution: installinganewDevelopingAssembly Before WhenremovingtheSealontheDevelopingAssembly,besuretoliftitslowlyand vertically.Ifliftingitinanobliquedirection,theSealontheDevelopingAssemblyis • OpeningtheFrontCover stressed,andmaycausetearoftheseal • RemovingtheITBCover • PullingouttheProcessUnit • RemovingtheDrumUnit • RemovingtheWasteTonerContainer Howtoinstall 1)InstalltheDevelopingAssemblytotheProcessUnitinthereverseprocedureof“Removing theDevelopingAssembly”. 2)WhileholdingtheDevelopingAssemblywithonehand,pulloutthedevelopingsealstraight upwithotherhand. Performthisprocedureforeachcolor. F-4-171 4-114...
Page 312: Rear Side
4-115 RemovingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerand Caution: SecondaryTransferSeparationGuideUnit IftheSealontheDevelopingAssemblyistorn,removethetornsealbypullingtheend ofitinthedirectionofthearrow.Atthattime,becarefulnottoleavethetornsheetin BeforeremovingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerand theDevelopingAssembly. SecondaryTransferSeparationGuideUnit Rear side Seal • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover Howtoremove Caution: Seal DonottouchthesurfaceofSecondaryTransferOuterRoller. Front side Byfollowing“installingtheDrumUnit”,installtheeachcolorDrumUnit. 4)BesuretoholdtheuppersideofeachDevelopingAssemblywhenremovingtheseal. Otherwisethecoverwillbeofffromitsposition. 1)PlacethepapertoputtheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerUnit. 2)Removetherearstopper. • 1claw F-4-172 F-4-173 4-115...
Page 313 4-116 3)PinchtheclawsonbothsidesofbearingholderandremovetheSecondaryTransferOuter 5)RemovetheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller. • RollerUnit. 2bearingholders • • 4claws 2bearings Bearing holder Bearing Bearing Bearing holder Secondary transfer outer roller F-4-176 F-4-174 4)RemovetheSecondaryTransferSeparationGuideUnit. • 1bushing • 2springs Spring Spring Bushing Secondary transfer separation guide unit F-4-175 4-116...
Page 314 4-117 ReinstallingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerand 2)Fittheprotrusionwiththegrooveoftheguideandinstallthebushing. 3)Installthespringontobothsideofprotrusion. SecondaryTransferSeparationGuideUnit Spring BeforereinstallingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerand SecondaryTransferSeparationGuideUnit • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheSecondaryTransferOuterRollerandSecondaryTransferSeparationGuide Unit Howtoremove Protrusion F-4-178 Caution: DonottouchthesurfaceofSecondaryTransferOuterRoller. 1)FitthesidewithlongershafttotheholeofSecondaryTransferSeparationGuideUnitand installtheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller. Shorter shaft Longer shaft Hole F-4-177 Caution: AfterinstallingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller,makesurethatthebearingholder canrotate. 4-117...
Page 315 4-118 RemovingtheTonerBottlemanually Caution: BeforeRemovingtheTonerBottlemanually MakesurethatthespringontheDuplexUnitsideisnotskewed. • RemovetheRightRearCover • 1screw(RStight;M4) • 2screws(TP;M3) • 1claw 4)FitthespringontheDuplexUnittotheprotrusiononthebearingholderofSecondary TransferOuterRollerUnitandinstallitoneafterother. Claw F-4-180 • RemovetheLeftRearCover,LeftRearSubCover. 1)RemovetheLeftRearCover. • 2rubbercaps • 2screws • 5claws Rubber cap 5)Reinstalltherearstopper. F-4-179 Claws MEMO: WhenreplacingtheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller,executetheservicemode. COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEANING>TNR-COAT Rubber cap F-4-181 4-118...
Page 316 4-119 • 2)IftheReaderUnitisinstalled,removethereadersignalcable. RemovetheRearCover • • 1connector 3rubbercaps • 3screws • 1claw Rubber caps Claw F-4-182 3)RemovetheLeftRearSubCover. • 1screw Rear cover • 1hook F-4-184 • OpentheControllerBox Hook 1)WhentheReaderisinstalled,removethereaderpowercable. • 2connectors • 2wiresaddles • 1cableguide Reader power cable Left rear sub cover Cable guide F-4-183 Wire saddles...
Page 317 4-120 2-1)AvoidtheharnessandopentheControllerBox. Howtoremove • 2screws MEMO: ThisproceduredescribestheprocedureofTonerBottle(Bk).Gothroughthesame procedureforTonerBottle(C,M,Y). 1)OpentheTonerReplacementCover. 2)Removethehandle. • 1screw Screw F-4-186 2-2)WhentheFAXUnitisinstalled,avoidtheharnessandopentheControllerBoxand theFAXUnit. • 3screws F-4-188 3)Installthehandletotheshaft. 4)Turnthehandlelikeratchetandopenthesmallcover. F-4-187 F-4-189 4-120...
Page 318 4-121 RemovingtheMainDriveUnit 5)Pulloutthetonercontainer. BeforeRemovingtheMainDriveUnit • RemovetheRightRearCover • RemovetheLeftRearCover • RemovetheLeftRearSubCover. • RemovetheRearCover • OpentheControllerBox • RemovetheRearLowerCover 1)RemovetheConnectorCover. • 1screw F-4-190 Caution: Atinstallation,makesuretoinserttheTonerContainerallthewayinandclosethe smallcover. F-4-191 2)WhentheCassettePedestalisinstalled,removetheconnector. • 5connectors • 6harnessguides Connectors Harness guides F-4-192 4-121...
Page 319 4-122 3)RemovetheRearLowerCover. Howtoremove • 2rubbercaps 1)RemovetheLeftUpperCover. • 2screws • 5rubbercaps • 2claws • 5screws • 2hooks Left upper cover Claw Claw Hook Rubber caps F-4-194 2)WhentheFAXUnitisinstalled,opentheControllerBoxandtheFAXUnitwhileavoiding Hook theharness. • 3screws Harness F-4-193 F-4-195 4-122...
Page 320 4-123 3)OpentheHigh-voltagePCB. 5)RemovetheHarnessGuideCover. • • 2screws 2screws HVT PCB Harness guide cover F-4-196 F-4-198 4)RemovetheDrumDriverPCB. PullouttheharnessofLaserScannerandmakeaspacebyhookingtheclawofharness • 3screws guide. • 1edgesaddle • 1claw Harness Drum driver PCB Edge saddle F-4-197 Claw F-4-199 4-123...
Page 321 4-124 6)RemovetheFanDuct1. 8)RemovealltheredconnectorsfromtheDrumDriverPCB. • • 2screws 10connectors • • 1connector 10wiresaddles • 1claw Wire saddles Wire saddles Connectors Claw Wire saddles Connectors Wire saddle Wire saddles Drum driver PCB Connectors Connector Connectors Fan duct F-4-202 9)RemovetheMainDriveUnit. F-4-200 • 7)RemovetheharnessofHopper. 2connectors •...
Page 322 4-125 RemovingtheTonerContainerFrontInnerCover 2)RemovetheSmallPlate. • 1screw(Ptight) BeforeremovetheTonerContainerFrontInnerCover • ReleasethelockofTonerContainer(Byservicemode) MEMO: ToreleasethelockofTonerContainermanually,refertothestep1)to4)in“Removing theTonerContainermanually”.Atthattime,donotpulloutthetonercontainer. 1)OpentheTonerReplacementCover. 2)ExecutetheservicemodeandreleasethelockofTonerContainer. 3)TurnOFFthepowerbeforeclosingtheSmallCoverandtheTonerReplacementCover. 4)Closethe4SmallCoversandtheTonerReplacementCover.(Sameinmanualoperation) F-4-205 3)RemovetheFrontUpperCover. • RemovetheITBUnit. • 1screw(Ptight) • RemovetheProcessUnit. • 1screw(RS) Howtoremove 1)RemovetheFrontRightCover. • 1rubbercap • 1screw(remove) • 1screw(loosen) F-4-206 Loosen Rubber cap Front right cover F-4-204 4-125...
Page 323 4-126 4)RemovetheFrontUpperRightCover. 7)RemovetheTonerContainerFrontInnerCover. • 1connector • 1wiresaddle • 4screws(RS) Connector F-4-207 Wire saddle 5)RemovetheDeliveryTray. F-4-210 F-4-208 6)Openthe4SmallCoversandremovethe4TonerContainers. F-4-209 4-126...
Page 324 4-127 RemovingtheHopper(M) Caution: BeforeremovetheHopper(M) Ifitisplacedsideways,tonermayscatterinsidetheHopperanditmaycausethe operationfailure.Thus,standandputtheHopperUnitonthepaper. • ReleasethelockofTonerContainer(Byservicemode) • RemovetheITBUnit. • RemovetheProcessUnit. • RemovetheTonerContainerFrontInnerCover • Howtoremove 1)RemovetheTonerTray. • 1screw(M4binding) Paper F-4-213 Caution: WheninstallingtheHopper,alignthecut-off[A]partofBottleFixingRingwiththeBottle FixingArm[B]andinstallittothehostmachine. F-4-211 2)Whileavoidingtheductsheet,removetheHopperUnit. • 1connector • 1wiresaddle • 5screws(RS) Connector Hopper Unit F-4-214 Wire saddle Duct sheet F-4-212 4-127...
Page 325 4-128 RemovingtheHopper(Y) Caution: BeforeremovetheHopper(Y) WheninstallingtheTonerTray,aligntheRodLeverwiththeTonerCoverOpen/Close RodLeverandinstallit. • ReleasethelockofTonerContainer(Byservicemode) • Toner cover Open/Close rod lever RemovetheITBUnit. • RemovetheProcessUnit. Rod lever • RemovetheTonerContainerFrontInnerCover • Howtoremove 1)RemovetheTonerTray. • 1screw(M4binding) F-4-215 Caution: WheninstallingtheremovedTonerContainer,besurenottoshakeit. Caution: WhentheMainDriveUnitisremovedsimultaneously,makesuretoinstalltheMain Drive Unit first and then, the Hopper Unit in order. Otherwise, toner supply failure may occur.
Page 326 4-129 Caution: 3)RemovetheLeftMiddleStay. Ifitisplacedsideways,tonermayscatterinsidetheHopperanditmaycausethe • 2screws operationfailure.Thus,standandputtheHopperUnitonthepaper. F-4-218 4)Whileavoidingtheductsheet,removetheHopperUnit. • 1connector Paper • 1wiresaddle F-4-220 • 5screws(RS) Hopper Unit Caution: Connector Wire saddle WheninstallingtheHopper,alignthecut-off[A]partofBottleFixingRingwiththeBottle FixingArm[B]andinstallittothehostmachine. Duct sheet F-4-219 F-4-221 4-129...
Page 327 4-130 RemovingtheHopper(C) Caution: BeforeremovetheHopper(C) WheninstallingtheTonerTray,aligntheRodLeverwiththeTonerCoverOpen/Close RodLeverandinstallit. • ReleasethelockofTonerContainer(Byservicemode) • Toner cover Open/Close rod lever RemovetheITBUnit. • RemovetheProcessUnit. Rod lever • RemovetheTonerContainerFrontInnerCover Howtoremove 1)RemovetheReverseTray. 2)RemovetheInsideRearCover1&2. • 3caps • 3screws(RS) F-4-222 Caution: WheninstallingtheremovedTonerContainer,besurenottoshakeit. Caution: WhentheMainDriveUnitisremovedsimultaneously,makesuretoinstalltheMain Drive Unit first and then, the Hopper Unit in order. Otherwise, toner supply failure may occur.
Page 328 4-131 4)RemovetheHopperUpperStay. 7)RemovetheTonerTray. • 3screws(RS) • 1screw(M4binding) F-4-225 F-4-228 5)RemovetheSecondaryDeliveryDuct. 8)WhileavoidingtheDuctSheet,removetheHopperUnit. • 2screws(Ptight) • 1connector • 1wiresaddle • 5screws(RS) Hopper Unit Connector Wire saddle Duct sheet F-4-226 F-4-229 6)RemovetherailRetainingPlate. • 4screws(M4binding) F-4-227 4-131...
Page 329 4-132 Caution: Caution: IftheHopperUnitisplacedsideways,tonermayscatterinsidetheHopperanditmay WheninstallingtheTonerTray,aligntheRodLeverwiththeTonerCoverOpen/Close causetheoperationfailure.Thus,standandputtheHopperUnitonthepaper. RodLeverandinstallit. Toner cover Open/Close rod lever Rod lever F-4-232 Paper Caution: F-4-230 WheninstallingtheremovedTonerContainer,besurenottoshakeit. Caution: WheninstallingtheHopper,alignthecut-off[A]partofBottleFixingRingwiththeBottle Caution: FixingArm[B]andinstallittothehostmachine. WhentheMainDriveUnitisremovedsimultaneously,makesuretoinstalltheMain Drive Unit first and then, the Hopper Unit in order. Otherwise, toner supply failure may occur. Caution: WhenreplacingtheDevelopingAssembly,makesuretoinitializebeforeinstallingthe TonerContainer...
Page 330 4-133 RemovingtheHopper(Bk) • 2screws(binding) BeforeremovetheHopper(Bk) • ReleasethelockofTonerContainer(Byservicemode) • RemovetheITBUnit. • RemovetheProcessUnit. • RemovetheDrumHeater(Bk) • RemovetheTonerContainerFrontInnerCover • RemovetheHopper(C) Howtoremove F-4-235 1)RemovetheHarnessfromtheFixingGuide. 4)RemovetheHopperUnit. • 1connector • 1wiresaddle Harness • 6screws(RS) • 3 fixing guides Connector Wire saddle Guide Fixed guide F-4-233 2)RemovealltheTonerTrays. F-4-236 •...
Page 331 4-134 Caution: Caution: IftheHopperUnitisplacedsideways,tonermayscatterinsidetheHopperanditmay WheninstallingtheTonerTray,aligntheRodLeverwiththeTonerCoverOpen/Close causetheoperationfailure.Thus,standandputtheHopperUnitonthepaper. RodLeverandinstallit. Toner cover Open/Close rod lever Rod lever F-4-238 Paper Caution: WheninstallingtheremovedTonerContainer,besurenottoshakeit. Caution: WheninstallingtheHopper,alignthecut-off[A]partofBottleFixingRingwiththeBottle Caution: FixingArm[B]andinstallittothehostmachine. WhentheMainDriveUnitisremovedsimultaneously,makesuretoinstalltheMain Drive Unit first and then, the Hopper Unit in order. Otherwise, toner supply failure may occur. Caution: WhenreplacingtheDevelopingAssembly,makesuretoinitializebeforeinstallingthe TonerContainer COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-K...
Page 332 4-135 FixingSystem 2)PinchandpulloutthetabofFixingAssembly. RemovingtheFixingAssembly BeforeremovingtheFixingAssembly Tabs • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover F-4-241 3)HoldthegripandremovetheFixingAssembly. F-4-239 HowtoRemove 1)OpentheFixingRailandloosenthe4screws. Loosen the screws F-4-242 Loosen Caution: the screws BesuretoinserttheFixingAssemblyuntilitstopsatthetimeofinstallation. IncaseofthefaultyinstallationoftheFixingAssembly,eitherE009ornoisemayoccur. Ifso,removetheFixingAssembly,andinstallitagain. Fixing Rail Fixing Rail F-4-240 4-135...
Page 333 4-136 RemovingtheFilmUnit 3)RemovetheShutterUnit. • 4screws BeforeremovingtheFilmUnit • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheFixingUnit HowtoRemove MEMO: Wheninstalling/removingit,donottouchtheFilmUnitandPressureRoller. 1)ChangethedirectionoftheFixingAssembly.(PlaceitinthepositionwheretheDrawer F-4-244 connectorsidefacesup.) 4)TurnthepressuregearwithhandandmakethePressureRollerengagedcondition. 2)Removetheharness. • 3connectors Pressure roller • 6harnessguides engaged condition Drawer connector Harness Connectors Harness guides F-4-245 Harness guides F-4-243 4-136...
Page 334 4-137 5)OpentheleftandrightPressureLevers. 7)RemovetheharnessfromtheharnessguideandremovetheFilmUnit. • 2screws F-4-248 8)RemovetheSeparationGuidefromtheFilmUnit. F-4-246 • 2leafsprings 6)RemovetheleftandrightFixingPlatesandtheTerminalPlate. • 3screws Fixing Plates Terminal Plate F-4-249 F-4-247 4-137...
Page 335 4-138 CleaningtheFixingSeparationGuide CleaningtheShutterCover BeforeCleaningtheFixingSeparationGuide BeforeCleaningtheShutterCover • • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • • RemovetheFixingUnit RemovetheFixingUnit • • RemovetheFilmUnit RemovetheFilmUnit HowtoClean HowtoClean 1)CleantheFixingSeparationGuidewithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol. 1)CleantheShutterCoverwithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol. F-4-250 F-4-251 4-138...
Page 336 4-139 RemovingthePressureRollerandPressureRoller Caution: Bearing At installation, install it after fitting the 3 hooks to the notches. BeforeremovingthePressureRollerandPressureRoller Bearing • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheFixingUnit • RemovetheFilmUnit HowtoRemove MEMO: F-4-253 Wheninstalling/removingit,donottouchthePressureRoller. 2)Wheninstalling/removingit,topreventthePressureRollerfrombeingdamaged,insertthe paper(approx.5mm)undertheFixingDeliveryLowerGuidetomakeaspacebetweenthe 1)RemovetheFixingInletGuide. InnerDeliveryGuideandthePressureroller. • 1claw • 1screw • 3hooks Space Inner delivery guide Paper Pressure roller...
Page 337 4-140 3)LifttherightsideandremovethePressureRollerUnit. Caution: WhenkeepingtheFixingAssemblyforlongperiods,turnthepressuregearandmake thePressureRollerdisengagedcondition. Pressure roller disengaged condition Pressure roller unit F-4-255 4)RemovethePressureRollerandthe2PressureRollerBearingsfromthePressureRoller F-4-257 Unit. • 2bearingholders • 1E-ring • 1gear Pressure roller Bearing Bearing bearing holder holder Gear Pressure roller bearing E-ring Roller unit F-4-256 4-140...
Page 338 4-141 PickupFeedSystem CleaningtheFeedContactPointGuide BeforecleaningtheFeedContactPointGuide CleaningtheSecondaryTransferGuide • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover BeforecleaningtheSecondaryTransferGuide HowtoClean • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover 1)CleantheFeedContactPointGuidewithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol. Feed contact point guide F-4-258 F-4-260 HowtoClean 1)CleantheTransferGuidewiththelint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol. Secondary transfer guide F-4-259 4-141...
Page 339 4-142 CleaningtheRegistrationRoller CleaningthePre-registrationGuideAssembly BeforecleaningtheRegistrationRoller BeforecleaningthePre-registrationGuideAssembly • • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover HowtoClean HowtoClean 1)CleantheFeedContactPointGuidewithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol. 1)CleantheinsideofPre-registrationGuideAssemblywithlint-freepapermoistenedwith alcohol. Secondary Transfer Guide Pre-registration Guide Assembly Registration roller F-4-261 2)CleantheOuterRegistrationRollerwithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcoholwhile F-4-263 rotatingit. 2)CleantheoutsideofPre-registrationGuideAssemblywithlint-freepapermoistenedwith alcohol. Pre-registration Guide Assembly Registration roller F-4-262 F-4-264 4-142...
Page 340 4-143 CleaningtheTransparencySensor CleaningtheVerticalPathSensorandtheLightproof Sheet BeforecleaningtheTransparencySensor VerticalPathSensorandtheLightproof Beforecleaningthe • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover Sheet HowtoClean • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover 1)CleantheTransparencySensorwithlint-freepapermoistenedwithwaterinonedirection. HowtoClean 1)CleantheVerticalPathSensorwithdrylint-freepaper. Vertical Path Sensor Transparency sensor F-4-265 2)CleanthePrismwithlint-freepaper. 2)CleantheLightproofSheetwithdrylint-freepaper. F-4-267 Prism F-4-266 Lightproof Sheet F-4-268 4-143...
Page 341 4-144 CleaningtheFixingDeliveryGuideAssembly Cleaning the Post-fixing Roller BeforecleaningtheFixingDeliveryGuideAssembly Before cleaning the Post-fixing Roller • • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover HowtoClean HowtoClean 1)OpentheFixingDeliveryGuide. 1)OpentheFixingDeliveryGuide. 2)CleantheinsideofFixingDeliveryGuideAssemblywithlint-freepapermoistenedwith 2) Clean the Post-fixing Roller 1 with lint-free paper moistened with alcohol while rotating it. alcohol. Post-fixing roller Fixing delivery guide F-4-271 3) Clean the Post-fixing Roller 2 with lint-free paper moistened with alcohol while rotating it.
Page 342 4-145 CleaningtheFixingDeliveryRoller CleaningtheDuplexFeedUpperRoller,Wheel BeforecleaningtheFixingDeliveryRoller BeforecleaningtheDuplexFeedUpperRoller,Wheel • • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover HowtoClean HowtoClean 1)OpentheFixingDeliveryGuide. 1)OpentheRightLowerCover. 2)CleantheFixingDeliveryRoller1withlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcoholwhilerotating 2)CleantheDuplexFeedUpperRoller,Wheelwithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol thegear. whilerotatingit. Duplex feed upper rollers Fixing delivery roller F-4-273 F-4-275 3)CleantheFixingDeliveryRoller2withlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcoholwhilerotating Fixing delivery roller Duplex feed upper wheels F-4-276 F-4-274 4-145...
Page 343 4-146 CleaningtheDuplexFeedLowerRoller,Wheel CleaningtheFirst,SecondandThirdDeliveryRoller BeforecleaningtheDuplexFeedLowerRoller,Wheel BeforecleaningtheFirst,SecondandThirdDeliveryRoller • • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover HowtoClean HowtoClean 1)OpentheRightLowerCover. 1)CleantheFirst,SecondandThirdDeliveryRollerswithlint-freepapermoistenedwith 2)CleantheDuplexFeedLowerRoller,Wheelwithlint-freepapermoistenedwithalcohol alcohol. whilerotatingit. Second and Third delivery roller Duplex feed lower rollers F-4-279 F-4-277 Second and Third delivery wheels Duplex feed lower wheels F-4-280 F-4-278 4-146...
Page 344 4-147 RemovingtheSecondandThirdDeliveryUnit BeforeremovingtheSecondandThirdDeliveryUnit • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover Howtoremove First delivery roller 1)RemovetheFrontRightCover. • 1rubbercap • 1screw(remove) • 1screw(loosen) F-4-281 Second delivery roller Loosen Rubber cap Front right cover F-4-282 F-4-284 2)RemovetheReverseTrailEdgeGuideandtheInnerDeliveryCover. • 1screw • 2hooks Third delivery roller F-4-283 Reverse trail edge guide Hooks Inner delivery cover F-4-285...
Page 345 4-148 3)Removethe2connectorsand3wiresaddles. Caution: AfterinstallingtheSecondandThirdDeliveryUnit,makesurethattheSensorFlagin1 Wire saddles placeworksnormally. Sensor flag Connectors Second delivery sensor F-4-286 4)RemovetheSecondandThirdDeliveryUnit. • 4screws F-4-288 Second and third delivery unit F-4-287 4-148...
Page 346 4-149 RemovingtheFirstDeliveryUnit 4)RemovetheFirstDeliveryUnit. • 2screws BeforeremovingtheFirstDeliveryUnit • 1steppedscrew • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheSecondandThirdDeliveryUnit First delivery unit Howtoremove 1)RemovetheRightUpperCoverLatch. • 2screws 2)RemovetheRightLowerCoverLatch. • 2screws F-4-291 Right upper cover latch Caution: Atinstallation,aligntheFirstDeliverySensorandtheSensorFlagandinstallit. Sensor flag First delivery sensor Right lower cover latch F-4-289 3)OpentheFixingAssemblyandremovetheFixingGearCover. Sensor flag •...
Page 347 4-150 RemovingtheDuplexUnit Caution: BeforeremovingtheDuplexUnit AfterinstallingtheFirstDeliveryUnit,makesurethatthe2SensorFlagsworknormally. Sensor flag • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover First delivery sensor Howtoremove First delivery sensor 1)RemovetheFrontCoverofRightUnit. • 1screw • 1claw F-4-293 Claw F-4-294 4-150...
Page 348 4-151 2)Removetheconnectorandthegroundingwire. Caution: • 2connectors WhenremovingtheDuplexUnit,notethattheRightDoorRotationHingeandthespring • 1screw areeasilydisassembled. • 1wiresaddle Connectors x２ Right door rotation hinge Spring Wire saddle Grounding wire F-4-295 3)HoldthesidesofDuplexUnitandremoveit. F-4-297 F-4-296 4-151...
Page 349 4-152 RemovingtheMulti-purposeTrayPickupRoller 3)Tilttheshaft,pulltheMulti-purposeTrayPickupRollerandremoveit. BeforeremovingtheMulti-purposeTrayPickupRoller • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover Multi-purpose tray pickup roller • RemovetheDuplexUnit Shaft Howtoremove 1)RemovetheBothAngleGuide. • 2screws F-4-300 Caution: At installation, be sure to fit the Split Pin into the Multi-purpose Tray Pickup Roller. Multi-purpose tray pickup roller Split pin F-4-298 2)Removethegear,2stopringsandthebushing.
Page 350 4-153 RemovingtheMulti-purposeTraySeparationRoller 2)RemovetheMulti-purposeTraySeparationRoller. • 1claw BeforeremovingtheMulti-purposeTraySeparationRoller • OpentheRightLowerCoverandRightUpperCover • RemovetheDuplexUnit • RemovingtheMulti-purposeTrayPickupRoller Howtoremove 1)RemovetheFrontFeedGuideandMiddleFeedGuide. Multi-purpose tray Claw separation roller • 2screws • 3claws MEMO: F-4-303 LifttheFrontandMiddleFeedGuides,pushthemintotherear,andpullthemout towardfront. Caution:Pointstonoteatinstallation AlignthegrooveofMulti-purposeTraySeparationRollerwiththeprotrusionoflimiter andpushituntilitclicks. Multi-purpose tray separation roller Claws Middle feed guide Protrusion Limiter Front feed guide Claws F-4-302...
Page 351 4-154 RemovingthePickupRoller Caution:Pointstonoteatinstallation BeforeremovingthePickupRoller OpentheMulti-purposeTraySubCoverandmakesurethattheholesofFrontand MiddleFeedGuidearehookedontotheclawofMulti-purposeTrayPickupFrame. • RemovetheCassette Front feed guide Middle feed guide MEMO: Thisproceduredescribesthestepofcassette1.Gothroughthesameprocedurefor cassette3and4iftheCassettePedestalisinstalled. Pushthereleasebuttonandremovethecassette. Claws Caution:Pointstonoteatinstallation OpentheMulti-purposeTraySubCoverandmakesurethatthebearingpartofMulti- purposeTrayPickupSensorFlagissurelyinstalled. Bearing part Bearing part F-4-304 Howtoremove MEMO: Thisproceduredescribestheremovingstepofcassette1PickupRoller.Gothroughthe sameprocedureforthePickupRollerofcassette2. Sensor flag Caution: DonottouchthesurfaceofPickupRollerandtheSeparationRoller. 4-154...
Page 352 4-155 RemovingtheFeedRoller 1)Removethecassette1andcassette2. 2)RemovethePickupRoller. BeforeremovingtheFeedRoller • 1pin • 1tab • RemovetheCassette Howtoremove MEMO: Thisproceduredescribestheremovingstepsofcassette1FeedRoller.Gothroughthe sameprocedurefortheFeedRollerofcassette2. Caution: DonottouchthesurfaceofPickupRollerandtheSeparationRoller. F-4-305 1)Removethecassette1andcassette2. 2)RemovetheCassetteFeedRoller. • 1tab F-4-306 4-155...
Page 353 4-156 RemovingtheSeparationRoller RemovingthePickupAssemblyIdlerGear BeforeremovingtheSeparationRoller BeforeremovingthePickupAssemblyIdlerGear • • RemovetheCassette RemovetheCassette • RemovethePickupRoller Howtoremove • RemovetheFeedRoller Howtoremove MEMO: Thisproceduredescribestheremovingprocedureofcassette1SeparationRoller.Go throughthesameprocedurefortheSeparationRollerofcassette2. MEMO: Thisproceduredescribestheremovingprocedureofcassette1PickupAssemblyIdler Gear.GothroughthesameprocedureforthePickupAssemblyIdlerGearofcassette2. Caution: DonottouchthesurfaceofPickupRollerandtheSeparationRoller. Caution: DonottouchthesurfaceofPickupRollerandtheSeparationRoller. 1)Removethecassette1andcassette2. 2)RemovetheSeparationRoller. 1)RemovethePickupAssemblyIdlerGear. • 1tab • 1tab F-4-307 F-4-308 4-156...
Page 354 4-157 RemovingtheCassette1PickupUnit 4)OpentheRightUpperCoverandtheRightLowerCover. BeforeremovingtheCassette1PickupUnit • RemovetheCassette • RemovetheRightLowerCover 1)Pulloutthecassette1andcassette2. 2-1)WhentheCassettePedestalisinstalled,removetheRightFrontCover3. • 1screw F-4-311 5)RemovetheRightRearCover3. • 3claws • 1hook Claw Right front cover 3 Right rear cover 3 F-4-309 2-2)WhentheCassettePedestalisnotinstalled,removetheRightLowerSubCover1and theRightFrontCover3. • 1screw Claws Right front cover 3 Claw Right lower sub cover 1 F-4-312 6)Removethe2screwsandtheconnector.
Page 355 4-158 7)Removethefrontstopringandseparatethearm. Howtoremove 1)LifttheleverandremovetheRightFrontInnerCover. • 2screws Stop ring Stop ring Lever F-4-314 8)RemovethewirefromthehostmachineandremovetheRightLowerCover. Right front inner cover F-4-316 Wire 2)RemovetheRightLowerSubCover2andremovetheRightRearInnerCover. • 2screws Right rear inner cover Right lower cover F-4-315 Right lower sub cover 2 Claws F-4-317 4-158...
Page 356 4-159 RemovingtheCassette2PickupUnit 3)RemovethePickupHarness. • 1wiresaddle BeforeremovingtheCassette2PickupUnit • 1edgesaddle • 2connectors • RemovetheCassette • RemovetheRightLowerCover Connectors Howtoremove 1)Pulloutthecassette2. 2)RemovetheRightLowerSubCover2andremovetheRightRearInnerCover. Wire saddle • 2screws Right rear inner cover Edge saddle F-4-318 4)HoldthePickupGuideandremovetheCassette1PickupUnit. • 4screws(RS;M4) • 1screw(RS;M3) Pickup guide Right lower sub cover 2 Claws F-4-320 3)RemovethePickupHarness.
Page 357 4-160 RemovingtheCassetteSizeDetectionUnit 4)RemovetheCassette2PickupUnit. • 4screws BeforeremovetheCassetteSizeDetectionUnit • RemovetheCassette Howtoremove MEMO: • ThisproceduredescribestheremovingstepsofCassette1SizeDetectionUnit.Go throughthesameprocedureforCassette2SizeDetectionUnit. • WhenremovingtheCassette1SizeDetectionUnit,makesuretoremovetheCassette1 Cassette 2 pickup unit PickupUnit. • WhenremovingtheCassette2SizeDetectionUnit,makesuretoremovetheCassette2 F-4-322 PickupUnit. 1)RemovetheCassette1SizeDetectionUnit. • 1connector • 1wiresaddle • 2screws Cassette size detection unit Connector Wire saddle F-4-323 4-160...
Page 358 4-161 Option 3)Removethecablefromthewiresaddle. RemovingtheADFUnit Howtoremove MEMO: WhenremovingtheADFUnitandtheReaderUnitfromthehostmachine,removethe ADF Unit first and then, remove the Reader Unit because the accuracy of scanner systemsmaybedeteriorated. 1)OpentheADF. Wire saddle F-4-326 MEMO: ThereisnowiresaddleincaseofDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1. 3)Removetheinnerplate. • 4screws F-4-324 2)RemovetheReaderCableCover. • 2screws F-4-327 F-4-325 4-161...
Page 359 4-162 4)Removethecable. Caution: • 1edgesaddle IncaseofColorImageReaderUnit-B1/B2,recordthepositionofscaleofADFmounting • 2connectors screw. F-4-330 5-1)IncaseofColorImageReaderUnit-B1/B2,removethe2screws. F-4-328 MEMO: Afterremovingthecable,closetheedgesaddle. MEMO: Remove the flat cable in case of Duplex Color Image Reader Unit-B1. • 1reuseband • 1edgesaddle • 1harnessretainer • 3connectors F-4-331 F-4-329 4-162...
Page 360 4-163 5-2)IncaseofDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1,removethe4screws. Caution: BecarefulnottodamagetheReaderCommunicationCableGuidewhen placingit. F-4-332 Caution: BesurenottogetscratchesontheWhiteSheetontheremovedADF. F-4-334 MEMO: Atinstallation,installitintherecordedscalepositionofADFmountingscrew. F-4-333 4-163...
Page 361 4-164 HeightAdjustment 1.Checktheheight. 1)ClosetheDADF. 2)Checkthatthe2heightadjustmentrollsonthefront/rearleftcomecontactwiththestream readingglass. MEMO: TurningONtheLEDhelpsthecheckoperation. (Lv.1)COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R>SCANLAMP Height adjustment roll Protrusion Sheet Reading position Paper Protrusion Sheet Reading pos Stream reading glass CAUTION: Donotsetitinthepositionwheretheoriginalreadpositioniscoveredbythepaper. 2)ClosetheDADF. 3)Pulloutthepaperinthedirectionofthearrowandcheckthatthereisresistance. Height adjustment roll F-4-335 3)Ifnot,executetheheightadjustment. Ifyoucannotcheckitvisually,checkitbythefollowingmethod. a.Checkingtheheightoffrontheightadjustmentroll. 1)Pushthepaper(plainpaper)totheprotrusionofthestreamreadingglassandsetitinthe positionwherethesheetofthestreamreadingglassisfullycovered. F-4-337 4)Ifthereisnoresistance,executetheheightadjustment. b.Checkingtheheightofrearheightadjustmentroll. 1)Pushthepaper(plainpaper)totheprotrusionofthestreamreadingglassandsetitinthe positionwherethesheetofthestreamreadingglassisfullycovered.
Page 362 4-165 2)ClosetheDADF. Protrusion Sheet Reading position Paper Protrusion Sheet Reading position 3)Pulloutthepaperinthedirectionofthearrowandcheckthatthereisresistance. F-4-339 4)Ifthereisnoresistance,executetheheightadjustment. F-4-338 CAUTION: Donotsetitinthepositionwheretheoriginalreadpositioniscoveredbythepaper. 4-165...
Page 363 4-166 Adjustmentprocedure RightAngleAdjustment 1) Rotate the fixing screw on top of the left hinge to adjust it. MEMO: Toremovethespaceonthefront:rotateitclockwise(blackarrowdirection) Thereare2adjustmentmethods;forfrontsidereading(readersidescannerunit)and Toremovethespaceontherearorbothsides:rotateitcounterclockwise(whitearrow forbacksidereading(DADFsidescannerunit). direction) a.Adjustmentforfrontsidereading Blanking cover 1)SetatestcharttoDADFandmakea1-sidedprint. 2)ChecktherightangleaccuracyofangleAontheprintedpaper.Ifitisnotrightangle,make anadjustment. Image on test chart Printed image Fixing screw F-4-340 2)Checktheheightagainandmakesurethattheheightisappropriate. Feed direction F-4-341 4-166...
Page 364 4-167 3)Loosenthe2knurledscrewsonfrontofrighthingeunit. b.Adjustmentforbacksidereading 4)Opentherubbercoveronthebackofrighthingeunitandloosenthescrew,andthenmake 1)SetatestcharttoDADFupsidedownandmakea2-sidedprint. anadjustmentbythehexagonsocketbolt. 2)ChecktherightangleaccuracyofangleAontheprintedpaper.Ifitisnotrightangle,make IfAislessthan90deg,rotateitclockwise. anadjustment. IfAismorethan90deg,rotateitcounterclockwise. Image on test chart Printed image Rubber cover Hexagon socket bolt Fixing nut Feed direction F-4-343 3)Removethefrontcover. 4)Loosentheadjustmentscrew. 5)Adjustthepositionoftheguidethatsupportsthescannerunit. IfAislessthan90deg,movetheguidetorightdirection(blackarrowdirection). IfAismorethan90deg,movetheguidetoleftdirection(whitearrowdirection). Adjusting screw Guide Knurled screw F-4-342 5) After adjustment, tighten the fixing nut and 2 knurled screws. 6)PrintoutatestchartagainandcheckthatangleAisrightangle.
Page 365 4-168 RemovingtheReaderUnit 6)Afteradjustment,tightenthescrew. 7)Printoutatestchartagainandcheckthatitisrightangle. Howtoremove MEMO: WhenremovingtheADFUnitandtheReaderUnitfromthehostmachine,makesure to remove the ADF Unit first and then, remove the Reader Unit since the accuracy of scannersystemsmaybedeteriorated. 1)RemovetheReaderLeftCover. • 2claws • 2screws(binding;M4x8) • 2rubbercaps Claws Rubber caps Reader left cover F-4-345 2) Install the fixing screw of scanner system kept at the installation. •...
Page 366 4-169 3)RemovetheReaderRightCover. 6)RemovethescrewofReaderFrontCover. • • 2claws 2screws • • 2screws(binding;M4x8) 1 screw (flat-head; M4x6) (for Duplex Color Image Reader Unit-B1 only) • 2rubbercaps flat-head : M4x6 Claws Rubber caps Reader right cover F-4-349 7)RemovetheReaderFrontCover. F-4-347 • 3bosses 4)MovetheControlPanelinthedirectionofthearrow. 5)MovetheControlPanelBaseCoverinthedirectionofthearrow. • 1screw F-4-350 8)RemovethefrontsideofReaderUnitwithastubbyscrewdriver.
Page 367 4-170 9)Removethereaderpowercable. 12)RemovetheFixingHookCandtheReaderFixingHookA. • • 2connectors 2screws(binding;M4x8) • 2wiresaddles Protrusion Protrusion • 1cableguide Protrusion Cable guide Fixing hook C Reader fixing hook A Wire saddles F-4-354 13)Removetheconnectorofreadercommunicationcable. Reader power cable 14)Removethereadercommunicationcablefromthecut-offofthehostmachineplate. Connectors F-4-352 10)OpentheRightUpperCoverandtheRightLowerCover. Right upper cover Cut-off of the host machine plate Reader communication cable F-4-355 15)Removethe2ReaderFixingHooksB.
Page 368 Adjustment MainController...
Page 369 MainController Whenusing 1)GotoCOPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>CARDandenterthenumericalvalue theCard oftheleadingcardwhichisusedforDepartmentID. Readerand Then,press“OK”button.(e.g.:IfNo.1toNo.1000cardsareusedfor imageWARE DepartmentID,enter“1”oftheleadingcard.) Accounting 2)AfterturningOFFandONthemainpowerswitch,performthefollowing Manager operationsfromSettings/Registrationmode. Before 1)Backupoftheset/registereddata • InManagementSettings>UserManagement>DepartmentIDManagement> Replacing UsetheRemoteUI. PageTotals,besurethat“ID00000001”to“ID00001000”arecreated. ManagementSettings>DataManagement>Import/Export • Setthefollowing:Preferences>Network>TCP/IPSettings>IPv4Settings>IP Targetdata: AddressSettings>IPAddress,GatewayAddress,SubnetMask • AddressList • InManagementSettings>UserManagement>SystemManagerInformation • ForwardingSettings Settings>SystemManagerIDandSystemPIN,registeranynumberforthem. • Settings/Registration Then,turnOFFandONthemainpowerswitch. • WebAccessFavorites If“SystemManagerID”and“SystemPIN”arenotregistered,“cardregistration • PrinterSettings todevice”cannotbeexecutedfortheimageWAREAccountingManagersetting •...
Page 370 MaincontrollerPCB2 DevelopingAssembly Before 1)Backupoftheset/registereddata Adjustment InitializationofDevelopingAssembly(tonerratioandpatch)isnecessaryandit Replacing UsetheRemoteUI. procedure differsdependingonthecolor. ManagementSettings>DataManagement>Import/Export If4colorsarereplacedsimultaneously,executeINISET-4. Targetdata: COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-YInitializationofYDeveloping • AddressList Assembly(tonerratioandpatch) • ForwardingSettings COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-MInitializationofMDeveloping • Settings/Registration Assembly(tonerratioandpatch) • WebAccessFavorites COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-CInitializationofCDeveloping • PrinterSettings Assembly(tonerratioandpatch) • PaperInformation COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-KInitializationofBkDeveloping 2)Printingtheset/registereddata Assembly(tonerratioandpatch) Usetheservicemode. COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>INISET-4Initializationof4-colorsDeveloping (Lv.1)COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P>USER-PRT Assembly(tonerratioandpatch) Listoftheset/registereddatawhichcannotbebackedupisprinted T-5-4 T-5-4 Replacement TransferringthepartsfromoldPCBtonewPCB...
Page 371 Troubleshooting InitialCheck TestPrint Troubleshootingitems Upgrading procedure...
Page 372 InitialCheck Initialcheckitemslist Item Detail Check SiteEnvironment Thevoltageofthepowersupplyisasrated(±10%). The site is not a high temperature / humidity environment (near a water faucet, water boiler, humidifi er), and it is not in a cold place. The machine is not near a source of fi re or dust. Thesiteisnotsubjecttoammoniumgas. Thesiteisnotexposedtodirectraysofthesun.(Otherwise,providecurtains.) The site is well ventilated, and the fl oor keeps the machine level. Themachine'spowerplugremainsconnectedtothepoweroutlet. CheckingthePaper Thepaperisofarecommendedtype. Thepaperisnotmoist.Trypaperfreshoutofpackage. CheckingthePlacementofPaper Check the cassette and the manual feed tray to see if the paper is not in excess of a specifi c level. Ifatransparencyisused,checktomakesurethatitisplacedinthecorrectorientationinthemanualfeedtray. CheckingtheDurables Checkthetableofdurablestoseeifanyhasreachedtheendofitslife. CheckingthePeriodically Checkthescheduledservicingtableandtheperiodicallyreplacedpartstable,andreplaceanypartthathasreachedthetimeofreplacement. ReplacedParts T-6-1 T-6-1...
Page 373 TestPrint Overview ThismachinehavethefollowingtestprintTYPEandyoucanjudgetheimagefailurethatischeckedas“Yes”inthefollowingimagecheckitemswitheachtestprint. Iftheimagefailureoccurredonnormaloutputdoesnotreappearonthetestprint,itmaybecausedbythePDLinputorreaderside. Items Uneven Transfer Blackline Uneven Density Right Straight Color TYPEPattern Originator Gradation Fogging Whiteline TYPE Fault (Colorline) Density attheFront/ Angle Lines displacement, Normalcopy/print ---- 1to3 ---(ForR&D) ---- 16gradations MaincontrollerPCB2 Fullhalf-tone MaincontrollerPCB2 Grid MaincontrollerPCB2 7to9 ---(ForR&D) ---- MCYBkhorizontalstripes MaincontrollerPCB2 (subscanningdirection)
Page 374 Howtousethetestprint 16gradations(TYPE=4) Thistestprintisformainlycheckingthegradation,fogging,whitelineandunevendensityatfront&rear. Checkitem Checkmethod Assumedcause Gradation Checkthat16densitygradationisproperlyreproduced. FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife) FailureofLaserScannerUnit Fogging Checkthatfoggingoccursonwhiteimageareaonly. FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife) FailureofLaserScannerUnit Whiteline Checkthatwhitelinedoesnotappearonentireimage. FailureofDevelopingAssembly Unevendensityat Checkthatunevendensitydoesnotappearatfront&rear. FailureofPhotosensitiveDrum(approx.94mm) front&rear FailureofDevelopingCylinder(approx.63mm) T-6-3 T-6-3 F-6-1 F-6-1 Fullhalftone(TYPE=5) Thistestprintisformainlycheckingtheblackline,whitelineandunevendensity. MEMO: 1.Select:servicemode>COPIER>TEST>PGandspecifydevelopingcolor“COLOR-Y/M/C/K”tooutputtheprintby developingcolor. 2.Tochangethedensityoftestprint,select:servicemode>TEST>PG>DENS-Y/M/C/Kandsetthedensity. Checkitem Checkmethod Assumedcause Transferfailure Checkthatthetransferfailuredoesnotappearonentireimage. FailureofITB(scratch,dirt) FailureofPrimaryTransferRoller(scratch,dirt) FailureofSecondaryTransferRoller(scratch,dirt) Blackline Checkthatblacklinedoesnotappearonentireimage.
Page 375 Grid(TYPE=6) Thistestprintisformainlycheckingthecolordisplacement,rightangleaccuracyandstraightlineaccuracy. Checkitems Checkmethod Assumedcause Unevendensity Checkthatunevendensitydoesnotappearonsolidareaof FailureofLaserScannerUnit eachcolor FailureofdeveloperinDevelopingAssembly FailureofPrimaryTransferRoller Blackline(colorline) Checkthatblackline(colorline)doesnotappearonsolidarea ScratchonPhotosensitiveDrum ofeachcolor DirtonPrimaryChargingRoller Whiteline Checkthatwhitelinedoesnotappearonsolidareaofeach FailureofITBUnit color FailureofSecondaryTransferOuterRoller DirtonLaserLightPath T-6-5 T-6-5 F-6-3 F-6-3 MCYBkhorizontalstripe(TYPE=10) Thistestprintisformainlycheckingthedarkareadensityofeachcolor,eachcolorbalanceandwhitelineondevelopment. 4.0+1.5/-1.0mm Checkitems Checkmethod Assumedcause Unevendensity Checkthatunevendensitydoesnotappearonsolidareaof FailureofLaserScannerUnit eachcolor FailureofdeveloperinDevelopingAssembly FailureofPrimaryTransferRoller Blackline(colorline) Checkthatblackline(colorline)doesnotappearonsolidarea ScratchonPhotosensitiveDrum ofeachcolor DirtonPrimaryChargingRoller...
Page 376 64-gradations(TYPE=12) ThistestprintisformainlycheckingthegradationsofYMCBksinglecoloratonetime. Checkitem Checkmethod Assumedcause Gradation Checkthat64gradationsdensityisproperlyreproduced. FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife) FailureofLaserScannerUnit Fogging Checkthatfoggingappearsonwhiteimageareaonly. FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife) FailureofLaserScannerUnit Whiteline Checkthatthereisnowhitelineonentireimage. FailureofDevelopingAssembly T-6-7 T-6-7 F-6-5 F-6-5 Fullcolor16-gradations(TYPE=14) Thistestprintisformainlycheckingthegraybalance,gradationsofYMCBksingecolorandfogging. Checkitem Checkmethod Assumedcause Gradation Checkthat64gradationsdensityisproperlyreproducedin FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife) eachcolor. FailureofLaserScannerUnit Fogging Checkthatfoggingappearsonwhiteimageareaonly. FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife) Light areas FailureofLaserScannerUnit Graybalance Checkthatdensityisevenineachcolorongrayscalearea. FailureofDrumUnit(endoflife) T-6-8 T-6-8 White White...
Page 377 Troubleshootingitems ImageFaults Imagefoggingduetotheelectrostaticchargefailure Troubleshootingitemslist Category Item Reference Image Displacement/blur/ Foggyimageduetochargefailure failure smear/fogging 35mmpitchghostduetotonerdeterioration 35mmunevendensityduetocyclevariationof DevelopingCylinder Dirt/line 95mmunevendensityonpaperleadedge Blankimage/line Colorspotduetolaserexposurefailure Secondarytransferblankimage FixingwrinkleduetodeteriorationofribonFixingInlet Guide SoiledimageduetotheoilattachedtotheFixing SeparationGuide Operationfailure NoisearoundtheFixingFilmUnit ProcessUnitcannotbeclosed. Productivityisreducedonpaperstackdeliveryinthin F-6-7 F-6-7 [Occurrencearea] papermode(52g/m2to63g/m2). T-6-9 T-6-9 [Cause] WhenthesolidimageofYcoloriscopiedunderthehightemperatureandhighhumidity environment,unevendischargemayoccurbetweenthePrimaryChargingRollerandthe drum.Asaresult,thereisapossibilitythatamottledimagemayoccuronothercolorsthanY. [Occurrencecondition] Incasethatthedrumunitisunderthehightemperatureandhighhumidityenvironmentatan initialstate...
Page 378 Thesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeissetto"+2."Thesettingvalueissetto+4, 35-mmpitchghostduetotonerdeterioration Ifnotimproved. InCasethatPaperSettingforthePoorImageis"HeavyPaper" 1)Targetcurrentsettingofdischargecurrentcontrol(COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>DIS-TGM2/ TGC2/TGK2) Thesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeissetto"+2."Ifnotimproved,thesetting valueissetto+4. 2)AdjustmentofelectrostaticchargeACcurrent(COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI>OFSTACM2/ OFSTACC2/OFSTACK2) Thesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeissetto"+2."Thesettingvalueissetto+4, Ifnotimproved. [Notesaboutremedy] A drum life will be influenced if the 2nd service mode (adjustment of electrostatic charge AC [Occurrencearea] F-6-8 F-6-8 current)ischanged. Developingcylinder Forthisreason,pleasedonotsetthesettingvalueto+4ormoreatthemaximum. [Cause] Incasethattheimagepattern,whichhasextremeshadingdifferences,iscopiedunderthe hightemperatureandhighhumidityenvironment,thedeteriorationtonerofapreviousimage mayadhereonadevelopingcylinder.Forthisreason,theinversionresidualimage(negative ghost)ofthepreviousimagemayoccurinthenextimage. [Occurrencecondition] Incasethattheimagepatternwithextremeshadingdifferencesiscopied(thehalftoneimage wascopiedimmediatelyafterthesolidimage) [Remedy] 1)TargetedvaluesettingofATRcontrol(COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>P-TG-Y/M/C/K) Theapplicableservicemodesettingvalueforthecolor,whichthepoorimagehasoccurred, issetto"-1." 2)Aftercyclingthepowerofthemainunit,copy8A3solidimages. Asaresult,iftheimageonthe8thsheetischeckedandadefectisnotimproved,please moveontothefollowingstep. 3)Lowerthesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeby1step. 4)Aftercyclingthepowerofthemainunit,copy8A3solidimages. 5)Checktheimageonthe8thsheet. 6)Ifapoorimageisnotimproved,repeatStep3)-5)....
Page 379 The 35-mm uneven image density due to the periodic deflection UnevenImageDensityat95mmofPaperLeadingEdge ofthedevelopingcylinder About 95mm [Occurrencearea] F-6-10 F-6-10 FixingUnit [Cause] Usually,thepaper,whichpassedtheFixingUnit,isfedtotheInnerFeedRolleralongwith About 35mm theseparationguide.However,whenthinpaperisused,sincetheelasticityofthepaperis [Occurrencearea] low,thereisapossibilitythatthepapermaybepulledbytherollerifthepaperleadingedge F-6-9 F-6-9 reachestheInnerFeedRoller. Developingcylinder As a result, since the paper, which met the separation guide, comes floating, the nip angle of [Cause] theFixingUnitchanges. Forthisreason,adensitychangemayoccurataround95mmfromtheimageleadingedge. IncasethatthedurableadvancedDevelopingAssemblyisusedunderthehightemperature and high humidity environment, the slight periodic deflection on the developing cylinder may occur.Asaresult,sincethegapbetweenthedevelopingcylinderandthedrumbecomes [Occurrencecondition] Incasethatthesolidimageiscopiedonthethinpaperunderthehightemperatureandhigh uneven,theunevenimagedensityinacycleof35mmduetoadevelopingfailuremayoccur. humidityenvironment [Occurrencecondition] [Remedy] IncasethatthedurableadvancedDevelopingAssemblyisusedunderthehightemperature Pleaseperformthefollowingsteps. andhighhumidityenvironment. IncasethatthePaperSettingforthePoorImageis"ThinPaper" Thisphenomenontendstooccur,whenasolidimageorahalftoneimageiscopied. SettingoftheITOPtemperatureinthinpaper(COPIER>OPTION>IMG-TR>FXS-TMP5) [Remedy] AdjustmentofthedevelopingACbiasmaximumvalue(COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX>ADJ- Setthesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeto"-1."Ifnotimproved,setthesetting...
Page 380 6-10 IncasethatthePaperSettingforthePoorImageis"PlainPaper1" [Remedy] WheninstallingtheDrumUnit(Bk)tothehostmachine,performthefollowingprocedures. SettingoftheITOPtemperatureintheplainpaper1(COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX>FX-S-TMP) 1)PullouttheProcessUnit. Setthesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeto"-1."Ifnotimproved,setthesetting 2)RemoveadummyDrumorDrumUnit. valueto"-2." 3)PlacethehalffoldpaperontheDevelopingAssembly(Bk). [Notesaboutremedy] Paper If the applicable service mode is changed and a heavy paper is fed, fixing capability may deteriorate. Missingcolorduetothelaserexposurefailure 4)Whilethepaperisset,installtheDrumUnit(Bk)tothehostmachine. F-6-12 F-6-12 Drum Unit (BK) [Occurrencearea] F-6-11 F-6-11 DevelopingAssembly [Cause] IfpushingthedrumunittotheDevelopingAssemblyininstallation,thereisapossibilityto catchtheMylarsheetoftheDevelopingAssemblydownward. Asaresult,sinceanopticalpathisshutwhenthelaserfortheapplicablecolorisirradiated, theimagemaybecomelight. [Occurrencecondition] Theinstallationfailureofthedrumunit F-6-13 F-6-13 6-10...
Page 381 6-11 5)Holdthefoldedportionandpullthispaperouttothedirectionofupper. Blankareacasedbypoorsecondarytransfer Paper F-6-14 F-6-14 F-6-15 F-6-15 [Occurrencearea] SecondaryTransferOuterRoller [Cause] Sincetheresistanceofapaperchangeswhentherecycledpaperhavingbadsurfacenature isusedunderthehightemperatureandhighhumidityenvironment,thecurrentvalueofthe Secondary Transfer may be insufficient. As a result, the blank area caused by Secondary Transferfailuremayoccur. [Occurrencecondition] Incasethattherecycledpaperhavingbadsurfacenatureisusedunderthehightemperature andhighhumidityenvironment. Thisphenomenonwillbemoreobviouswhenabluesolidimageiscopied. [Remedy] Pleaseperformthefollowingsteps. 1) Check environmental classification inside the machine. Indication of inside environmental classification (COPIER>DISPLAY>MISC>ENV-TR) 2)Checkthe"papertype"whenthepoorimageoccurred.(Example:Plainpaper1) 3) Check the "printing surface" which the poor image occurred. (Example: In the case of a first side) 6-11...
Page 382 6-12 4)PerformadjustmentofsecondarytranscriptionATVCtargetcurrent(COPIER>ADJUST>H Setthesettingvalueoftheapplicableservicemodeto"+10"aftercheckingthesub-item VTR>XXXX). namecorrespondingtoXXXXfromthefollowingtable.Ifnotimproved,pleaseincreasethe settingvalueby+10each. (Example: When the paper type is the plain paper 1, environmental classification is 1 and it is on a first side, COPIER>ADJUST>HVTR>2TR-N1) Papertype Environmental Servicemodesub-itemname Classification Firstside Secondside PlanePaper1 1 2TR-N1 2TR-N2 64~82g 2 2TR-N12 2TR-N22 3 2TR-N13 2TR-N23 PlanePaper2 1 2TR-HN1 2TR-HN2 83~105g 2 2TR-HN12 2TR-HN22 3 2TR-HN13 2TR-HN23 ThinPaper 1 2TR-T1 2TR-T2 52~64g 2 2TR-T12 2TR-T22...
Page 383 6-13 FixingwrinkleduetodeteriorationofribonFixingInletGuide [Location] F-6-16 F-6-16 FixingInletGuide [Cause] Whenmaking2-sidedcopiesofsolidimagecontinuouslyinhightemperature&highhumidity environment,ribsideontheFixingInletGuideisdeterioratedandresinpartmaybescraped. Fixing Inlet Guide Asaresult,whentheleadingedgeofpaperenterstheFixingInletGuide,itistrappedbythe scraped rib and the paper deflects leading to the wrinkle at the trailing edge of paper. F-6-17 F-6-17 [Condition] Whenmaking2-sidedcopiesofsolidimagecontinuouslyinhightemperature&highhumidity environment. [FieldRemedy] ReplacetheFixingInletGuide. 6-13...
Page 384 6-14 SoiledimageduetotheoilattachedtotheFixingSeparation Guide Separation Guide Cleaning Area 約120mm [Location] F-6-18 F-6-18 F-6-19 F-6-19 LeadingedgeofFixingSeparationGuide [Cause] WhenthepaperpassesthroughtheFixingAssembly,oiloffusedtonermayattachtothe leadingedgeofFixingSeparationGuideanditmayaccumulate. Atthattime,whenmaking2-sidedsolidprintwith2-colors,curledleadingedgeofpaperon 2ndsidemaycontactwiththeDeliveryFlapper. Thus,movementofthispaperchangesanditmaytouchtheleadingedgeofFixing SeparationGuide.Asaresult,oilattachedtotheleadingedgeofguidemayappearonthe image. [Condition] WithusingtheFixingAssemblythatisusedoveraprolongedperiod,whenmaking2-sided solidprintwith2-colors. [FieldRemedy] DrywipetheleadingedgeofFixingSeparationGuidewithling-freepaper. 6-14...
Page 385 6-15 OperationError NoisearoundtheFixingFilmUnit [Location] FixingFilmUnit [Cause] BecausethegreaseinsidetheFixingFilmdeterioratesduetoprolongeduse,sliding performancebetweentheFixingFilmandtheheatersurfacemaybedecreased. Asaresult,theFixingFilmcontactswiththeheatersurfacewhenitrotatesandnoisemaybe F-6-21 F-6-21 generated. [FieldRemedy] By pushing the Fixing Film area, grease inside the film circulates and sliding performance will beimproved. Operationprocedureisasbelow. 1)RemovetheFixingUnit. 2)ChangethedirectionoftheFixingAssembly.(PlacetheFixingAssemblywheretheDrawer Connecterfacesup.) Drawer connector F-6-20 F-6-20 3)WhilepushingtheFixingFilmareawithlint-freepaper,moveitrightandleft2times. 6-15...
Page 386 6-16 CannotclosetheProcessUnit [Occurrencecondition] [Location] Thispaper(52g/m2to63g/m2)isselectedandthepaperstackisdeliveredfromthe ProcessUnit corresponding finisher. [Cause] [FieldRemedy] IfthemainpowerswitchisturnedOFFjustafterthecopyoperation(approx.within5 Changethepaperselectiontoplainpaper1(64g/m2~81g/m2)anddeliverthepaperstack. seconds)andtheProcessUnitisopened,theLaserShutterMaynotbeclosed. Approx.19%ofproductivitycanbeenhanced(inthefollowingcondition). Asaresult,therearsideofProcessUnitandtheLaserShutterinterfereeachotherwhenthe Condition:A4paperand10sheetsstackdelivery(1-pointstaple) UnitisclosedandtheProcessUnitcannotbeinstalledtothehostmachine. [Noteatoperation] [OccurrenceCondition] Feed speed is enhanced when the plain paper 1 (64g/m2 ~ 81g/m2) is specified for paper IfthemainpowerswitchisturnedOFFjustafterthecopyoperation(approx.within5 selection. seconds)orifthepowerplugisdisconnectedwithoutturningOFFthemainpowerswitch. However,thepossibilitytogeneratetheelectrostaticisalsoincreasedwhenthefeedspeedis enhancedanditmaycausethealignmentfailure. [FieldRemedy] Ifsuchacase,changethepaperselectiontothinpaper(52g/m2~63g/m2). ProcessUnitcanbeinstalledtothehostmachinebystronglypushingit. However,iftheUnitisinstalledtothehostmachinewithbruteforce,itmaydamageother parts.Thus,besuretofollowthebelowoperationprocedure. 1)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.(LaserShutterisclosedautomatically.) 2)WhiletheProcessUnitremainspulledout,makesurethattheLaserShutterissurely closed.Atthistime,donotputyourhandsinsidethemachine. 3)TurnOFFthemainpowerswitchandinstalltheProcessUnittothehostmachine. Productivitydecreaseatstackdeliveryinthinpaper(52g/m2~ 63g/m2)mode [Location] ProcessTrayontheStapleFinisherC1/SaddleStitchFinisherC1 [Cause] Whenthethinpaper(52g/m2to63g/m2)isselectedandthepaperstackisdeliveredfrom the corresponding finisher, electrostatic is generated under the low humidity environment becausethepaperisfractionedintheProcessTraycausingpaperattraction.Asaresult, alignmentfailuremayoccur.
Page 387 6-17 Upgradingprocedure Outline Therearetwotypesofupgradingprocedureforthesystemsoftware: (1)UseaPC(SST)orUSBmemorytodownloadthroughthemaincontrollerofthemainunit. (2)UsingaPC(SST)+downloadPCB,directlyconnecttothetargetproducttodownload. Procedure(2)isavailablefortheexternal2-holepuncheronly.Forotherproducts,upgradingisavailablebyprocedure(1). Targetsystemsoftware Upgradingprocedure PC/USB PC+DL Category Remarks DisplayonSST memory Mainunit Maincontroller iAC5051 SYSTEM Languagemodule LANGUAGE RemoteUIcontents RUIportal RPTL Mobileprint MOBPR UI-BOX UI-COPY COPY UI-Intro INTRO UI-SEND SEND MEAPlibrary MEAP Paper type information file MEDIA ServiceModecontents SMCNT DCcontroller DCON Bootprogram FLASH...
Page 388 6-18 ServiceSupportTool(SST) DownloadMode SupportedVersion Only safe mode is available as the download mode for the equipment. . UseSSTVer.4.22orlater. Asfortheexistingmodels,normalmodeandsafemodeareavailable,andselecteither Features onedependingontheintendeduse. SimpleMode NormalMode: ItisahighlyconvenientmodeaddedfromSSTVer.4.02. Normalupgradework,batchdownloadwork (1) Auto Identification of Connected Model SafeMode: Automaticallyidentifytheconnectedmodel.Withthisfunction,itisnolongernecessaryto FormattingaftertheHDDreplacement,downloadwork specifythemodelmanually. With the equipment, all works related to upgrade/download are possible in safe mode. (2) Auto Identification of Version IncasethecombinationofthesystemsoftwareregisteredinSSTisnewerthanthatin the equipment, the new one is automatically selected. If the combination of the system softwareregisteredinSSTisold,itwillnotbeselected.Inaddition,manualselectionis alsoavailable. (3) Auto Identification of Download Mode Identifythedownloadmode(normalmode/safemode)andindicatethemessageif changingthedownloadmodeisneeded.(XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX) InitializationFunctionforServiceModePassword AfunctionaddedfromSSTVer.4.11. Incasetheservicemodepasswordisforgotten,itisusedtoinitializeit. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 6-18...
Page 389 ErrorCode Overview ErrorCode JamCode AlarmCode...
Page 390 Overview Outline Thischapterdescribesvariouscodeswhicharedisplayedwhenafailureoccursonthe product. These are classified into 3 codes as follows. Codetype Explanation Reference Errorcode Thiscodeisdisplayedwhenanerroroccursonthemachine. Jamcode Thiscodeisdisplayedwhenajamoccursinsidethemachine. Alarmcode Thiscodeisdisplayedwhenafunctionofthemachineismalfunctioned. T-7-1 T-7-1...
Page 391 ErrorCode Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code E001 0003 Title Hightemperatureerrordetectedbyhardware ErrorCodeDetails Description Hardwaredetectsabnormalhightemperatureofthe Thermistor(MainThermistor1:264degC,MainThermistor 2:265degC,SubThermistor1,2:280degC)for400msec Ecode Detail Location Item Description consecutively. Code Remedy 1.IfthedetectedtemperatureoftheThermistorislessthan E001 0000 Title AbnormalhightemperatureinMainThermistor1,2 the abnormal high temperature specified for Thermistor, Description MainThermistor1,2(TH1)detects260degCormorefor0.2 gothroughthefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER> sec. FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR;andthenturnOFFandthen Remedy 1.Gothroughthefollowing:DISPLAY>ANALOG>FIX-C, ONthepower. orDISPLAY>ANALOG>FIX-E;ifit'slessthan260degC, Ifit'satabnormallyhightemperature,donotturnonthe gothroughthefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER>FUNCT powerbeforereplacingtheFilmUnit. ION>CLEAR>ERR;andthenturnOFF/ONthepower....
Page 392 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E003 0001 Title Abnormaldetectionduringpaperfeeding E004 0000 Title Thermistordisconnectiondetectionerror Description Duringprintcontrol,SubThermistordetects70degCor Description Signalname,FUSER_CNCTX,detectsdisconnectionfor lessfromthetargettemperaturefor5sec. 500msecorlonger. Remedy 1.Gothroughthefollowingtocleartheerror:COPIER> Remedy 1.CheckiftheFixingAssemblyisinstalled. FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR;andthenturnOFFandthen 2.CheckconnectionoftheconnectorsinFixingAssembly. ONthepower. 3.CheckconnectionofDCControllerPCB(UN1)Connector. 2.ReplacetheFilmUnit 4.ReplacetheFilmUnit. 3.ReplacetheFixingShutterUnit 5.ReplacetheFixingShutterUnit. 4.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1) 6.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1). E004 0001 Title...
Page 393 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E012 0X01 Title FaultysignalwithDrumRotationSensor1and2 E012 0X05 Title FailureinDrumMotorControl Description FaultysignalwithDrumRotationSensor1and2 Description UnstablerotationoftheDrumMotor Remedy 1.CheckconnectionofDrumRotationSensor1and2 Remedy 1.CheckiftheDrumisinstalled. (UN31,UN32,UN33,UN34,UN35,UN36,UN37,UN38) 2.TakeouttheDrumRotationSensor(UN31,UN32,UN33, 2.CheckthattheDrumRotationSensorWheelisproperly UN34,UN35,UN36,UN37,UN38)tocleantheSensorand installed. theWheel. 3.CheckconnectionoftheDrumDriverPCB(UN4). 3.RemovetheProcessUnitandtheninstall(reinstall)the 4.ManuallyturntheRotoroftheDrumMotor ProcessUnit. counterclockwiseandcheckthattheDrumRotationSensor 4.ReplacetheDrumUnit. Wheelrotates.->Ifthewheeldoesnotrotate,replacethe 5.ReplacetheDrumDriverPCB(UN4) DrumDriveUnit....
Page 394 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E012 3000 Title FailureinDrumRotationSensors(inallcolors) E020 002X Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly Description TheDrumRotationSensorsarefaulty(inallcolors)atthe Description Patchlevelislowerthanthetargetlowerlimitalthoughthe sametime. patchlevelwasmaximizedatthetimeofpatchinitialization. Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectorontheDrumDriverPCB(UN4). Remedy Gothroughthefollowing:DISPLAY>P-LED-DA;perform 2.FU3isdisconnectedontheDrumDriverPCB(UN4)-> cleaning first if P-LED-DA is 3F or more. Checktheharness&replacetheDrumDriverPCB(UN4). IfthePatchSensor(UN47,UN48,UN49)valueshows 1-digit,checkthattheDevelopingAssemblyisinstalled,and E012 3001 Title FailureincontrolofDrumMotorsinallcolors thenperformremedyfrom"3". Description ControlsoftheDrumMotors(inallcolors)arefaultyatthe sametime.
Page 395 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E020 0X30 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly E020 0XB0 05 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly Description TheaverageofATRreferencevalueismorethanthe Description ErrorinupperlimitwithT/Dratioatthetimeofprint specified value at the time of ATR initialization. sequence (LargeamountoftonerintheDevelopingAssembly) Remedy 1.Checkshort-circuitoftheATRSensorHarness. 2.ReplacetheDevelopingAssembly. Remedy Gothroughthefollowing:DISPLAY>DENS>DENS-X (YMCK);ifDENS-X(YMCK)isslightlyhigherthan5.0%, E020 0X31 Title ErrorinDevelopingAssembly output10sheetsofsolidimagewiththecolorcausingthe Description TheaverageofATRreferencevalueislessthanthe error(toreduceT/Dratio).SeetheServiceModeagainto specified value at the time of ATR initialization.
Page 396 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E025 0X00 Title ErrorinlockoftheTonerContainerMotor*DetailedCodeX E025 0X10 Title TimeouterrorindetectionofTonerBottleSeal/Release indicatescolor;1=Y,2=M,3=C,4=Bk Sensor Description TheTonerContainerMotorisdetectedtobelocked/lock Description FailureindetectionaboutthechangesofON=>OFF=>ON detection. withthesensorwhenthecapoftheTonerContainerwas sealed/released. Remedy 1.UsetheattachedtooltomanuallyrotatetheMainDrive Unittochecktheoperation(bycomparingwithothercolor, Remedy 1.UsetheattachedtooltomanuallyrotatetheMainDrive etc.) Unittochecktheoperation. IfthemanualrotatingoperationresultsinNG,performthe 2.IftheMainDriveUnitsidefailedtorotate,checkthedrive followingbecauseit'sduetomechanicaloverload. (toseedamageofthegear,etc.) Ifthereisnoproblem,gotostep5. Ifit'sresultsinNG,replacetheMainDriveUnit. 2.RemovetheDeliveryTraytocheckthepositionofthe...
Page 397 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E027 0X00 Title ErrorinsupplywithDevelopingAssembly E061 0XE0 05 Title The change in current level for drum film thickness detection istoomuchcomparedtotheprevioustime. Description FailureindetectionaboutthechangesofON=>OFF=> ONwiththesensorwhichdetectsafullrotationofthesupply Description The change in current level for drum film thickness detection screw within the specified period of time. istoomuchcomparedtotheprevioustime. Remedy 1.CheckthedamageoftheDevelopingCoupling. Remedy 1.CheckwiththeHostMachinewhichgeneratesanerror Ifit'sdamaged,replacetheDevelopingAssembly. tocheckifawrongcartridge(whichisdifferentfromthe 2.Checkthedamageofthecoupling(withtheDeveloping initializedcartridge)isinstalled. Assembly)attheHostMachineside. 2.CheckifthereisfailureingroundingcontactattheDrum Ifit'sdamaged,removetheMainDriveUnittoreplacethe Unitside(suchasloosenedscrewwhichsecurestheplate coupling. atthecontactpoint)...
Page 398 7-10 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E074 0001 Title Errorindisengagementoperation E075 0003 Title ErrorinfulldisplacementofITB(rear) Description PrimaryTransferDetachmentSensor1failedtobedetected Description ITBDisplacementSensordetectsfulldisplacementposition for2secatthetimeofdisengagementoperation attherear. Remedy 1.CheckconnectionoftheconnectorwiththeITBUnit. Remedy 1.In the case that the floor surface is either warped or 2.CheckdisconnectionwiththeITB(includingtheinsideof uneven, The main body is moved to the flat surface place. theITBUnit). 2.CleardisplacementoftheITB(proceduresarewritten 3.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1). below). E074 0002 Title Errorinengagementoperation 3.TheITBdisplacementcorrectionmechanismintheITB unit is confirmed.
Page 399 7-11 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E075 0103 Title ErrorinfulldisplacementofITB(front) E102 0100 Title FaultyEEPROMofYM-sideScanner Description ITBDisplacementSensordetectsfulldisplacementposition Description InthecaseofanerrorinreadingEEPROMintheLaser atthefront. Driver(YM)orinthecaseofawrongLaserScannerUnit whichdoesnotmatchwiththeHostMachine. Remedy 1.In the case that the floor surface is either warped or uneven, The main body is moved to the flat surface place. Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. 2.CleardisplacementoftheITB(proceduresarewritten 2.ChecktheconnectoroftheLaserScannerUnit1 below). 3.ReplacetheLaserScannerUnit1. 3.TheITBdisplacementcorrectionmechanismintheITB E102 0300 Title FaultyEEPROMofCBk-sideScanner unit is confirmed.
Page 400 7-12 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E112 0000 Title ErrorinDustproofShutter E197 0X02 Title ErrorincommunicationofHOBsingle-shotmode(wrong address) Description FailedtobeatHPwhenit'sopen(whentheJobisstarted). Description CommunicationfailurebetweenCPUandLSIontheDC Remedy 1.CheckinstallationoftheDustproofShutterDrive. ControllerPCB(UN1). 2.CheckiftheconnectoroftheLaserShutterSensor(PS29) ortheLaserShutterMotor(M27)isremoved(disconnected). Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. 3.CheckthestatusofSensorFlag. 2.ReplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1). 4.ReplacetheHPSensor,ReplacetheLaserShutterMotor E197 0X03 Title TimeouterrorinHOBsingle-shotmode (M27).
Page 401: Feeder
7-13 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E202 0001 Title ScannerHPerror E227 0001 Title Powersupply(24V)error Description ScannerUniterrorwhenmovingtotheleftsideforHPcheck Description 24VporterrorwhenthepoweristurnedON operation Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and 2.CheckthedriveofScannerMotor.(OpentheDFUnitto checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. checktheoperationofMotor.) 3.Checkthe24VportoftheReaderControllerPCBandDF 3. Check the flag position of Scanner Home Position Sensor DriverPCB. andScannerUnit. 4.CheckthepowersupplyandRelayPCBonthePrinter 4.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB. side. 5.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCBandDFDriverPCB. E202...
Page 402 7-14 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E227 0101 Title Powersupply(24V)error E240 0002 Title 3minuteshaspassedsincethestatusremainedtobe waiting for image output request Description 24VporterrorwhenthepowerofDFUnitisturnedON Description Noresponseafter3minuteshaspassedsincetheimage Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. output request from the Main Controller to the DC Controller 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and duringprinting. checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. 3.Checkthe24VportoftheReaderControllerPCBandDF Remedy Checkconnectionoftheconnector. DriverPCB. CheckconnectionoftheSubPCBintheControllerBox. 4.CheckthepowersupplyandRelayPCBonthePrinter CheckconnectionandreplacetheDCControllerPCB(UN1)/ side. MainControllerPCB1. 5.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCBandDFDriverPCB. E240...
Page 403 7-15 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E248 0002 Title EEPROMerror E270 0101 Title ScannerUnit(PaperBack)VSYNCsignalerror *ThiserroroccursonDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1 Description EEPROMwritingerrorforReaderControllerPCB only. Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. Description DuetotheVSYNCerrorintheScannerUnitPCB(Paper 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderandPrinter,and Back)whichcommunicateswithReaderControllerPCB, checkthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. VSYNCsignalisnotsentappropriately,sotheimageerror 3.ReplacetheReaderControllerPCB. occursortheoperationstopsabnormally. E248 0003 Title EEPROMerror Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. Description ReadingerrorafterwritingtoEEPROMforReaderController 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderControllerPCB...
Page 404 7-16 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E302 0001 Title Errorinpaperfaceshading E400 0002 Title CommunicationerrorbetweenReaderControllerPCBand DFUnit Description ErrorinshadingRAMaccess The shading value is out of the specified range. Description CommunicationerrorbetweenReaderControllerPCBand DFUnit Remedy 1.CheckthattheLEDoftheScannerUnit(PaperFront)is lit. Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenScannerUnit(Paper 2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderControllerPCB Front)andLED,andcheckthattheCableisnotopen-circuit. andDFDriverPCB(SignalCableandPowerSupplyCable), 3.ChecktheconnectionbetweenReaderControllerPCB andcheckthattheCablesarenotopen-circuit. andScannerUnitPCB(PaperFront),andcheckthatthe 3.ReplacetheCablebetweenReaderControllerPCBand Cableisnotopen-circuit....
Page 405 7-17 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E407 0002 Title TrayLifterMotorerror E413 0012 Title DFDisengagementMotorerror Description PaperFaceDetectionSensorwhenLifterisbeinglifteddoes Description LeadRoller2disengagementerror not become ON within specified time. Remedy 1.OpentheADFFrontCover,andthenchecktheoperation Remedy 1.CheckthatafterLifterisliftedfully,itislocatedinthe ofactiveDisengagementMotor. correctposition.(ChecktheengagementwiththeGear.) 2.CheckthephysicalpositionofDisengagingHPSensor 2.ChecktheTrayLifterMotor,andalsocheckwhether and its flag. shiftingoperationisperformednormally. 3.CheckthattheCableofDisengagingHPSensorisnot 3.ChecktheconnectionbetweenPaperFaceDetection open-circuit. SensorandDFDriverPCB,andcheckthattheCableisnot 4.ReplacetheDFDriverPCB. open-circuit. E423...
Page 406 7-18 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E503 0003 Title Communicationerror E519 8001 Title Gearchangehomepositionerror Description 1. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and host Description 1.Thegearchangehomepositionsensor(PI117)isfaulty. machineDCControllerPCB(UN1)isfaulty. 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and gear 2.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. changemotorisfaulty. 3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 3.Thegearchangemechanismisfaulty. 4.ThehostmachineDCControllerPCB(UN1)isfaulty. 4.Thegearchangemotor(M110)isfaulty. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. Remedy Thecommunicationwiththepuncherunitisinterrupted. E503 0004 Title Communicationerror Remedy ThegearchangehomepositionsensordoesnotturnOFF whenthegearchangemotorhasbeendrivenfor387...
Page 407 7-19 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E530 8001 Title Frontaligningplatehomepositionerror E531 8001 Title Staplehomepositionerror Description 1.Thefrontaligningplatehomepositionsensor(PI106)is Description 1. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and stapler faulty. isfaulty. 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and front 2.Thestaplerisfaulty. aligningplatemotorisfaulty. 3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 3.Thefrontaligningplateisfaulty. Remedy Thestaplerdoesnotleavethestaplehomepositionwhen 4.Thefrontaligningplatemotor(M103)isfaulty. thestaplemotorhasbeendrivenfor0.4sec. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. E531 8002 Title Staplehomepositionerror Remedy Thealigningplatedoesnotleavethealigningplatefront...
Page 408 7-20 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E532 8002 Title Staplershifthomepositionerror E537 8002 Title Rearaligningplatehomepositionerror Description 1.Thestaplerdrivehomepositionsensor(PI110)isfaulty. Description 1.Thealigningplaterearhomepositionsensor(PI107)is 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and stapler faulty. shiftmotorisfaulty. 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and 3.Thestaplershiftbaseisfaulty. aligningplaterearmotorisfaulty. 4.Thestaplershiftmotor(M105)isfaulty. 3.Therearaligningplateisfaulty. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 4.Therearaligningplatemotor(M104)isfaulty. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. Remedy Thestaplerdoesnotreturntothestaplershifthomeposition whenthestaplershiftmotorhasbeendrivenfor20seconds. Remedy Thealigningplatedoesnotreturntoaligningplaterear homepositionsensorwhenthealignmentplaterearmotor E535...
Page 409 7-21 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E540 8002 Title Tray1shiftareaerror E540 8006 Title Thetray1shiftmotoraccelerationerror Description 1.Thetray1shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty. Description 1.Thetray1shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty. 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 1 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 1 shiftmotorisfaulty. shiftmotorisfaulty. 3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty. 3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty. 4.Thetray1shiftmotor(M107)isfaulty. 4.Thetray1shiftmotor(M107)isfaulty. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. Remedy Thedangerousareaisreachedbeforethetray1paper Remedy ThelockdetectionsignaldoesnotturnONwhenthetray1 surfacesensordetectspapersurfaceduringthepaper shiftmotorhasbeendrivenfor1second.
Page 410 7-22 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E542 8001 Title Tray1timeouterror E542 8006 Title Thetray2shiftmotoraccelerationerror Description 1.TheTray2shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty. Description 1.Thetray2shiftareasensorPCBisfaulty. 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 2 2. The wiring between the finisher controller PCB and tray 2 shiftmotorisfaulty. shiftmotorisfaulty. 3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty. 3.Thetrayup/downmechanismisfaulty. 4.TheTray2shiftmotor(M105)isfaulty. 4.Thetray2shiftmotor(M105)isfaulty. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. Remedy Ifthetraydoesnotreturntohomepositionwhenthetray1 Remedy ThelockdetectionsignaldoesnotturnONwhenthetray2 shiftmotorisdrivenfor25seconds. shiftmotorhasbeendrivenfor1second.
Page 411 7-23 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E56F 0001 Title EntranceRollerRelease/StopperHPMotorfailstomove E575 0001 Title GripperUnitMoveMotorfailstomovefromHP fromHP Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period Description At initial rotation, when the Motor rotates for specified period oftimeandcannotmovefromHP,itisdetectedasanerror oftimeandcannotmovefromHP,itisdetectedasanerror if the same symptom occurs again after the first retry. if the same symptom occurs again after the first retry. Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M2)Connectorisphysicallyremoved. Remedy 1.CheckiftheMotor(M6)Connectorisphysicallyremoved. 2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs. 2.CheckiftheMotorfailureoccurs. 3.CheckiftheGripperUnitHPSensor(S7)Connectoris 3.CheckiftheEntranceRollerRelease/StopperHPSensor physicallyremoved. (S5)Connectorisphysicallyremoved. 4.CheckiftheGripperUnitHPSensor(S7)failureoccurs.
Page 412 7-24 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E590 8001 Title Punchhomepositionerror E592 8001 Title Trailingedgesensorerror Description 1.Thepunchhomepositionsensor(PI63)andpunchmotor Description 1.ThewiringbetweentheLEDPCB/photosensorPCBand clocksensor(PI62)isfaulty. punchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. 2.ThewiringbetweenthepunchcontrollerPCBandsensor 2.TheLEDPCBandphotosensorPCBisfaulty. isfaulty. 3.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. 3.Thepunchmechanismisfaulty. 4. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. 4.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis3.0Vorlesseven 5. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. whenthelightemittingdutyofthetrailingedgesensor Remedy Thepuncherdoesnotdetectthepunchhomeposition (LED5,PTR5)hasbeenincreasedto66%ormore.
Page 413 7-25 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E592 8006 Title Horizontalregistrationsensor2error E593 8001 Title Horizontalregistrationhomepositionerror Description 1.TheLEDPCBandphotosensorPCBisfaulty. Description 1.Thehorizontalregistrationhomeposition(PI61)isfaulty. 2.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. 2.ThewiringbetweenthepunchcontrollerPCBandsensor 3. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. isfaulty. 3.Thehorizontalregistrationmechanismisfaulty. Remedy Thevoltageofthelightreceivedis2.0Vormoreevenwhen 4.Thehorizontalregistrationmotor(M62)isfaulty. thelightemittingdutyofthehorizontalregistrationsensor2 5.ThepunchcontrollerPCBisfaulty. (LED2,PTR2)hasbeendecreasedto0%. 6. The finisher controller PCB is faulty. E592 8007 Title Horizontalregistrationsensor3error Remedy Attimeofhorizontalregistrationmotorinitialization,the...
Page 414 7-26 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E5F1 8001 Title Paperfoldingmotorlockerror E5F4 8001 Title Stitcher(rear)homepositionerror Description 1.Thepaperfoldingmotorclocksensor(PI4)andpaper Description 1.Thestitcherhomepositionsensor(rear)(SW5)isfaulty. foldinghomepositionsensor(PI21.isfaulty. 2.Thestitcher(rear)isfaulty. 2.Thepaperfoldingrollerdrivemechanismisfaulty. 3.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty. 3.Thepaperfoldingmotor(M2)isfaulty. Remedy ThestitchinghomepositionsensordoesnotturnONwhen 4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty. thestitchmotor(rear)hasbeendrivenbackwardfor0.5sec. Remedy Thefeedspeedofthepaperfoldrollerreaches5mm/secor E5F4 8002 Title Stitcher(rear)homepositionerror less.
Page 415 7-27 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E5F6 8003 Title Paperpushingplatemotorclockerror E602 0002 Title ErrorinHDD Description 1.Thepaperpushingplatehomepositionsensor(PI14), Description ThereisnosystemforthemainCPU paperpushingplatetoppositionsensor(PI15),andpaper Remedy 1.StartinSafeMode,thenperformoverallformatusingSST pushingplatemotorclocksensor(PI1)isfaulty. andreinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturn 2.Thepaperpushingplatedrivemechanismisfaulty. OFFandthenONtheMainSwitch. 3.Thepaperpushingplatemotor(M8)isfaulty. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe 4.ThesaddlestitchercontrollerPCBisfaulty. causedbyfailurewithHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand Remedy Thenumberofpulsesdetectedbythepaperpushingplate reinstallthesystem. motorclocksensoris6pulsesorless. E602 0003 Title...
Page 416 7-28 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0007 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0102 Title ErrorinHDD Description There is no ICCProfile Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Remedy 1.StartupinSafeModeandreinstallthesystem(System, Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Lang,RUI)usingSST;andthenturnOFFandthenONthe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin mainpowerswitch. SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. andreinstallthesystem. 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand E602 0009 Title...
Page 417 7-29 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0111 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0121 Title ErrorinHDD Description FailureinHDDconnection Description FailureinHDDconnection Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write Remedy ThisistheerrorwhichusuallydoesnotoccurinRead/Write level. level. 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD andreinstallthesystem. andreinstallthesystem. E602 0112 Title ErrorinHDD...
Page 418 7-30 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0125 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0203 Title ErrorinHDD Description WriteAbort Description WriteAbort(atstartup) Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto damaged. executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower. performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe theapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- power. CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe E602 0204 Title...
Page 419 7-31 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0212 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0222 Title ErrorinHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD andreinstallthesystem. andreinstallthesystem.
Page 420 7-32 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0300 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0304 Title ErrorinHDD Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand reinstallthesystem.
Page 421 7-33 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0313 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0323 Title ErrorinHDD Description WriteAbort Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. damaged. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe power. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe andreinstallthesystem.
Page 422 7-34 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0401 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0410 Title ErrorinHDD Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand andreinstallthesystem.
Page 423 7-35 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0414 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0425 Title ErrorinHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description WriteAbort Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand damaged. reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD power. andreinstallthesystem. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe applicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- E602...
Page 424 7-36 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0503 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0512 Title ErrorinHDD Description WriteAbort(atstartup) Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower. reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF 2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. theapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD andreinstallthesystem. E602 0504 Title...
Page 425 7-37 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0522 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0600 Title ErrorinHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby andreinstallthesystem. failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand reinstallthesystem.
Page 426 7-38 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0604 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0613 Title ErrorinHDD Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description WriteAbort Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin damaged. SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby power. failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe reinstallthesystem.
Page 427 7-39 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0623 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0701 Title ErrorinHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby andreinstallthesystem. failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand reinstallthesystem.
Page 428 7-40 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0710 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0714 Title ErrorinHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD andreinstallthesystem. andreinstallthesystem.
Page 429 7-41 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0725 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0803 Title ErrorinHDD Description WriteAbort Description WriteAbort(atstartup) Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto damaged. executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower. performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe theapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- power. CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe E602 0804 Title...
Page 430 7-42 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0812 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0822 Title ErrorinHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD andreinstallthesystem. andreinstallthesystem.
Page 431 7-43 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0900 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0904 Title ErrorinHDD Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand reinstallthesystem.
Page 432 7-44 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 0913 Title ErrorinHDD E602 0923 Title ErrorinHDD Description WriteAbort Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. damaged. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=3inthepartitionto reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe power. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe andreinstallthesystem.
Page 433 7-45 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1001 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1005 Title ErrorinHDD Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description Error in file system Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy RecoveryinBootPartitionisavailableonlythroughSSTin 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin SafeMode. SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSST thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand andreinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturn thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. OFFandthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD reinstallthesystem.
Page 434 7-46 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1013 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1023 Title ErrorinHDD Description WriteAbort Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. damaged. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=4inthepartitionto reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe power. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe andreinstallthesystem.
Page 435 7-47 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1101 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1110 Title ErrorinHDD Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand andreinstallthesystem.
Page 436 7-48 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1114 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1125 Title ErrorinHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description WriteAbort Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand damaged. reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=5inthepartitionto andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD power. andreinstallthesystem. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe applicableCHK-TYPE=5inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- E602...
Page 437 7-49 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1203 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1212 Title ErrorinHDD Description WriteAbort(atstartup) Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy 1.Ifpossible,askthecustomertoretrievethedatainthe Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. AddressBookfromtheremoteUI. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 2.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=6inthepartitionto reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. dozenminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe 3.Iftheabovemeasurefailedtorecoverthesystem,getin causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD DownloadModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTand andreinstallthesystem.
Page 438 7-50 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1222 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1300 Title ErrorinHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby andreinstallthesystem. failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand reinstallthesystem.
Page 439 7-51 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1304 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1313 Title ErrorinHDD Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description WriteAbort Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin damaged. SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=7inthepartitionto thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby power. failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe reinstallthesystem.
Page 440 7-52 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1323 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1401 Title ErrorinHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby andreinstallthesystem. failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand reinstallthesystem.
Page 441 7-53 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1410 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1414 Title ErrorinHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD andreinstallthesystem. andreinstallthesystem.
Page 442 7-54 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1425 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1503 Title ErrorinHDD Description WriteAbort Description WriteAbort(atstartup) Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe Remedy 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitionto damaged. executeHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=8inthepartitionto dozenminutes);andthenturnOFFandthenONthepower. performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral 2.Iftheabovemeasuresfailedtorecoverthesystem,enter dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe theapplicableCHK-TYPE=1inthepartitiontoexecuteHDD- power. CLEAR,andthenturnOFFandthenONthemainswitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe E602 1504 Title...
Page 443 7-55 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1512 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1522 Title ErrorinHDD Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD andreinstallthesystem. andreinstallthesystem.
Page 444 7-56 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1600 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1604 Title ErrorinHDD Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Description FailureincontactwithHDDorvxWorkssystemerror Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. Remedy 1.Checkthecableandpowerconnector. 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand reinstallthesystem.
Page 445 7-57 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 1613 Title ErrorinHDD E602 1623 Title ErrorinHDD Description WriteAbort Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy Thedocumentdata(suchasBOXontheHDD)canbe Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. damaged. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand 1.EntertheapplicableCHK-TYPE=2inthepartitionto reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF performHDD-CHECK(duration:severalminutestoseveral andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. dozensofminutes),andthenturnOFFandthenONthe 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe power. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,enterthe andreinstallthesystem.
Page 446 7-58 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 2000 Title ErrorinHDDEncryptionBoard E602 4001 Title ErrorinHDD Description Authenticationerrorbetweenthehostmachineandthe Description NoLinuxsystemstartscript. EncryptionBoard. Remedy 1.Checkthecableandthepowerconnector. Remedy 1.AftercheckingconnectionoftheEncryptionBoard, 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,startin disconnectandconnecttheconnectorand,turnOFFand SafeModetoperformoverallformatusingSSTandreinstall thenONthepower. thesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFFand 2.Executethekeyclearprocedure. thenONtheMainPowerSwitch. 3.Iftherestillremainstheproblem,itcanbecausedby *Keyclear:systemrecoveryprocedure failurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDDand 1.ExecutethekeyclearprocedurewithSST. reinstallthesystem. -->Asaresult,thediskbecomesunformatteddisk.Thus,it...
Page 447 7-59 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 FF03 Title ErrorinHDD E602 FF12 Title ErrorinHDD Description WriteAbort(atstartup) Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Remedy 1.Setasfollows:CHK-TYPE=3=0;andexecuteHDD- Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. CHECK(duration:severaldozenminutes),andthenturn 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand OFFandthenONthepower. reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,execute andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. HDD-CLEARwithCHK-TYPE=3=1,2,3,5,andthenturn 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe OFFandthenONthepower. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD andreinstallthesystem. E602 FF04 Title...
Page 448 7-60 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E602 FF22 Title ErrorinHDD E604 0000 Title Faulty/insufficient image memory Description SystemerrororPacketdataerror Description Insufficient memory for the model Remedy It'sduetodatacorruptionorsoftwarebug. Remedy 1.Addthemainmemory. 1.StartinSafeModetoperformoverallformatwithSSTand reinstallthesystem(System,Lang,RUI),andthenturnOFF E604 0001 Title Insufficient memory for MEAP application andthenONtheMainPowerSwitch. Description MEAPapplicationisinstalledalthoughMEAPisthebase 2.Iftheabovemeasuresdonotsolvetheproblem,itcanbe model. causedbyfailurewiththeHDD;therefore,replacetheHDD Remedy 1. Change the configuration to make MEAP as Full Model...
Page 449 7-61 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E612 0002 Title Postponementerror E674 0004 Title FailureincommunicationofFAXboard Description Differentmodelbetweentheoldmodelcodeandthenew Description FailureinaccessofthemodemICwhichisusedwith modelcode. OnBoardFax Remedy Enterthecorrectlicenseandthenewserialnumber,and thenturnOFFandthenONthepower. Remedy Note:"MainControllerPCB"inthesentencerefersto"Main ControllerPCB2"for1-lineFaxBoardor"MainController1" E612 0003 Title Postponementerror for2-/3-/4-lineFaxBoard. Description Nodataiswritteninthenewserialnumberarea. Remedy Enterthecorrectlicenseandthenewserialnumber,and 1.CheckconnectionbetweentheFAXboardandtheMain...
Page 450 7-62 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E674 0011 Title FailureincommunicationofFAXboard E711 0001 Title ErrorinregisterofIPC(Ctrl) Description Failureinstartingofthetimerdevicewhichisusedwith Description Set4errorswithin1.5secinregisterIPCchip. OnBoardFax Remedy Checkthecable. Remedy Note:"MainControllerPCB"inthesentencerefersto"Main E713 0001 Title ErrorinIPCcommunication ControllerPCB2"for1-lineFaxBoardor"MainController1" Description When receiving retransmission request for 3 times in a row. for2-/3-/4-lineFaxBoard. Remedy ChecktheconnectorconnectedtotheFinisher. E713 0002 Title...
Page 451 7-63 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E719 0001 Title ErrorinCoinVendor. E730 1001 Title ErrorinPDLsoftware Description ErrorinstartingoftheCoinVendor Description Initializationerror. -TheCoinVendor,whichshouldhavebeenconnected Remedy 1.ExecutethePDLresetprocess. beforethepowerwasturnedOFF,isnotconnectedwhen 2.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. thepoweristurnedON. E730 100A Title ErrorinPDLsoftware Remedy Checkthecableorcleartheerror. Description Fatalsystemerroroccurs. E719 0002 Title ErrorinCoinVendor.
Page 452 7-64 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E731 3001 Title ErrorinMainControllerPCB2 E743 0000 Title DDIcommunicationerror Description FailureofSURFinitialization. Description SCIerroroccurrence,receptiondataNG,receptiontimeout, SEQtimeouterror Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectionoftheMainControllerPCB2. 2.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB2. Remedy 1.TurnOFFandthenONthepower. 3.ReplacetheMainControllerPCB1. 2.ChecktheconnectionoftheCablebetweenReaderand Controller. E731 3002 Title ErrorinMainControllerPCB2 3.Checkthevoltage(+24Vand+12V)ontheReader Description FailureofSURFinitialization. ControllerPCB. Remedy 1.ChecktheconnectionoftheMainControllerPCB2....
Page 453 7-65 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E744 0004 Title Failure in language file E746 0033 Title ErrorinengineIDofSoftID Description UnabletoswitchtothelanguageintheHDD. Description Errorthatcanberecovered Remedy Reinstallthesoftware. Remedy Recoveryisavailableifthereisabackupkeydueto mismatchofinternaldata E744 1000 Title ErrorinBootROMproject E746 0034 Title ErrorinengineIDofSoftID Description TheinsertedBootROMisofdifferentmodel. Description Errorthatisautomaticallyrecovered Remedy 1.ReplacewiththecorrectBootROM.
Page 454 7-66 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E748 2010 Title ErrorinFlashPCB E749 0004 Title BootcommandduetoE-coderecovery Description Unable to find the IPL. Description There has been a change in configuration that needs to turn OFFandthenONthepower. Remedy ReplacetheFlashPCB. Remedy TurnOFFandthenONthepower. E748 2011 Title ErrorinFlashPCB E804 0001 Title ErrorinPowerSupplyFan Description Unable to find the kernel. Description LockofthePowerSupplyFanwasdetected Remedy ReplacetheFlashPCB....
Page 455 7-67 Ecode Detail Location Item Description Ecode Detail Location Item Description Code Code E806 0001 Title ErrorinDeliveryfan2 E811 0001 Title Errorin24Vofthedrumnew/olddetection. Description 1.AfterthepoweroftheHostMachinehasbeenturnedON, Description Errorin24Vofthedrumnew/olddetection. rotationofthefanwasdetectedbeforeturningONthefan. Remedy 1.ChecktheFUSE_5onthePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2). 2.Thereisnorotationsignalwhilethefanisrotating. 2.ReplacethePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2). Remedy 1.Checkthefanharness(toseeiftheharnessiscaught, E840 0000 Title ErrorinshutterforFixingEdgeCoolingFan(iftheHPfailed disconnectedorphysicallyremoved). tobedetectedwhentheerroroccurred). 2.ReplacethePickupFeedDriverPCB(UN2). Description Failedtodetectthatthefanshutterhasmovedtothe 3.ReplacetheDeliveryFan2(FM9).
Page 456: JamCode
7-68 JamCode Type SensorName SensorID Code 0DA1 MISSPRT MISSPRT imageRUNNERADVANCEC5051/C5045/C5035/ 0DA2 MISSPRT MISSPRT 0B00 DOOROP Frontdoorsensor,Rightlowerdoor PS18,PS19,PS20 C5030 sensor,Rightdoorsensor 0105 DELAY Registrationsensor PS33 [PS39] 0205 STNRY Registrationsensor PS33 0A05 POWERON Registrationsensor PS33 [PS42] [PS43] 0106 DELAY Fixinginletsensor PS34 [PS40] 0206 STNRY Fixinginletsensor PS34...
Page 457 7-69 DuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1/ColorImage Type SensorName SensorID Code ReaderUnit-B2 0103 DELAY TonercontainercamHPsensor(Bk) 0203 STNRY TonercontainercamHPsensor(Bk) [SR22] [PCB2] [SR2] 0A03 POWERON TonercontainercamHPsensor(Bk) 0104 DELAY Tonercappositionsensor(Y) [SR4] [SR3] [PCB5] 0204 STNRY Tonercappositionsensor(Y) 0A04 POWERON Tonercappositionsensor(Y) 0CA6 RETRYERR 0CF1 0DA3 MISSPRT [PCB3] 1F01 SEQNG [PCB4] FFA1 SEQNG FFA2...
Page 458 7-70 StapleFinisher-C1/BookletFinisher-C1 SensorID Type SensorName C5051,C5045/ Code C5035,C5030 PI123 PI105 PI108 PI107 0047 DELAY Readsensor1 PCB4/SR2 PI109 0008 STNRY Readsensor1 PCB4/SR2 PI101 0048 STNRY Readsensor1 PCB4/SR2 PI111 PI117 0011 DELAY Deliverysensor PCB5/SR3 0051 DELAY Deliverysensor PCB5/SR3 PI106 0012 STNRY Deliverysensor PCB5/SR3 0052 STNRY...
Page 459 7-71 Type SensorName SensorID Code 1F2F RETRYERR 1F8F RETRYERR 1012 DELAY DELAY PI22 1408 DOOROP DOOROP PI16 1488 DOOROP DOOROP PI18 1122 STNRY PCB12 PI19 1092 DELAY Paperpushingplatemotorclock PI11 sensor 1387 POWERON Paperpushingplatemotorclock PI1,PI17,PI18,PI19 PI20 sensor,Verticalpatpapersensor,No.1 ,PI20,PI22 papersensor,No.2papersensor,No.3 PI21 papersensor,Saddleinletsensor 1011 DELAY Inletsensor...
Page 460 7-72 InnerFinisher-A1 Type SensorName SensorID Code 1C71 Gripuarmsensor 1C20 ShiftrollerHPsensor 1C67 Shiftrollerreleasesensor 1C32 staplermoveHPsensor 1C6F Entrancerollerrelease/stopperHPsensor S5 1C40 stacktrayclocksensor 1C42 Additionaltrayclocksensor 1CF3 1CF6 1CF1 1CF7 1001 DELAY Entrancesensor 1101 STNRY Entrancesensor 1102 STNRY Processingtraysensor 1300 POWERON Entrancesensor,Processingtraysensor S1,S6 1F00 Entrancesensor 1500 StaplerHPsensor,Stapleredgingsensor S18,S19...
Page 461 7-73 AlarmCode Location Alarm Description Details ofTrouble Code - 0002 Autoregistration Abnormal data occurred on more or equal to 8 out of AlarmCode adjustment 10setsofautoregistrationpattern. Dirtonthebeltandscratcheswerewronglydetected asapatternanddiscrepancyinreadingdata Location Alarm Description Details occurredastheresult. ofTrouble Code - 0003 Autoregistration Timeoutoccurredduetounsuccessinreading10 - 0246 Errorcodedisplay SoftcounterPCBcannotwritenormally. adjustment setsofautoregistrationpattern. (4-digit) Registrationdetectionsensorfailure,Registration - 0247 Errorcodedisplay SoftcounterPCBcannotrestoredata. detectionsensorcleaningmembercoveredthe (4-digit) registrationdetectionsensor,ornoimagedrewon...
Page 462 7-74 Location Alarm Location Alarm Description Details Description Details ofTrouble Code ofTrouble Code - 0005 Patternmemory - 9106 Videotransfererror overflow (CLG-O1VsyncA, VsyncBerror) - 0006 Aharddiskerror - 9107 Videotransfererror - 0007 Detectoperation (CLG-O1VsyncA, abnormalityfortheHDD VsyncB,Overrunerror) access request - 9108 Videotransfererror - 0004 LIPS Overflow of work memory for translator (CLG-O1HsyncBerror) - 0006 LIPS...
Page 463 7-75 Location Alarm Location Alarm Description Details Description Details ofTrouble Code ofTrouble Code - 9115 Videotransfererror - B104 Videotransfererror (CLG-O1HsyncA, (CLG-O2VsyncAerror) VsyncA,Overunerror) - B105 Videotransfererror - 9116 Videotransfererror (CLG-O2VsyncA, (CLG-O1HsyncA, Overrunerror) VsyncA,VsyncBerror) - B106 Videotransfererror - 9117 Videotransfererror (CLG-O2VsyncA, (CLG-O1HsyncA, VsyncBerror) VsyncA,VsyncB, - B107 Videotransfererror...
Page 464 7-76 Location Alarm Location Alarm Description Details Description Details ofTrouble Code ofTrouble Code - B114 Videotransfererror - 0005 Font Failstoanalyzetheinternalfont. (CLG-O2HsyncA, - 0006 Font Alignmentoffontdataiswrong. VsyncAerror) - 0007 Font Failedtoallocateworkmemorywithscaler.There - B115 Videotransfererror are3typesdependingonwheretooccur. (CLG-O2HsyncA, - 0008 Font Failedtoallocateworkmemorywithscaler.There VsyncA,Overunerror) are3typesdependingonwheretooccur.
Page 465 7-77 Location Alarm Description Details ofTrouble Code - 0014 CanonPDF PDFrenderingerror - 0015 CanonPDF PDFdatadecodeerror - 0016 CanonPDF PDFprintrangeerror - 0017 CanonPDF PDFerror - 0018 CanonPDF PDFanalysiserror Un-supportedtransparentobjectexists. - 0001 XPSmemoryfullerror - 0002 XPSspoolfullerror - 0003 XPSprintrangeerror - 0004 XPSdocumentdata error - 0005 XPSpagedataerror - 0006 XPSimagedataerror...
Page 466: Sorter
ServiceMode Overview COPIER FEEDER SORTER BOARD...
Page 467 Overview Servicemodeitemexplanations Explanatorytextsfortheinitialwindow,mainitems,subitemsandminoritemscanbe Instructionsonhowtouseservicemodeitemscanbefoundwithintheservicemodeitself. displayed. Theinformationexplainswhatitemshavebeenaddedorchangedfrompreviousmodels. Selectthedesiredinitialwindow,mainitem,subitemorminoritem,thenpres[i](Information button)todisplayanexplanatorytext(hereafter,servicemodecontents)ontheselecteditem. ServiceModeMenu E.g.,COPIER>DISPLAY>Versionwindow TOPScreen 1) Press [i] 4) A detailed explanation on the item will be displayed (usage scenarios, instructions, settings range, etc.). F-8-1 F-8-1 2) Minor item titles are displayed. "MODELIST" Abrandnewadditionalmodeinthehostmachine. Afunctionthatcanbeusedasareferenceon howtouseeachiteminServiceModeisinstalled. Thenewfunction,whichwillbedescribedlater,is...
Page 468 I/Oinformationenhancement DisplayofErrorCode/AlarmCodedescription On the COPIER > I/O, the mode to confirm input output signal of electrical parts used (sensor, Thedetaildescriptionofeachcodecanbeviewedontheerrorcodeandalarmcode motor,fan,etc),makesiteasiertolookfortheintendedelectricalpart. occurrencerecordscreen. Andthescreenwillalsodisplaytheinputoutputsignal. ERRORCODE:COPIER>DISPLAY>ERR Device classification 1) Press the button. Electrical parts classification Which button to press, will depend on which electrical parts intended and its device classification.
Page 469 COPIER>OPTION>BODY,ItemSegmentation Securityfeatures Onthecurrentmachine,thereareextremelymanyitemsintheCOPIER>OPTION>BODY(in TopreventunauthorizedaccesstoServiceMode,Passwordsetisenabled. related to host machine specification), that it is difficult to reach the intended item. In order to reach the intended item in shorter time, all items inside the BODY is classified to Relatedservicemodes 15categories. • COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>PSWD-SW(Level1) Setpasswordtypefortransitiontoservicemode.
Page 470 SwitchingScreen(Level1<->2) 1)AdditionalFunctions>SystemSettings>SystemManagerSettings>enterSystem ManagerID>enterSystemPasswordSettings>pressOKbutton. Switchingscreensbetweenlevel1and2hasbeenmadeeasier. Whenlevel1screenisdisplayed,pressintherightuppersideofthescreen,and itwillswitchtolevel2. System Manager System Password F-8-6 F-8-6 2)Afterenteringthepasswordforservicetechnician(Servicemode:COPIER>Option> FNC-SW>SM-PSWD),pressOKbutton. SM-PSWD F-8-7 F-8-7 MEMO: IfServiceEngineer’spasswordisforgotten,passwordfunctioniscancelablebyusing ServiceSupportTool(SST). F-8-8 F-8-8...
Page 471 Languageswitch Back-upofservicemode ThelanguageoftheexplanatorytextdisplayedintheServiceModecanbeswitchedby Infactorysetting,adjustmentsaremadeforeachmachine,andadjustmentvaluesarewritten performingthebelowlanguangeswitchoperationinUserMode intheservicelabel. TheexplanatorytextcanbedisplayedbyinstallingtheServiceModeContent(SCMNT)in WhenyoureplacedtheDCcontrollerPCB,orexecutedtheRAMclearfunction,adjustment HDD. valuesforADJUSTorOPTIONreturntodefault.Therefore,whenyoumadeadjustmentsand ServiceModeContent(SCMNT)canbeinstalledandupgradedonSST. changed values of the Service Mode in the field, be sure to write down the changed values in AdditionalFunctions>CommonSettings>LanguageSwitch the service label. When there is no relevant field in the service label, write down the values in a blank field.
Page 472: R-Con
COPIER COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION PANEL DisofControlPanelCPUPCBROMversion Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheROMversionofControlPanelCPUPCB. DISPLAY Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod VERSION Caution Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION Unit DC-CON Display of DCON firmware version Appropriatetargetvalue Lv.1 Details To display the firmware version of DC Controller PCB. Defaultvalue Usecase When upgrading the firmware Requiredtime Adj/set/operatemethod...
Page 473 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION DisplayofECO-IDPCBROMversion Displayofnetworksoftwareversion Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheROMversionofECO-IDPCB Lv.1 Details Todisplaytheversionofthenetworksoftware. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo FEEDER...
Page 474 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION OP-CON DisplayofOptionControllerPCBROMver PUNCH DisplayofPuncherUnitversion Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheROMverofOptionControllerPCB. Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofPuncherUnit. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo...
Page 475: Lang-El
8-10 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION LANG-DE Display of German language file version LANG-CS Display of Czech language file version Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Czech language file. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod...
Page 476: Lang-Fi
8-11 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION LANG-ES Display of Spanish language file version LANG-HU Display of Hungarian language file ver Lv.2 Details To display the version of Spanish language file. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Hungarian language file. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod...
Page 477 8-12 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION LANG-NO Display of Norwegian language file ver LANG-RU Display of Russian language file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file. Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod...
Page 478 8-13 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION LANG-TW Dis of Chinese language file ver: trad GDI-UFR DisplayofUFRfunctionversion Lv.2 Details To display the version of Chinese language file (traditional). Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofUFRfunction. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99...
Page 479 8-14 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION LANG-RM Display of Romanian language file ver MEAP DisplayofMEAPcontentsversion Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file. Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofMEAPcontentsinHDD. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99...
Page 480 8-15 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION OCR-KR DisplayofKoreanOCRversion TTS-JA DisofJapanesevoicedictionaryversion Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofKoreanOCR. Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofJapanesevoicedictionary. "--.--" is displayed when no file is found. "--.--" is displayed when no file is found. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution...
Page 481 8-16 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION TTS-FR DisofFrenchvoicedictionaryversion HELP DisplayofeasyNAVIversion Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofFrenchvoicedictionary. Lv.1 Details To display the version of "EASY NAVI" file. "--.--" is displayed when no file is found. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution VersionshouldbedisplayedforEASYNAVIfunctionbecauseit Caution...
Page 482 8-17 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION TIMESTMP Displayoftimestampversion MEDIA-JA DisofJapanesemediainformationver Lv.1 Details To display the version of “Time Stamp” file. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofJapanesemediainformation. “--.--” is displayed when no file is found. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange...
Page 483 8-18 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION MEDIA-IT DisofItalianmediainformationversion MEDIA-SK DisofSlovakmediainformationversion Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofItalianmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofSlovakmediainformation. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode...
Page 484 8-19 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION MEDIA-EL DisofGreekmediainformationversion MEDIA-FI DisofFinnishmediainformationversion Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofGreekmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofFinnishmediainformation. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode...
Page 485 8-20 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION MEDIA-NL DisofDutchmediainformationversion MEDIA-PT DisofPortuguesemediainformationver Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofDutchmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofPortuguesemediainformation. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode...
Page 486 8-21 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION MEDIA-SV DisofSwedishmediainformationversion MEDIA-CR DisofCroatianmediainformationver Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofSwedishmediainformation. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheversionofCroatianmediainformation. Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode...
Page 487 8-22 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION ECO2 Notused IOCS DisplayofBIOSversion Lv.1 Details Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheBIOSversion. Usecase Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo FAX1 Displayof1-lineFAXPCBROMversion SYSTEM Dis of Linux kernel/tool/driver/file ver...
Page 488 8-23 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION S-LNG-JP Dis of service mode Japanese file ver S-LNG-IT Dis of service mode Italian file version Lv.1 Details To display the version of Japanese language file in service Lv.1 Details To display the version of Italian language file in service mode. mode.
Page 489 8-24 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPY-AP DisplayofCOPY(JAVAUI)version MOBPR-AP Displayofmobileprint(JAVAUI)version Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofCOPYapplication(JAVAUI). Lv.1 Details Todisplaytheversionofthemobileprintapplication(JAVAUI). Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode...
Page 490 8-25 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION TSP-JLK DisofImageDataAnalyzerPCBversion COPY-DE Dis of COPY appli German file version Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheversionofImageDataAnalyzerPCB. Lv.1 Details To display the German language file version of COPY application (JAVAUI). Usecase When upgrading the firmware Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution...
Page 491 8-26 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPY-TW Dis of COPY appli Chinese file ver:trad COPY-DA Dis of COPY appli Danish file version Lv.2 Details To display the traditional Chinese language file version of COPY Lv.2 Details To display the Danish language file version of COPY application application(JAVAUI).
Page 492 8-27 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPY-FI Dis of COPY appli Finnish file version COPY-NO Dis of COPY appli Norwegian file version Lv.2 Details To display the Finnish language file version of COPY application Lv.2 Details To display the Norwegian language file version of COPY (JAVAUI).
Page 493 8-28 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPY-RU Dis of COPY appli Russian file version COPY-ID Dis of COPY appli Indonesian file ver Lv.2 Details To display the Russian language file version of COPY application Lv.2 Details To display the Indonesian language file version of COPY (JAVAUI).
Page 494 8-29 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPY-RM Dis of COPY appli Romanian file version COPY-CA Dis of COPY appli Catalan file version Lv.2 Details To display the Romanian language file version of COPY Lv.2 Details To display the Catalan language file version of COPY application application(JAVAUI).
Page 495 8-30 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION SEND-DE Dis of SEND appli German file version SEND-TW Dis of SEND appli Chinese file ver:trad Lv.1 Details To display the German language file version of SEND application Lv.2 Details To display the traditional Chinese language file version of SEND (JAVAUI).
Page 496 8-31 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION SEND-DA Dis of SEND appli Danish file version SEND-FI Dis of SEND appli Finnish file version Lv.2 Details To display the Danish language file version of SEND application Lv.2 Details To display the Finnish language file version of SEND application (JAVAUI).
Page 497 8-32 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION SEND-NO Dis of SEND appli Norwegian file version SEND-RU Dis of SEND appli Russian file version Lv.2 Details To display the Norwegian language file version of SEND Lv.2 Details To display the Russian language file version of SEND application application(JAVAUI).
Page 498 8-33 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION SEND-ID Dis of SEND appli Indonesian file ver SEND-RM Dis of SEND appli Romanian file version Lv.2 Details To display the Indonesian language file version of SEND Lv.2 Details To display the Romanian language file version of SEND application(JAVAUI).
Page 499 8-34 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION SEND-CA Dis of SEND appli Catalan file version INTRO-DE Dis of useful func intro German file ver Lv.2 Details To display the Catalan language file version of SEND application Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file of Introduction to (JAVAUI).
Page 500 8-35 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION INTRO-TW Useful func intro Chinese file ver: trad INTRO-DA Dis of useful func intro Danish file ver Lv.2 Details To display the version of traditional Chinese language file of Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file of Introduction to IntroductiontoUsefulFeaturesapplication.
Page 501 8-36 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION INTRO-FI Dis useful func intro Finnish file ver INTRO-NO Dis useful func intro Norwegian file ver Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file of Introduction to Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file of Introduction UsefulFeaturesapplication.
Page 502 8-37 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION INTRO-RU Dis useful func intro Russian file ver INTRO-ID Dis of useful func intro Indon file ver Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file of Introduction to Lv.2 Details To display the version of Indonesian language file of Introduction UsefulFeaturesapplication.
Page 503 8-38 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION INTRO-RM Dis useful func intro Romanian file ver INTRO-CA Dis useful func intro Catalan file ver Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file of Introduction Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file of Introduction to toUsefulFeaturesapplication.
Page 504 8-39 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION CSTMN-DE Dis of custom menu German file version CSTMN-TW Dis of custom menu Chinese file ver:trad Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file for custom menu Lv.2 Details To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for application.
Page 505 8-40 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION CSTMN-DA Dis of custom menu Danish file version CSTMN-FI Dis of custom menu Finnish file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file for custom menu Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file for custom menu application.
Page 506 8-41 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION CSTMN-NO Dis of custom menu Norwegian file ver CSTMN-RU Dis of custom menu Russian file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file for custom Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file for custom menu menuapplication.
Page 507 8-42 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION CSTMN-ID Dis of custom menu Indonesian file ver CSTMN-RM Dis of custom menu Romanian file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Indonesian language file for custom Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file for custom menuapplication.
Page 508 8-43 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION CSTMN-CA Dis of custom menu Catalan file version ACSBT-DE Dis of accessibility German file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file for custom menu Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file for Accessibility application.
Page 509 8-44 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION ACSBT-TW Dis accessibility Chinese file ver:trad ACSBT-DA Dis of accessibility Danish file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file for Accessibility Accessibilityapplication.
Page 510 8-45 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION ACSBT-FI Dis of accessibility Finnish file ver ACSBT-NO Dis of accessibility Norwegian file ver Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file for Accessibility application.
Page 511 8-46 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION ACSBT-RU Dis of accessibility Russian file ver ACSBT-ID Dis of accessibility Indonesian file ver Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of Indonesian language file for application.
Page 512 8-47 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION ACSBT-RM Dis of accessibility Romanian file ver ACSBT-CA Dis of accessibility Catalan file ver Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file for Accessibility Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file for Accessibility application.
Page 513 8-48 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION ERS-DE Display of ERS German file version ERS-TW Display of ERS Chinese file ver:trad Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file for ERS Lv.2 Details To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for application.
Page 514 8-49 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION ERS-DA Display of ERS Danish file version ERS-FI Display of ERS Finnish file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file for ERS Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file for ERS application.
Page 515 8-50 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION ERS-NO Display of ERS Norwegian file version ERS-RU Display of ERS Russian file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file for ERS Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file for ERS application.
Page 516 8-51 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION ERS-ID Display of ERS Indonesian file ver ERS-RM Display of ERS Romanian file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Indonesian language file for ERS Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file for ERS application.
Page 517 8-52 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION ERS-CA Display of ERS Catalan file version UAC-DE Display of UAC German file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file for ERS Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file for UAC application.
Page 518 8-53 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION UAC-TW Display of UAC Chinese file ver:trad UAC-DA Display of UAC Danish file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file for UAC UACapplication.
Page 519 8-54 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION UAC-FI Display of UAC Finnish file version UAC-NO Display of UAC Norwegian file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file for UAC Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file for UAC application.
Page 520 8-55 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION UAC-RU Display of UAC Russian file version UAC-ID Display of UAC Indonesian file ver Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file for UAC Lv.2 Details To display the version of Indonesian language file for UAC application.
Page 521 8-56 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION UAC-RM Display of UAC Romanian file version UAC-CA Display of UAC Catalan file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file for UAC Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file for UAC application.
Page 522 8-57 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION BOX-DE Display of BOX appli German file version BOX-TW Dis of BOX appli Chinese file ver:trad Lv.1 Details To display the version of German language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of traditional Chinese language file for application(JAVAUI).
Page 523 8-58 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION BOX-DA Display of BOX appli Danish file version BOX-FI Dis of BOX appli Finnish file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Danish language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of Finnish language file for BOX application(JAVAUI).
Page 524 8-59 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION BOX-NO Dis of BOX appli Norwegian file version BOX-RU Dis of BOX appli Russian file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Norwegian language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of Russian language file for BOX application(JAVAUI).
Page 525 8-60 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION BOX-ID Display of BOX appli Indonesian file ver BOX-RM Dis of BOX appli Romanian file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Indonesian language file for BOX Lv.2 Details To display the version of Romanian language file for BOX application(JAVAUI).
Page 526 8-61 COPIER>DISPLAY>VERSION BOX-CA Dis of BOX appli Catalan file version Lv.2 Details To display the version of Catalan language file for BOX application(JAVAUI). Usecase When upgrading the firmware Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Display/adj/setrange 00.01to99.99 Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo T-8-2 8-61...
Page 527 8-62 USER ACC-STS COPIER>DISPLAY>USER COPIER>DISPLAY>ACC-STS SPDTYPE DisofCtrollrBoardenginespeedtype FEEDER DisplayofDADFconnectionstate Lv.1 Details Todisplaytheenginespeedtype(ppm)ofControllerBoard. Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheconnectingstateofDADF. Usecase WhencheckingtheenginespeedtypeofControllerBoard Usecase WhencheckingtheconnectionbetweenthemachineandDADF Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Notconnected,1:Connected Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo BRWS-STS Displayofservicebrowserusestatus...
Page 528 8-63 COPIER>DISPLAY>ACC-STS COPIER>DISPLAY>ACC-STS DECK DisofPaperDeckconnectionstate DisplayofMNCONPCBmemorycapacity Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheconnectingstateofthePaperDeck. Lv.1 Details TodisplaythememorycapacityoftheMainControllerPCB. Usecase Whencheckingtheconnectionbetweenthemachineandthe Usecase Whencheckingthememorycapacityofthemachine PaperDecks Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange 0:Notconnected Unit 1:Connected Appropriatetargetvalue 5:Multi-purposeTrayonly Defaultvalue Unit Requiredtime Appropriatetargetvalue Relatedservicemode Defaultvalue Relatedusermode Requiredtime Supplement/memo Relatedservicemode COINROBO DisofCoinManagerconnectionstate Relatedusermode Lv.1 Details...
Page 529 8-64 COPIER>DISPLAY>ACC-STS COPIER>DISPLAY>ACC-STS NETWARE Dis of NetWare firmware install state PDL-FNC1 DisplayofenablingPDLfunction(1) Lv.1 Details To display the installation state of the NetWare firmware. Lv.1 Details Todisplayenabling/disablingstateofPDLfunctioninbitrow. Whenthecorrespondingbitforeachfunctionis0,thefunction Usecase When checking whether NetWare firmware is installed to the isdisabled.Whenthecorrespondingbitis1,thefunctionis machine enabled. Adj/set/operatemethod Usecase WhendisplayingtheavailablePDLonthemachine...
Page 530 8-65 COPIER>DISPLAY>ACC-STS COPIER>DISPLAY>ACC-STS DisplayofHDDmodelname PCI2 DisplayofPCI2-connectedPCBname Lv.1 Details TodisplaythemodelnameofHDD. Lv.1 Details TodisplaythenameofthePCBthatisconnectedtoPCI2. Usecase WhencheckingthemodelnameofHDDusedonthemachine Usecase WhencheckingnameofthePCBthatisconnectedtoPCI2 Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange -:NoPCBconnected Unit iSLOT:iSLOTWirelessLANPCB VoiceBoard:VoicePCB Appropriatetargetvalue VoiceBoardR:VoiceRecognitionPCB(Displayishiddenonthis Defaultvalue machine.) Requiredtime 3DESBoard:EncryptionPCB Relatedservicemode 1Gbit-Board:GigaEthernetPCB Relatedusermode Unit Supplement/memo Appropriatetargetvalue PCI1 DisplayofPCI1-connectedPCBname Defaultvalue Lv.1 Details...
Page 531 8-66 ANALOG COPIER>DISPLAY>ACC-STS USBH-SPD DisplayofUSBdeviceconnectionspeed COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG Lv.2 Details Todisplaytheconnectionspeedof8USBdevicestobe TEMP Displayofoutsidetemperature connectedtoUSB-Hostchips. Lv.1 Details Todisplaythetemperatureoutsidethemachine. High-speedconnectionmaynotbepossibleonsomemachines ThisismeasuredbytheEnvironmentSensor2thatdetectsthe resultinginlow-speedconnection. outsideair. Samplemessage:USBH-SPDOFFOFFOFFFLLOFFHGH OFFLOW Usecase Whencheckingthetemperatureoutsidethemachine Usecase WhencheckingtheconnectionspeedofUSBdevices Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to50 Display/adj/setrange OFF:Notconnected,LOW:Low-speedconnection,FLL:Full Unit DegC connection,HGH:High-speedconnection Appropriatetargetvalue 20to27 Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue...
Page 532 8-67 COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG ABS-HUM Displayofoutsidemoistureamount FIX-E2 DisofFixingHeaterfrontedgetemp Lv.1 Details Todisplaytheabsolutemoistureamountoutsidethemachine. Lv.1 Details TodisplaythefrontedgetemperatureoftheFixingHeater ThisismeasuredbytheEnvironmentSensor2thatdetectsthe detectedbytheSubThermistor1. outsideair. Usecase WhencheckingtheedgetemperatureoftheFixingHeater Usecase Whencheckingthemoistureamountoutsidethemachine Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to300 Display/adj/setrange 0to100 Unit DegC Unit g(g/m3) Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue 0to22 Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode...
Page 533 8-68 CST-STS COPIER>DISPLAY>ANALOG FIX-E3 DisofFixingHeaterrearedgetemp COPIER>DISPLAY>CST-STS Lv.1 Details TodisplaytherearedgetemperatureoftheFixingHeater WIDTH-MF DisofMulti-purposeTraypprwidthsize detectedbytheSubThermistor2. Lv.2 Details TodisplaythepaperwidthsizesetontheMulti-purposeTray. Usecase WhencheckingtheedgetemperatureoftheFixingHeater Usecase WhencheckingthepaperwidthsidesetontheMulti-purpose Adj/set/operatemethod Tray Caution Adj/set/operatemethod Display/adj/setrange 0to300 Caution Unit DegC Display/adj/setrange Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode Supplement/memo Relatedusermode T-8-5 Supplement/memo...
Page 534 8-69 HV-STS COPIER>DISPLAY>HV-STS 1ATVC-C Disprytrnspaperintervalcurrent(C) COPIER>DISPLAY>HV-STS Lv.2 Details Todisplaythedecuplevalueofthepaperintervalcurrentlastly 1ATVC-Y Disprytrnspaperintervalcurrent(Y) flown on the Primary Transfer Roller (C) by the primary transfer Lv.2 Details Todisplaythedecuplevalueofthepaperintervalcurrentlastly paperintervalATVCcontrol. flown on the Primary Transfer Roller (Y) by the primary transfer Usecase WhenestimatingthelifeofPrimaryTransferRollerbasedonthe paperintervalATVCcontrol. displayedvalue Usecase WhenestimatingthelifeofPrimaryTransferRollerbasedonthe...
Page 535 8-70 COPIER>DISPLAY>HV-STS COPIER>DISPLAY>HV-STS 2ATVC DisofSecTransferATVCtargetcurrent THCK-M DisplayofMDrumabrasionamount Lv.2 Details Todisplaythedecuplevalueofthecurrent,whichisderivedby Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheabrasionamountofMPhotosensitiveDrumthatis the secondary transfer ATVC control, flown on the Secondary derivedbytheresultofthedrumthicknessdetection. TransferOuterRoller. The result of the drum thickness detection is reflected to each AstheuseofSecondaryTransferOuterRollerisextended,the controlofcharging,developmentandtransfer. valueisdecreased. • Usecase Whencheckingtheadequacyofsettingvaluefortransferand Usecase Whenclassifyingthecauseofanimagefailure...
Page 536 8-71 COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD TARGET-R Shadingtargetvalue(R) COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheshadingtargetvalueofRed. TARGET-B Shadingtargetvalue(B) Continuousdisplayof0(minimum)orFFFF(maximum)is Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheshadingtargetvalueofBlue. consideredafailureoftheReaderControllerPCB. Continuousdisplayof0(minimum)orFFFF(maximum)is • Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB consideredafailureoftheReaderControllerPCB. • Atscannedimagefailure • Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB Adj/set/operatemethod • Atscannedimagefailure Caution Adj/set/operatemethod Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF Appropriatetargetvalue 512to2047 Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue 512to2047 Requiredtime...
Page 537 8-72 COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD GAIN-OG GainlevelofImgSensoroddbit(G):frt GAIN-EB GainlevelofImgSensorevenbit(B):frt Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheGreengainleveladjustmentvalueinodd- Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBluegainleveladjustmentvalueineven- numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperfront). numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperfront). Continuousdisplayofupperlimitisconsideredafailureofthe Continuousdisplayofupperlimitisconsideredafailureofthe ScannerUnit/ReaderControllerPCB. ScannerUnit/ReaderControllerPCB. • • Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB • • Atscannedimagefailure Atscannedimagefailure Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 16to246 Appropriatetargetvalue 16to246...
Page 538 8-73 COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD GAIN-ER GainlevelofImgSensorevenbit(R):frt LAMP2-BW ScanLampintensityadjVL(B&W):back Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheRedgainleveladjustmentvalueineven- Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheLEDlightintensityadjustmentvalueofScanner numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperfront). Unit(paperback)inB&Wscanningmode. Continuousdisplayofupperlimitisconsideredafailureofthe Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatbacksidescanninginB&Wmode. ScannerUnit/ReaderControllerPCB. Adj/set/operatemethod • Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB Caution • Atscannedimagefailure Display/adj/setrange 20to195 Adj/set/operatemethod Unit Caution Appropriatetargetvalue 20to195 Display/adj/setrange 0toFFFF Defaultvalue Unit Requiredtime Appropriatetargetvalue 16to246 Relatedservicemode Defaultvalue Relatedusermode...
Page 539 8-74 COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD OFST-CL ImgSensoroffsetvalue(color)[Front] GAIN-BW2 ImgSensorgainleveladjVL2(B&W):frt Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensoroffsetvalueatcolorscanning. Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensorB&Wgainleveladjustmentvalue2 ofScannerUnit(paperfront). Usecase Whenimagefailureoccursatfrontsidescanningincolormode Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatfrontsidescanninginB&Wmode Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 1to95 Unit Display/adj/setrange 1to47 Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 1to95 Appropriatetargetvalue 1to47 Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo OFST2-BW...
Page 540 8-75 COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD GAIN2BW1 ImgSensorgainleveladjVL1(B&W):Back GAIN2BW4 ImgSensorgainleveladjVL4(B&W):Back Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensorB&Wgainleveladjustmentvalue1 Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheCMOSSensorB&Wgainleveladjustmentvalue4 ofScannerUnit(paperback). ofScannerUnit(paperback). Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatbacksidescanninginB&Wmode. Usecase WhenimagefailureoccursatbacksidescanninginB&Wmode. Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 1to47 Display/adj/setrange 1to47 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 1to47 Appropriatetargetvalue 1to47 Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo...
Page 541 8-76 COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD GAIN2-OG GainlevelofImgSensoroddbit(G):bck GAIN2-ER GainlevelofImgSensorevenbit(R):bck Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheGreengainleveladjustmentvalueinodd- Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheRedgainleveladjustmentvalueineven- numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperback). numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperback). Continuousdisplayofupperlimitisconsideredafailureofthe Continuousdisplayofupperlimitisconsideredafailureofthe ScannerUnit/ReaderControllerPCB. ScannerUnit/ReaderControllerPCB. • • Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB • • Atscannedimagefailure Atscannedimagefailure Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 1to47 Display/adj/setrange 1to47 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 1to47 Appropriatetargetvalue 1to47...
Page 542 8-77 DPOT COPIER>DISPLAY>CCD GAIN2-EB GainlevelofImgSensorevenbit(B):bck COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBluegainleveladjustmentvalueineven- 2TR-PPR DisofsectrnsATVCpprallottedvoltg numberedbitonCMOSSensorofScannerUnit(paperback). Lv.2 Details Todisplaythepaperallottedvoltagesetbythelatestsecondary Continuousdisplayofupperlimitisconsideredafailureofthe transferFullATVCcontrol. ScannerUnit/ReaderControllerPCB. Theappropriaterangemaybeexceededduetowrongmedia • Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB setting. • Atscannedimagefailure Usecase Whentransferfailureoccursoncertainmedia Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 1to47 Display/adj/setrange 0to5000 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 1to47 Appropriatetargetvalue Dependingonmedia Defaultvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 543 8-78 COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT 1TR-DC-Y Disofprimarytransfervoltage(Y) 1TR-DC-K Disofprimarytransfervoltage(Bk) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythevoltagelastlyappliedtothePrimaryTransfer Lv.2 Details TodisplaythevoltagelastlyappliedtothePrimaryTransfer Roller(Y). Roller(Bk). Usecase Whentransferfailureoccursduetotheprimarytransfer Usecase Whentransferfailureoccursduetotheprimarytransfer Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to5000 Display/adj/setrange 0to5000 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 300to3000 Appropriatetargetvalue 300to4000 Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo...
Page 544 8-79 COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT CHG-AC-C DisplayofprimarychargingACbias(C) LPWR-M Displayoflaserpower(M) Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheprimarychargingACbiaslastlyappliedtothe Lv.2 Details TodisplayMlaserpowerdeterminedbyD-maxcontrol. PrimaryChargingRoller(C). FFdisplaywithlowimagedensityisconsideredthatthe PhotosensitiveDrummaybenearlytheendoflife. Usecase Whenthechargingfailureimageoccurs Usecase Whentheimagedensityislow Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to3000 Display/adj/setrange 00-FF(hexadecimal) Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 1300to2000 Appropriatetargetvalue 60toFF Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo...
Page 545 8-80 COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT PVCONT-Y Disoftargetpatchcontrastpotntl(Y) PVCONT-C Disoftargetpatchcontrastpotntl(C) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythetargetY-patchcontrastpotential. Lv.2 Details TodisplaythetargetCpatchcontrastpotential. Checkthetargetpatchcontrastpotentialtocheckwhether Checkthetargetpatchcontrastpotentialtocheckwhether thetonersupplycontrolisproperlyexecutedatimagedensity thetonersupplycontrolisproperlyexecutedatimagedensity failure. failure. Investigatetheotherpossiblefactorsifthevalueiswithinthe Investigatetheotherpossiblefactorsifthevalueiswithinthe defined range. defined range. • • Usecase Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure Usecase Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure • • Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision.
Page 546 8-81 COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT VRATE-Y DisplayofD-maxY-colorVdgainvalue VRATE-K DisofD-maxPASCALBk-colorVdgainVL Lv.1 Details TodisplaythegainvaluefortheYVdsetbyD-maxPASCAL/ Lv.1 Details TodisplaythegainfortheBkVdsetbyD-maxPASCALcontrol D-maxcontrolagainsttheenvironmenttablevalue. againsttheenvironmenttablevalue. Usecase Whentheimagedensityisnotappropriate Usecase Whenimagedensityisnotappropriate Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -100to100 Display/adj/setrange -100to100 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo VRATE-M DisplayofD-maxM-colorVdgainvalue...
Page 547 8-82 DENS COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT LPGAIN-C DisofC-colorlaserpowergainvalue COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS Lv.2 Details TodisplaygainvalueofClaserpowerbyD-maxcontrol. DENS-Y DisofYdeveloperdensitychangeratio Usecase WhencheckingD-maxcontrolresults Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenY-colordeveloperdensityand Adj/set/operatemethod thetargetvaluein%(percentage). Caution IntolerabledifferencewilltriggerE020.Thismaybecausedby Display/adj/setrange -100to100 deteriorationofthedeveloper,failure/disconnectionoftheATR Unit Sensororerrorintonersupplysystem. Appropriatetargetvalue Thevalueisupdateduponprintoperationafterpower-on. Defaultvalue • Usecase Whenthedensitygreatly Requiredtime • Whenthedensityisunstableevenaftergradationcorrection Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DPOT>LPGAIN-Y,LPGAIN-M Adj/set/operatemethod Relatedusermode Caution Supplement/memo Display/adj/setrange -7to7 Unit...
Page 548 8-83 COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS DENS-C DisofCdeveloperdensitychangeratio DENS-S-Y DisofATRcontrolpatchdensity(Y) Lv.1 Details TodisplaydifferencebetweenC-colordeveloperdensityandthe Lv.2 Details TodisplayYpatchimagedensitycreatedbyATRcontrol. targetvaluein%(percentage). Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem IntolerabledifferencewilltriggerE020.Thismaybecausedby Adj/set/operatemethod deteriorationofthedeveloper,failure/disconnectionoftheATR Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Sensororerrorintonersupplysystem. theQualitySupportDivision. Thevalueisupdateduponprintoperationafterpower-on. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 • Usecase When the density greatly fluctuates Unit • Whenthedensityisunstableevenaftergradationcorrection Appropriatetargetvalue 300to700 Adj/set/operatemethod Defaultvalue Caution Requiredtime Display/adj/setrange...
Page 549 8-84 COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS DENS-S-K DisofATRcontrolpatchdensity(Bk) D-C-TRGT DisofATRctrlCpatchtargetdensity Lv.2 Details TodisplayBkpatchimagedensitycreatedbyATRcontrol. Lv.2 Details TodisplaythetargetdensityforCpatchimagecreatedbyATR control. Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 300to700 Appropriatetargetvalue 300to700 Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode...
Page 550 8-85 COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS REF-C DisofCdeveloperdensitytargetvalue SGNL-M DisplayofM-colordeveloperdensity Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedeveloperdensitytargetvaluefortheATRSensor Lv.1 Details TodisplaythemeasuredvalueofM-colordeveloperdensity. (C). ThedensityismeasuredwiththeATRSensor(M)foreachjob. Thevalueisupdateduponprintoperationafterpower-on. Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofaproblem Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to255 Display/adj/setrange 0to255 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 20to230 Appropriatetargetvalue 20to230 Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS>DENS-M Relatedusermode Relatedusermode...
Page 551 8-86 COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS P-SENS-P DisATRctrlbaselightintnsty(P-wave) DEV-DC-M DisofdevelopingDCvoltage(M) Lv.2 Details To display the light intensity (P-wave) reflected from the base Lv.2 Details TodisplaythelatestMdevelopingDCvoltageVdc. • (ITB)atATRcontrol. Usecase Whenimagefailureoccursduetocarrieradherence • IntolerablevaluesmaybecausedbyPatchSensor Whenfoggingappears disconnection,LEDfailure,stainonSensorsurface,Shutter • Whenfoggingisdeteriorated failure,RegistrationPatchShutterOpen/CloseSolenoidfailure, Adj/set/operatemethod insufficient ITB cleaning, etc. Caution Usecase WhencheckingthefailureofPatchSensor/ITBatlowdensity, Display/adj/setrange 280to480...
Page 552 8-87 COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS CHG-DC-Y DisofprimarychargingDCvoltage(Y) CHG-DC-K DisofPrychargeDCvoltg(Bk)&gainVL Lv.2 Details TodisplaythelatestprimarychargingDCvoltageofYcolor. Lv.2 Details TodisplaythelatestoutputvalueofprimarychargingDCvoltage (Bk). Usecase Whenlowdensityorfoggingoccurs Usecase Whenlowdensityorfoggingoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1500 Unit Display/adj/setrange 0to1500 Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 400to900 Appropriatetargetvalue 400to900 Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo CHG-DC-M...
Page 553 8-88 COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS D-CRNT-S DisofATRctrldarkcurrent(S-wave) DENS-Y-H DisofATRctrlY-clrT/Dratiohistory Lv.2 Details Todisplaythedarkcurrentvalue(S-wave)measuredatATR Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8Y-tonerdensitylogdata(T/Dratio) control. detectedbytheATRSensor(Y)atATRcontrol. SharpchangeinvaluesmayindicateATRSensordisconnection/ Usecase WhencheckingthePatchSensor failure,whereasgradualchangeinvaluesmayindicatefailurein Adj/set/operatemethod tonersupplysystem. Caution Usecase WhencheckingtonerdensityintheDevelopingAssemblyatlow Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 densityorfoggingdeterioration Unit Adj/set/operatemethod Appropriatetargetvalue 0to409 Caution Defaultvalue Display/adj/setrange 0to255 Requiredtime Unit Relatedservicemode Appropriatetargetvalue 20to230 Relatedusermode Defaultvalue Supplement/memo...
Page 554 8-89 COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS DENS-C-H DisofATRctrlC-clrT/Dratiohistory DS-S-M-H DisofM-clrpatchimagedensityhistory Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8C-tonerdensitylogdata(T/Dratio) Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8M-patchimagedensitylogdata. detectedbytheATRSensor(C)atATRcontrol. ThisprovidescausejudgmentbasisforE020occurrence,etc. SharpchangeinvaluesmayindicateATRSensordisconnection/ SharpchangeinvaluesmayindicatefailureinPatchSensor, failure,whereasgradualchangeinvaluesmayindicatefailurein Shutterorlaser,whereasgradualchangemayindicatefailurein tonersupplysystem. tonersupplysystem. ThisisparticularlycausedbyPatchSensor. Usecase WhencheckingtonerdensityintheDevelopingAssemblyatlow densityorfoggingdeterioration Usecase WhenanalyzingthecauseofE020 Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to255 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 20to230 Appropriatetargetvalue 200to900...
Page 555 8-90 COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS DS-S-K-H DisBkclrpatchimagedensityhistory SPL-LG-Y DisplayofYtonersupplyhistory Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8Bk-patchimagedensitylogdata. Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8Y-tonersupplylogdata. ThisprovidescausejudgmentbasisforE020occurrence,etc. Eachdatarepresentsthenumberoftonerblockssuppliedper SharpchangeinvaluesmayindicatefailureinPatchSensor, paper. Shutterorlaser,whereasgradualchangemayindicatefailurein Usecase WhencheckingtonersupplystatusatE020occurrence,low tonersupplysystem. densityorfoggingdeterioration ThisisparticularlycausedbyPatchSensor. Adj/set/operatemethod Usecase WhenanalyzingthecauseofE020 Caution Adj/set/operatemethod Display/adj/setrange 0to4 Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Unit theQualitySupportDivision. Appropriatetargetvalue 0to4 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Defaultvalue Unit Requiredtime Appropriatetargetvalue 200to900...
Page 556 8-91 COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS SPL-LG-C DisplayofCtonersupplyhistory SPL-LG-K DisplayofBktonersupplyhistory Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8C-tonersupplylogdata. Lv.2 Details Todisplaythelatest8Bk-tonersupplylogdata. Eachdatarepresentsthenumberoftonerblockssuppliedper Eachdatarepresentsthenumberoftonerblockssuppliedper paper. paper. Usecase WhencheckingtonersupplystatusatE020occurrence,low Usecase Whencheckingthetonersupplystatusatlowdensityorfogging densityorfoggingdeterioration deterioration Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to4 Display/adj/setrange 0to5 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 0to4 Appropriatetargetvalue 0to5 Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode...
Page 557 8-92 MISC COPIER>DISPLAY>DENS CONT-C DisofATRSensor(C)controlvoltage COPIER>DISPLAY>MISC Lv.1 Details TodisplaythedensitydetectioncontrolvoltageoftheATR ENV-TR Disofsecondarytransferenvironment Sensor(C)atinitialization. Lv.1 Details Todisplaytheenvironment(moistureamount)ofsecondary Usecase WhencheckingbeforeclearingRAMdata transfer. Adj/set/operatemethod Usecase Whencheckingthecurrentinstallationenvironmentofthe Caution machine Display/adj/setrange 32to68 Adj/set/operatemethod Unit Caution Appropriatetargetvalue 32to68 Display/adj/setrange 1to3 Defaultvalue Unit Requiredtime Appropriatetargetvalue 1to3 Relatedservicemode COPIER>ADJUST>DENS>CONT-C Defaultvalue Relatedusermode Requiredtime Supplement/memo...
Page 558 8-93 COPIER>DISPLAY>MISC COPIER>DISPLAY>MISC C-DRM-LF DisplayofCDrumUnitdrumcounter LPOWER-M Displayoflaserlightintensity(M) Lv.1 Details TodisplaythetotalchargingtimeoftheDrumUnit(C). Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheMlaserintensityinreal-time. Usecase WhencheckingthelifeoftheDrumUnit Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseoftheimagedensityfailure Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to10000000 Unit 100msec Display/adj/setrange 00toFF Unit Hex.(hexadecimal) Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue 50toFF Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo...
Page 559 8-94 ALARM-1 COPIER>DISPLAY>ALARM-1 SUC-A-K ForR&Duse COPIER>DISPLAY>ALARM-1 Lv.1 Details SUC-A-Y ForR&Duse Usecase Lv.1 Details Adj/set/operatemethod Usecase Caution Adj/set/operatemethod Display/adj/setrange Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode Supplement/memo Relatedusermode SUC-L-Y ForR&Duse Supplement/memo Lv.2 Details SUC-A-M ForR&Duse Usecase Lv.1 Details...
Page 560 8-95 HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>ALARM-1 SUC-L-C ForR&Duse COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C Lv.2 Details TGT-A-Y DisofARCDATscreenAY-colortargetVL Usecase Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Adj/set/operatemethod control. Caution Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe Display/adj/setrange tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset Unit thetargetvalue).CheckthePatchSensorifnotcorrected. Appropriatetargetvalue Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Defaultvalue Adj/set/operatemethod Requiredtime Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Relatedservicemode theQualitySupportDivision. Relatedusermode Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Supplement/memo Unit LST-DY-K ForR&Duse Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 Lv.2 Details...
Page 561 8-96 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C TGT-A-C DisofARCDATscreenAC-colortargetVL TGT-B-Y DisofARCDATscreenBY-colortargetVL Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT control. control. Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset thetargetvalue).CheckthePatchSensorifnotcorrected. thetargetvalue).CheckthePatchSensorifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700...
Page 562 8-97 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C TGT-B-C DisofARCDATscreenBC-colortargetVL TGT-C-Y DisofARCDATscreenCY-colortargetVL Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT control. control. Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset thetargetvalue).CheckthePatchSensorifnotcorrected. thetargetvalue).CheckthePatchSensorifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700...
Page 563 8-98 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C TGT-C-C DisofARCDATscreenCC-colortargetVL SUM-A-Y DisARCDATscreenAY-colorctrldiffer Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT control. control. Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset thetargetvalue).CheckthePatchSensorifnotcorrected. targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 564 8-99 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SUM-A-C DisARCDATscreenAC-colorctrldiffer SUM-B-Y DisARCDATscreenBY-colorctrldiffer Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenBinARCDAT control. control. Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper ifnotcorrected. ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 565 8-100 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SUM-B-C DisARCDATscreenBC-colorctrldiffer SUM-C-Y DisARCDATscreenCY-colorctrldiffer Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT control. control. Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper ifnotcorrected. ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 566 8-101 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SUM-C-C DisARCDATscreenCC-colorctrldiffer SGNL-A-Y DisARCDATscreenAY-patchcurrentVL Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT control. control. Whenhuevariationoccursandthedisplayedvalueisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursorthevalueshownisnotin tolerablerange,executetheautogradationadjustment(reset thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper developer. ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 567 8-102 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SGNL-A-C DisARCDATscreenAC-patchcurrentVL SGNL-B-Y DisARCDATscreenBY-patchcurrentVL Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenBinARCDAT control. control. Whenhuevariationoccursorthevalueshownisnotin Whenhuevariationoccursorthevalueshownisnotin thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe developer. developer. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 568 8-103 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SGNL-B-C DisARCDATscreenBC-patchcurrentVL SGNL-C-Y DisARCDATscreenCY-patchcurrentVL Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT control. control. Whenhuevariationoccursorthevalueshownisnotin Whenhuevariationoccursorthevalueshownisnotin thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe developer. developer. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 569 8-104 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SGNL-C-K DisARCDATscreenCBk-patchcurrentVL DLTA-A-Y DisofARCDATscreenAY-densitydiffer Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentBk-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheY-patchtargetvalueand control. thecurrentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrol. Whenhuevariationoccursorthevalueshownisnotin Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe developer. targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 570 8-105 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C DLTA-A-C DisofARCDATscreenAC-densitydiffer DLTA-B-Y DisofARCDATscreenBY-densitydiffer Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheC-patchtargetvalueand Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheY-patchtargetvalueand thecurrentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrol. thecurrentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrol. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper ifnotcorrected. ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 571 8-106 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C DLTA-B-C DisofARCDATscreenBC-densitydiffer DLTA-C-Y DisofARCDATscreenCY-densitydiffer Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheC-patchtargetvalueand Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheY-patchtargetvalueand thecurrentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrol. thecurrentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrol. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper ifnotcorrected. ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 572 8-107 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C DLTA-C-C DisofARCDATscreenCC-densitydiffer TGT-A-Y2 ARCDATscrnAY-clrtargetVL(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheC-patchtargetvalueand Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT thecurrentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrol. controlat1/2speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe Adj/set/operatemethod targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom ifnotcorrected. theQualitySupportDivision. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Adj/set/operatemethod Unit Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 theQualitySupportDivision. Defaultvalue Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Requiredtime Unit Relatedservicemode Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 573 8-108 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C TGT-A-K2 ARCDATscrnABk-clrtargetVL(1/2SPD) TGT-A-C3 ARCDATscrnAC-colortargetVL(1/3SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBk-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenAinARCDAT controlat1/2speed. controlat1/3speed. Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode...
Page 574 8-109 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C TGT-B-M3 ARCDATscrnBM-colortargetVL(1/3SPD) TGT-B-Y2 ARCDATscrnBY-colortargetVL(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheM-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheY-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT controlat1/3speed. controlat1/2speed. Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode...
Page 575 8-110 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C TGT-B-K2 ARCDATscrnBBk-clrtargetVL(1/2SPD) TGT-C-C2 ARCDATscrnCC-colortargetVL(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheBk-patchtargetvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheC-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT controlat1/2speed. controlat1/2speed. Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode...
Page 576 8-111 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C TGT-C-M3 ARCDATscrnCM-colortargetVL(1/3SPD) SUM-A-Y2 ARCDATscrnAY-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaytheM-patchtargetvalueofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT controlat1/3speed. controlat1/2speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Usecase WhencheckingARCDATcontroloperation tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe Adj/set/operatemethod targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom ifnotcorrected. theQualitySupportDivision. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Adj/set/operatemethod Unit Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Appropriatetargetvalue 0to700 theQualitySupportDivision. Defaultvalue Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Requiredtime Unit Relatedservicemode Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 577 8-112 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SUM-A-C2 ARCDATscrnAC-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD) SUM-B-Y2 ARCDATscrnBY-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenBinARCDAT controlat1/2speed. controlat1/2speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper ifnotcorrected. ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 578 8-113 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SUM-B-C2 ARCDATscrnBC-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD) SUM-C-Y2 ARCDATscrnCY-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT controlat1/2speed. controlat1/2speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper ifnotcorrected. ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 579 8-114 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SUM-C-C2 ARCDATscrnCC-clrctrldiffer(1/2SPD) DLT-A-Y2 ARCDATscrnAY-densitydiffer(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenY-patchtargetvalueandthe controlat1/2speed. currentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper ifnotcorrected. ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 580 8-115 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C DLT-A-C2 ARCDATscrnAC-densitydiffer(1/2SPD) DLT-B-Y2 ARCDATscrnBY-densitydiffer(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenC-patchtargetvalueandthe Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenY-patchtargetvalueandthe currentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed. currentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper ifnotcorrected. ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 581 8-116 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C DLT-B-C2 ARCDATscrnBC-densitydiffer(1/2SPD) DLT-C-Y2 ARCDATscrnCY-densitydiffer(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenC-patchtargetvalueandthe Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenY-patchtargetvalueandthe currentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed. currentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper ifnotcorrected. ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 582 8-117 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C DLT-C-C2 ARCDATscrnCC-densitydiffer(1/2SPD) SGL-A-Y2 ARCDATscrnAY-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweenC-patchtargetvalueandthe Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT currentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrolat1/2speed. controlat1/2speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotin tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resetthe thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe targetvalue).CheckthePatchSensororreplacethedeveloper developer. ifnotcorrected. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 583 8-118 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SGL-A-C2 ARCDATscrnAC-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD) SGL-B-Y2 ARCDATscrnBY-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenBinARCDAT controlat1/2speed. controlat1/2speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotin Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotin thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe developer. developer. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 584 8-119 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SGL-B-C2 ARCDATscrnBC-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD) SGL-C-Y2 ARCDATscrnCY-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT controlat1/2speed. controlat1/2speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotin Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotin thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe developer. developer. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 585 8-120 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SGL-C-C2 ARCDATscrnCC-patchcurrentVL(1/2SPD) SUM-A-Y3 ARCDATscrnAY-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT controlat1/2speed. controlat1/3speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotin Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe thetolerablerange,checkthePatchSensororreplacethe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget developer. value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensororreplacethe developer. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 586 8-121 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SUM-A-C3 ARCDATscrnAC-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD) SUM-B-Y3 ARCDATscrnBY-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenBinARCDAT controlat1/3speed. controlat1/3speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensororreplacethe value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensororreplacethe developer. developer. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 587 8-122 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SUM-B-C3 ARCDATscrnBC-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD) SUM-C-Y3 ARCDATscrnCY-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplayY-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT controlat1/3speed. controlat1/3speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensororreplacethe value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensororreplacethe developer. developer. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 588 8-123 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SUM-C-C3 ARCDATscrnCC-clrctrldiffer(1/3SPD) DLT-A-Y3 ARCDATscrnAY-densitydiffer(1/3SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplayC-patchcontroldifferenceofscreenCinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheY-patchtargetvalueand controlat1/3speed. thecurrentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensororreplacethe value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensorandreplacethe developer. developer. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 589 8-124 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C DLT-A-C3 ARCDATscrnAC-densitydiffer(1/3SPD) DLT-B-Y3 ARCDATscrnBY-densitydiffer(1/3SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheC-patchtargetvalueand Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheY-patchtargetvalueand thecurrentvalueofscreenAinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed. thecurrentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensorandreplacethe value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensorandreplacethe developer. developer. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 590 8-125 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C DLT-B-C3 ARCDATscrnBC-densitydiffer(1/3SPD) DLT-C-Y3 ARCDATscrnCY-densitydiffer(1/3SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheC-patchtargetvalueand Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheY-patchtargetvalueand thecurrentvalueofscreenBinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed. thecurrentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensorandreplacethe value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensorandreplacethe developer. developer. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 591 8-126 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C DLT-C-C3 ARCDATscrnCC-densitydiffer(1/3SPD) SGL-A-Y3 ARCDATscrnAY-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythedifferencebetweentheC-patchtargetvalueand Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT thecurrentvalueofscreenCinARCDATcontrolat1/3speed. controlat1/3speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,executeautogradationadjustment(resettarget tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper. value).Ifnotcorrected,checkPatchSensorandreplacethe Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs developer. Adj/set/operatemethod Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Adj/set/operatemethod theQualitySupportDivision. Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 theQualitySupportDivision. Unit Display/adj/setrange -1023to1023 Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime...
Page 592 8-127 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SGL-A-C3 ARCDATscrnAC-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD) SGL-B-Y3 ARCDATscrnBY-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenAinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenBinARCDAT controlat1/3speed. controlat1/3speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper. tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime...
Page 593 8-128 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SGL-B-C3 ARCDATscrnBC-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD) SGL-C-Y3 ARCDATscrnCY-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenBinARCDAT Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentY-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT controlat1/3speed. controlat1/3speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper. tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime...
Page 594 8-129 COPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C SGL-C-C3 ARCDATscrnCC-patchcurrentVL(1/3SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentC-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT controlat1/3speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo SGL-C-K3 ARCDATscrnCBkpatchcurrentVL(1/3SPD) Lv.2 Details TodisplaythecurrentBk-patchvalueofscreenCinARCDAT controlat1/3speed. Whenhuevariationoccursandthevalueshownisnotinthe tolerablerange,checkPatchSensororreplacethedeveloper. Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Takenecessaryactioninaccordancewiththeinstructionsfrom theQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 595 8-130 Address Name Mark Remarks P006 Third delivery flapper solenoid 1:ON MainDevice(DCON>P004to029) Address Name Mark Remarks P004 Deliveryfan1connect 0:connect Multi-purposepapersensor PS47 1:paper Duplexpapersensor PS38 1:paper Thirddeliverysensor PS43 1:paper Duplexinletsensor PS40 1:paper FM10 1:halfspeed P007 Fixingheatexhaustfan1,2_half FM1,FM2 1:halfspeed speed Fixingcoolingfan(front),(rear) FM5,FM6 1:ON Secondarytransferexhaustfan 1:fullspeed...
Page 596 8-131 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P008 P010 Deliveryfan2_fullspeed 1:fullspeed Deliveryfan2_halfspeed 1:halfspeed UN21 1:bottle 1:ON UN59 0:new UN58 0:new 1:ON UN57 0:new UN56 0:new Cassette1pickupmotor_I1 [I1:I0]=(00)1.01A,(01)0.79A( 10)0.51A,(11)0.09A P009 DCinterlockswitch1,2 SW3,SW4 1:DOOROPEN P011 Seconddeliverytrayfullsensor PS45 0:full Firstdeliverytrayfullsensor PS44 0:full Cassette2pickupmotor_I1 [I1:I0]=(00)1.01A,(01)0.79A(...
Page 597 8-132 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P012 P014 Fixingarchsensor2 PS36 1:paper Processcartridgefan(rear)_half 0:halfspeed speed Fixingarchsensor1 PS35 1:paper Fixinginletsensor PS34 1:paper Fixingmotor_CW 0:CW1:CCW Fixingmotor_ON 0:OFF 1:OFF 0:fullspeed First&Seconddeliverymotor_I1 [I1:I0]=(00)1.16A,(01)0.89A( 10)0.66A,(11)0.09A P013 P015 Thirddeliverymotor_I1 [I1:I0]=(00)0.93A,(01)0.74A( 10)0.44A,(11)0.09A Thirddeliverymotor_I0 Reverserollermotor_I1 [I1:I0]=(00)0.72A,(01)0.51A( 10)0.39A,(11)0.09A Reverserollermotor_I0 0:CW1:CCW...
Page 598 8-133 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P016 Cassette3sizeswitchB_7 0:detect P018 Cassette3sizeswitchB_6 0:detect Cassette3sizeswitchB_5 0:detect Cassette3sizeswitchB_4 0:detect Cassette3sizeswitchA_3 0:detect Cassette3sizeswitchA_2 0:detect 0:detect 0:detect 0:detect Cassette3pickupmotor_I1 (I1:I0)=(00)1.01A,(01)0.79A (10)0.51A,(11)0.09A 0:detect 0:detect Cassette4pickupmotor_I1 (I1:I0)=(00)1.01A,(01)0.79A 0:detect (10)0.51A,(11)0.09A 0:detect 0:detect 0:detect 0:detect 1:ON P017 Cassette3papersensor 0:paper...
Page 599 8-134 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P020 Cassette1sizeswitchA 0:detect P022 ITBsteeringsensor PS24 1:ON Cassette1sizeswitchA 0:detect ITBdisplacementsensor1 PS25 1:ON Cassette1sizeswitchA 0:detect ITBdisplacementsensor2 PS26 1:ON Cassette1sizeswitchA 0:detect ITBdisplacementsensor3 PS27 1:ON Cassette1sizeswitchB 0:detect ITBdisplacementsensor4 PS28 1:ON Cassette1sizeswitchB 0:detect Primarytransferdetachment PS22 0:engage 0:detect sensor1...
Page 600 8-135 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P024 P026 Tonercontaineroutercoversensor PS17 1:close Tonercontainerinnercoversensor PS16 1:close (Bk) Tonercontainerinnercoversensor PS15 1:close PS14 1:close Primarytransferseparation [I1:I0]=(00)1.06A,(01)0.87A( PS13 1:close motor_I1 10)0.69A,(11)0.09A 1:HP 1:HP 1:HP 0:CW1:CCW 1:HP ITBdisplacementcontrolmotor_I1 M14 [I1:I0]=(00)0.74A,(01)0.66A( 1:toner 10)0.24A,(11)0.09A 1:toner 1:toner 1:toner 0:CW1:CCW...
Page 601 8-136 ColorImageReaderUnit(RCON>P001to005) Address Name Mark Remarks P028 Deckopensolenoid SL2D 1:ON Address Name Mark Remarks Deckliftermotor_lowerlimitsignal M2D 1:ON P001 Deckliftermotor 1:ON CL2D 1:ON SL1D 1:ON LE100D 1:ON 1:ON P029 P002 Decklifterlowerlimitsensing SW2D 1:lowerlimit switch Decklifterupperlimitsensor PS3D 1:upperlimit Decklifterpositionsensor PS4D 1:ON PS1D 1:paper PS9D 1:CLOSE...
Page 602 8-137 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P003 P005 Scannerunitcoolingfanlock 1:error Scannermotor_derection 0:scan1:backscan Scannerunitexhaustfanlock 1:error Fandrive 1:ON DADFopen/closedsensor2 0:OPEN1:CLOSE Scannermotor 1:enable DADFopen/closedsensor1 0:OPEN1:CLOSE Originalsizesensor2 0:paper Scannermotor_I1 P004 T-8-15 Scannermotor_I0 (I0:I1)=(0,0)100%(0,1)75 %(1,0)50%(1,1)25% 8-137...
Page 603 8-138 DuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1(FEEDER>P001to007) Address Name Mark Remarks P003 Address Name Mark Remarks P001 Originalsizesensor1 SR17 1:paper Originalsizesensor2 SR18 1:paper Papersurfacesensor 1:upperlimit Originalsizesensor3 SR19 1:paper TrayHPsensor SR13 1:HP(lowerlimit) Originalsizesensor4 SR20 1:paper Trayopen/closedsensor 0:OPEN Disengaginghomepositionsensor SR15 1:HP AB/ Inch identification sensor 0:LGL(LTRR),A5R1: A4R(A5),STMTR,B6 Leadingedgepositionsensor SR22 1:paper...
Page 604 8-139 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P005 P007 Disengagementmotor2 1:enable Disengagementmotor1 1:enable Trayliftermotor 1:enable Deliverymotor_direction 0:CW1:CCW stampsolenoid 1:ON Deliverymotor 1:enable Trayliftermotor_direction 0:down1:up Scannerunitcoolingfan 1:ON Feedmotor_direction 0:nouse1:CW Pickuprollerunitliftermotor 1:enable P006 T-8-16 Readmotor 1:enable Registrationmotor 1:enable Feedmotor 1:enable Pickupmotor_direction 0:nouse1:CW Pickuprollerunitlifter 0:nouse1:CW...
Page 605 8-140 ColorImageReaderUnit-B2(FEEDER>P001to006) Address Name Mark Remarks P003 Address Name Mark Remarks P001 A4R/LTRR identification sensor SR10 0:A4Randsmaller,1:Larger thanA4R Lastdocumentdetectionsensor 1:paper Documentsetsensor 0:papeer Timingsensor 1:paper Coveropen/closedsensor 1:OPEN Documentwidthsensor1 SR12 1:paper P004 P002 Documentwidthsensor2 SR13 1:paper Documentwidthsensor3 SR14 1:paper Documentwidthsensor4 SR15 1:paper Deliveryreversalsensor 1:paper ReleasemotorHPsensor...
Page 606 8-141 InnerFinisher-A1(SORTER>P001toP014) Address Name Mark Remarks P005 Address Name Mark Remarks P001 1:ON Pickupclutch 1:ON Entrancesensor 0:ON1:OFF Registrationclutch 1:ON GripperunitHPsensor 0:ON1:OFF releasemotor_I0 (I0:I1)Amperelarge(0,0)->(0 ,1)->(1,0)-> releasemotor_I1 (I0:I1)Amperelarge(0,0)->(0 ,1)->(1,0)-> releasemotor 1:enable Stampsolenoid 1:ON P002 P006 Gripperunitmovemotor_CW 0:CW1:CCW Paperleverdrivesolenoid SOL1 0:OFF1:ON ADFmotor_I0 (I0:I1)Amperelarge(0,0)->(0 ,1)->(1,0)->...
Page 607 8-142 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P003 P005 Feedmotor_CW 0:CW1:CCW Feedmotor_clock 1:output Entrancerollerrelease/stopperHP 0:ON1:OFF sensor STPmovemotor_clock 1:output STPmovemotor_PWM 0:OFF1:ON Shiftrollerreleasesensor 0:ON1:OFF Feedmotor_PWM 0:OFF1:ON ShiftrollerHPsensor 0:ON1:OFF Gripperunitmovemotor_PWM 0:OFF1:ON P004 P006 Additionaltrayupper/lowerlimit 0:OFF1:ON sensor Additionaltrayclocksensor 0:ON1:OFF stacktrayclocksensor 0:ON1:OFF staplermoveHPsensor 0:ON1:OFF staplerHPsensor 0:ON1:OFF...
Page 608 8-143 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P007 P009 Additionaltraypapersensor 0:ON1:OFF P008 P010 stacktraypapersensor 0:nopaper1:paper stacktraymiddlesensor 1:mid/lowlevel 8-143...
Page 609 8-144 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P011 P013 Processingtraysensor 0:nopaper1:paper Staplersafetyswitch 0:OFF1:ON Fan2 0:OFF1:ON Fan1 0:OFF1:ON P012 P014 staplermotor 0::ENABLE1:DISABLE papersurfacesensor2 0:OFF1:ON papersurfacesensor1 0:OFF1:ON Trayliftmotor 0::ENABLE1:DISABLE stapleredgingsensor 0:OFF1:ON staplersensor 0:ON1:OFF Gripperstaplerconnectionsensor S9 0:OFF1:ON Frontcoverswitch 0:OFF1:ON T-8-18 8-144...
Page 610 8-145 StapleFinisher-C1/BookletFinisher-C1(SORTER>P001,P007 Address Name Mark Remarks P003 toP031) Address Name Mark Remarks P001 Tray2papersurfacesensor2 PI120 0:paper1:nopaper Frontcoversensor PI102 0:CLOSE1:OPEN P004 P002 8-145...
Page 611 8-146 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P005 P007 Tray1shiftmotor_lock M107 0:OFF1:lock Frontcoversensor PI102 0:CLOSE1:OPEN P006 P008 Inletsensor PI103 0:paper1:nopaper Swingguidehomepositionsensor PI105 1:HP 8-146...
Page 612 8-147 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P009 P011 Tray1papersurfacesensor PI111 0:paper1:nopaper Tray2shiftmotor_lock M108 0:OFF1:lock Tray1papersensor PI112 0:paper1:nopaper P010 P012 Swingheightsensor PI123 0:CLOSE1:OPEN Gearchangehomepositionsensor PI117 0:HP Uppercoversensor PI101 0:CLOSE1:OPEN Rearendassistguidehome PI109 0:HP positionsensor ProcessingTraysensor PI108 0:paper1:nopaper Rearaligningplatehomeposition PI107 0:HP sensor Frontaligningplatehomeposition...
Page 613 8-148 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P013 P015 Tray2shiftmotor M108 0:OFF1:ON Tray2shiftmotor_CW M108 0:CW1:CCW Inletrollerseparationsolenoid SL101 0:OFF1:ON Staplershiftmotor_enable M105 0:standby1:enable Stackejectionmotor_CW M102 0:CW1:CCW Entrancefeedmotor_I1 M101 [P013>1:P013>0][0:0]: Swingmotor_ampere M106 0:High1:Low Low,[0:1]:MID,[1:0]: Swingmotor_CW M106 0:CW1:CCW High,[1:1]:Max P016 Entrancefeedmotor_I0 M101 P014 Rearaligningplatemotor M104...
Page 614 8-149 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P017 P019 Stapleralignmentinterference PI115 0:paper1:nopaper sensor Feedpathsensor PI104 0:paper1:nopaper Shutterhomepositionsensor PI114 0:paper1:nopaper Tray2papersensor PI113 0:HP Staplershifthomepositionsensor PI110 0:HP StitcherHPsensor(rear) 1:HP Tray2papersurfacesensor1 PI116 0:Interference StitcherHPsensor(front) 1:HP P020 P018 Alignmentplatehomeposition 1:HP Staplershiftmotor_CW M105 0:CCW1:CW sensor Bufferrollerseparationsolenoid...
Page 615 8-150 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P021 P023 Paperpushingplatetopposition PI15 0:edge sensor Paperpushingplatehomeposition PI14 1:HP P024 sensor P022 No.2 paper deflecting solenoid 0:OFF1:ON No.1 paper deflecting solenoid 0:OFF1:ON Saddleinletsolenoid 0:OFF1:ON Paperfoldinghomepositionsensor PI21 0:OFF1:ON Feedmotor_CW 0:CCW1:CW 8-150...
Page 616 8-151 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P025 P027 Feedplatecontactsolenoid 0:OFF1:ON Paperfoldingmotor_RV 0:OFF1:ON Feedmotor 0:ON1:OFF Paperpositioning 0:paper1:nopaper platepapersensor Paperpositioningplatehome 0:HP positionsensor P026 Traypapersensor 0:paper1:nopaper P028 Paperpushingplatemotor_EN 0:ON1:OFF Paperpushingplatemotor_FWM 0:OFF1:ON Paperpushingplatemotor_RV 0:OFF1:ON Stitchermotor(rear)_CW 0:ON1:OFF Paperfoldingmotor_FWD 0:OFF1:ON Staplesensor(rear) 0:OFF1:ON 8-151...
Page 617 8-152 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P029 P031 Stitchermotor(rear)_CCW 0:ON1:OFF Saddleinletsensor PI22 0:nopaper1:paper Guidehomepositionsensor PI13 1:HP Crescentrollerphasesensor PI12 1:HP Stitchermotor(front)_CW 0:ON1:OFF Deliverysensor PI11 0:paper1:nopaper Stitchermotor(front)_CCW 0:ON1:OFF Inletcoversensor 0:CLOSE1:OPEN Staplesensor(front) 1:enable P030 T-8-19 8-152...
Page 618 8-153 External2HolePuncher-B1(SORTER>P013,P032toP036, Address Name Mark Remarks P033 P039) Address Name Mark Remarks P013 Punchfeedmotor_enable 0:standby1:enable Punchfeedmotor_I1 [P013>3:P013>2][0:0]=Low P034 ,[0:1]=MID,[1:0]=High,[1:1]= Punchfeedmotor_I0 P032 Punchmotor_CW 0:ON Punchmotor_CCW 0:ON LEDPCB(Rearedgedirection) PCB3 0:nopaper1:paper HorizontalregistrationHPsensor PI61 1:HP PunchHPsensor PI63 0:HP 8-153...
Page 619 8-154 Address Name Mark Remarks Address Name Mark Remarks P035 P039 Sideregistrationsensor1 PCB2 0:paper ScrapfulldetectorPCB PCB4 0:paper Sideregistrationmotor_ampere 0:active1:keep Upperdoorswitch MSW61 0:OPEN1:CLOSE Frontdoorswitch MSW62 0:OPEN1:CLOSE Sideregistrationsensor2 PCB2 0:paper Sideregistrationsensor3 PCB3 0:paper Sideregistrationsensor4 PCB3 0:paper P036 T-8-20 Sideregistrationmotor_B 1:ON Sideregistrationmotor_A 1:ON 8-154...
Page 620 8-155 COPIER COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY ADJ-Y Adjofimgpstninbookmode:horzscan Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagereadingstartpositioninhorizontalscanning ADJUST direction. WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, enterthevalueofservicelabel. ADJ-XY Whenthenon-imagewidthislargerthanthestandardvalue,set thesmallervalue. COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY Whenoutoforiginalareaiscopied,setthelargervalue. ADJ-X Adjofimgpstninbookmode:vertscan Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimagepositionmovesto Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagereadingstartposition(imageleadedge therearsideby0.1mm. position)inverticalscanningdirection. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. enterthevalueofservicelabel. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Whenthenon-imagewidthislargerthanthestandardvalue,set Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe thesmallervalue. servicelabel. Whenoutoforiginalareaiscopied,setthelargervalue. Display/adj/setrange 36to236 Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimagepositionmovesto Unit 0.1mm...
Page 621 8-156 COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY COPIER>ADJUST>ADJ-XY STRD-POS AdjreadpstninDADFmode:frontside ADJY-DF2 AdjimgpstninDADFmod:horizscan[bck] Lv.1 Details ToadjustthereadingpositionatDADFreading(frontside). Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagepositionofbacksideinhorizontalscanning WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, directionatsimultaneousduplexreading. enterthevalueofservicelabel. WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, enterthevalueofservicelabel. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimagepositionmovesto Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. therearsideby0.1mm. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. servicelabel. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange 1to200 Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe Unit 0.1mm servicelabel. Appropriatetargetvalue Display/adj/setrange 56to220...
Page 622 8-157 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD W-PLT-Z Whiteleveldata(Z)entryofwhiteplate COPIER>ADJUST>CCD Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, W-PLT-X Whiteleveldata(X)entryofwhiteplate enterthevalueofservicelabel.WhenreplacingtheCopyboard Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, Glass, enter the value of barcode label which is affixed on the enterthevalueofservicelabel.WhenreplacingtheCopyboard glass. Glass, enter the value of barcode label which is affixed on the •...
Page 623 8-158 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD 100-RG ImgSensrRGcolordisplacecrrctVL:Frt DFTAR-R Shadingtargetvalue(R)[Frontside] Lv.1 Details Tocorrectthecolordisplacement(RandGlines)invertical Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB,enterthevalueof scanningdirectionduetotheScannerUnit(paperfront). servicelabel. WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paperfront), enterthevalueofservicelabel. executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF-WLVL2 andwritethevaluewhichisautomaticallysetintheservice Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata label. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) • Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata andpressOKkey. • WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. front) Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. servicelabel. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange -256to256 Caution Unit...
Page 624 8-159 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD DFTAR-B Shadingtargetvalue(B)[Frontside] MTF2-M2 MTFvalue2setting:horzscan[Front] Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB,enterthevalueof Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. servicelabel. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paperfront), Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF-WLVL2 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. andwritethevaluewhichisautomaticallysetintheservice 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. label. Caution • Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Display/adj/setrange 20to80 • WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper Unit front) Appropriatetargetvalue Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Page 625 8-160 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD MTF2-M5 MTFvalue5setting:horzscan[Front] MTF2-M8 MTFvalue8setting:horzscan[Front] Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 20to80 Display/adj/setrange 20to80...
Page 626 8-161 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD MTF2-S2 MTFvalue2setting:vertscan[Front] MTF2-S5 MTFvalue5setting:vertscan[Front] Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 20to80 Display/adj/setrange 20to80...
Page 627 8-162 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD MTF2-S8 MTFvalue8setting:vertscan[Front] 100DF2GB ImgSensrGBclrcrrctVL[bck]:D-Reader Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Lv.2 Details Tocorrectthecolordisplacement(GandBlines)invertical EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. scanningdirectionduetotheScannerUnit(paperback). WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata enterthevalueofservicelabel. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange 20to80 Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange -256to256 Appropriatetargetvalue Unit 0.001line...
Page 628 8-163 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD DFCH2R2 ComplexchartNo.2data(R)[Frontside] DFCH2B2 ComplexchartNo.2data(B)[Frontside] Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheReddata(forpaper Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheBluedata(for front)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. paperfront)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 1to2550 Display/adj/setrange 1to2550 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue 2000 Defaultvalue 2000 Requiredtime Requiredtime...
Page 629 8-164 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD DFCH2G2 ComplexchartNo.2data(G)[Frontside] CCD-CHNG Scanner Unit(ppr frt) rplce flag setting Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheGreendata(for Lv.1 Details To set the calculation mode of MTF filter coefficient that is used paperfront)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. atthereplacementofScannerUnit(paperfront). EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit(paperfront),enter1.When replacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata thevalueofservicelabel. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. • Usecase WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit(paperfront) 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 630 8-165 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD MTF-M2 MTFvalue2setting:horzscan[Back] MTF-M5 MTFvalue5setting:horzscan[Back] Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 20to80 Display/adj/setrange 20to80...
Page 631 8-166 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD MTF-M8 MTFvalue8setting:horzscan[Back] MTF-S2 MTFvalue2setting:vertscan[Back] Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 20to80 Display/adj/setrange 20to80...
Page 632 8-167 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD MTF-S5 MTFvalue5setting:vertscan[Back] MTF-S8 MTFvalue8setting:vertscan[Back] Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 20to80 Display/adj/setrange 20to80...
Page 633 8-168 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD DFCH-R2 ComplexchartNo.2data(R)[Backside] DFCH-B2 ComplexchartNo.2data(B)[Backside] Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheReddata(forpaper Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheBluedata(for back)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. paperback)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 1to2550 Display/adj/setrange 1to2550 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue 2000 Defaultvalue 2000 Requiredtime Requiredtime...
Page 634 8-169 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD DFCH-G2 ComplexchartNo.2data(G)[Backside] MTF2-M10 MTFvalue10setting:horzscan[Front] Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheGreendata(for Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. paperback)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 20to85 Display/adj/setrange 1to2550 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 635 8-170 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD MTF2-S10 MTFvalue10setting:vertscan[Front] MTF-M10 MTFvalue10setting:horzscan[Back] Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 20to85 Display/adj/setrange 20to85...
Page 636 8-171 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD MTF-S10 MTFvalue10setting:vertscan[Back] DFCH2K2 ComplexchartNo.2data(B&W)[Front] Lv.1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation. Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheB&Wdata(for EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. paperfront)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 20to85 Display/adj/setrange 1to2550 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 637 8-172 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD DFCH-K2 ComplexchartNo.2data(B&W)[Back] DFTAR-BW Shadingtargetvalue(B&W)[Frontside] Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearity,settheB&Wdata(for Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB,enterthevalueof paperback)ofNo.2imageinDADFcomplexchart. servicelabel. EnterthevalueofservicelabelontheReader. WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paperfront), executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL3,DF-WLVL4 Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata andwritethevaluewhichisautomaticallysetintheservice Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. label. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. • Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Caution • WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper Display/adj/setrange 1to2550 front) Unit Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Appropriatetargetvalue 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Defaultvalue 2000 Caution Requiredtime...
Page 638 8-173 COPIER>ADJUST>CCD COPIER>ADJUST>CCD DFTBK-B Shadingtargetvalue(B)[Backside] CCD-CHG2 Scanner Unit(paper back) rplce flag set Lv.1 Details WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB,enterthevalueof Lv.1 Details To set the calculation mode of MTF filter coefficient that is used servicelabel. atthereplacementofScannerUnit(paperback). WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit(paper WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit(paperback),enter1.When back),executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CCD>DF-WLVL1,DF- replacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter WLVL2andwritethevaluewhichisautomaticallysetinthe thevalueofservicelabel. • servicelabel. Usecase WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit(paperback) •...
Page 639 8-174 IMG-REG COPIER>ADJUST>IMG-REG REG-H-K AdjBkcolorwritestartpstn:horzscan COPIER>ADJUST>IMG-REG Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofblackcolorimageinthe REG-H-Y AdjYcolorwritestartpstn:horzscan horizontalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel. Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofyellowcolorimageinthe Usecase Whenblackcolordisplacementinthehorizontalscanning horizontalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel. directionoccurs Usecase Whenyellowcolordisplacementinthehorizontalscanning Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and directionoccurs pressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. pressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Unit 1pixel Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Appropriatetargetvalue Unit 1pixel Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 640 8-175 COPIER>ADJUST>IMG-REG COPIER>ADJUST>IMG-REG REG-HS-C AdjCcolorwritestartpstn:horzscan REG-V-Y AdjYcolorwritestartpstn:vertscan Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofcyancolorimageinthe Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofyellowcolorimageinthe horizontalscanningdirectioninsmallerincrementsthan1pixel. verticalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel. Usecase Whencyancolordisplacementinthehorizontalscanning Usecase Whenyellowcolordisplacementintheverticalscanningdirection directionoccurs(smallerthan1pixel) occurs Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange 0to127 Unit 1/32pixel Unit 1line Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 641 8-176 COPIER>ADJUST>IMG-REG COPIER>ADJUST>IMG-REG REG-V-K AdjBkcolorwritestartpstn:vertscan REG-V-M AdjMcolorwritestartpstn:vertscan Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofblackcolorimageinthe Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewritestartpositionofmagentacolorimageinthe verticalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel. verticalscanningdirectioninincrementsof1pixel. Usecase Whenblackcolordisplacementintheverticalscanningdirection Usecase Whenmagentacolordisplacementintheverticalscanning occurs directionoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 1line Unit 1line Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 642 8-177 DENS COPIER>ADJUST>DENS SGNL-C Ctonerdensvalueentryatinitialize COPIER>ADJUST>DENS Lv.1 Details ToentertheCtonerdensityvalueofPatchSensor(Center)at SGNL-Y Ytonerdensvalueentryatinitialize initialization. Lv.1 Details ToentertheYtonerdensityvalueofPatchSensor(Center)at Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter initialization. RAMclear Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. RAMclear 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime...
Page 643 8-178 COPIER>ADJUST>DENS COPIER>ADJUST>DENS REF-M Mtonerdensitytargetvalueentry SGNL-K Bktonerdensvalueentryatinitialize Lv.1 Details ToentertheATRSensor(M)targetvalueofATRcontrolafter Lv.1 Details ToentertheBktonerdensityvalueofPatchSensor(Center)at RAMclear. initialization. Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter RAMclear RAMclear Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to255 Display/adj/setrange 0to1023 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue 94(atRAMclear).Thisischangedbyinitialization. Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime...
Page 644 8-179 COPIER>ADJUST>DENS COPIER>ADJUST>DENS DMAX-M AdjD-maxctrlMcolordenstargetVL P-TG-Y AdjofATRcontrolY-colortargetvalue Lv.2 Details Animagefailuremightoccurbecausethedensitytargetvalue Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheATRpatchtargetvalueforY. oftheD-maxcontrolbecomesoutofthesettingtabledueto Whenthetargetvaluedetermineduponinitializationischanged, environmentchange. theT/Dratioisalsochanged. AdjusttheoffsetofthemagentadensitytargetvalueofD-max Fogginganddensityincreasearealleviatedwhenthevalueis control. smaller,andcarrieradherenceisalleviatedwhenitislarger. TheoffsetisresetwhenD-maxcontrol(FullAdjust)isexecuted. Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur Usecase Whenanyimagefailureoccursduetoenvironmentchange Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. andpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. • 3)Make50printsofapprox.10%imageratio(ex.COPIER> Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. • TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times. Thisislimitedfortheuseofprintermodel. 4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust. Display/adj/setrange -128to128...
Page 645 8-180 COPIER>ADJUST>DENS COPIER>ADJUST>DENS P-TG-M AdjofATRcontrolM-colortargetvalue P-TG-C AdjofATRcontrolC-colortargetvalue Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheATRpatchtargetvalueforM. Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheATRpatchtargetvalueforC. Whenthetargetvaluedetermineduponinitializationischanged, Whenthetargetvaluedetermineduponinitializationischanged, theT/Dratioisalsochanged. theT/Dratioisalsochanged. Fogginganddensityincreasearealleviatedwhenthevalueis Fogginganddensityincreasearealleviatedwhenthevalueis smaller,andcarrieradherenceisalleviatedwhenitislarger. smaller,andcarrieradherenceisalleviatedwhenitislarger. Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey. andpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 3)Make50printsofapprox.10%imageratio(ex.COPIER> 3)Make50printsofapprox.10%imageratio(ex.COPIER> TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times. TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times. 4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust. 4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust. Caution Execute the Auto Adjust Gradation first to increase the density.
Page 646 8-181 COPIER>ADJUST>DENS COPIER>ADJUST>DENS P-TG-K AdjofATRcontrolBk-colortargetvalue P-ALPHA AdjustmentofPatchSensoralphavalue Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheATRpatchtargetvalueforBk. Lv.1 Details To adjust the adjustment coefficient alpha for the patch sensor . Whenthetargetvaluedetermineduponinitializationischanged, Thevaluemultipliedby1000isdisplayedinthescreen. theT/Dratioisalsochanged. WhenreplacingthePatchSensorUnit,enterthevalueofthe Fogginganddensityincreasearealleviatedwhenthevalueis servicelabel. smaller,andcarrieradherenceisalleviatedwhenitislarger. Usecase WhenadensityreadingerrorofthePatchSensoroccurs Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. andpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 647 8-182 COPIER>ADJUST>DENS COPIER>ADJUST>DENS P-K-M AdjMcolorptchdensconvscoeffctk REF-K Bktonerdensitytargetvalueentry Lv.2 Details To adjust the magenta patch density conversion coefficient k Lv.2 Details ToentertheATRSensor(Bk)targetvalueofATRcontrolafter valueofthePatchSensor. RAMclear. Thevaluemultipliedby100isdisplayedonthescreen. Usecase WhencheckingthevaluebeforeRAMclearandre-enteritafter Usecase WhenthePatchSensorfailstoreadthedensity RAMclear Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Display/adj/setrange 0to2047 Display/adj/setrange 0to255 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 648 8-183 COPIER>ADJUST>DENS COPIER>ADJUST>DENS DMLMT-HM MtonerchargingDCvoltageupperlimit DMLMT-HK BktonerchargingDCvoltageupperlimit Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargingDCvoltageupperlimitforM Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargingDCvoltageupperlimitforBk inD-maxcontrol. inD-maxcontrol. Usecase WhenafailureoccursduetolimiterofD-maxcontrol Usecase WhenafailureoccursduetolimiterofD-maxcontrol Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>QuickAdjust. 2)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>QuickAdjust. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Display/adj/setrange -300to300 Display/adj/setrange -300to300 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode...
Page 649 8-184 COPIER>ADJUST>DENS COPIER>ADJUST>DENS DMLMT-LM MtonerchargingDCvoltagelowerlimit DMLMT-LK BktonerchargingDCvoltagelowerlimit Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargingDCvoltagelowerlimitforM Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargingDCvoltagelowerlimitforBk inD-maxcontrol. inD-maxcontrol. Usecase WhenafailureoccursduetolimiterofD-maxcontrol Usecase WhenafailureoccursduetolimiterofD-maxcontrol Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>QuickAdjust. 2)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>QuickAdjust. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Display/adj/setrange -300to300 Display/adj/setrange -300to300 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode...
Page 650 8-185 COPIER>ADJUST>DENS COPIER>ADJUST>DENS CONT-M ATRSensor(M)controlvoltageentry CONT-K ATRSensor(Bk)controlvoltageentry Lv.1 Details ToenterthedensitydetectioncontrolvoltageofATRSensor(M). Lv.1 Details ToenterthedensitydetectioncontrolvoltageofATRSensor(Bk). WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter thevalueofservicelabel. thevalueofservicelabel. Usecase WhenthebackupdataisclearedbyRAMclear,etc. Usecase WhenthebackupdataisclearedbyRAMclear,etc. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe servicelabel. servicelabel. Display/adj/setrange 32to68 Display/adj/setrange 32to68 Unit 0.1V Unit 0.1V Appropriatetargetvalue 32to68 Appropriatetargetvalue 32to68...
Page 651 8-186 BLANK COPIER>ADJUST>BLANK BLANK-R Adjustmentofrightedgemargin COPIER>ADJUST>BLANK Lv.1 Details Toadjustthemarginontherightedgeofpaper. BLANK-T Adjustmentofleadingedgemargin Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginisincreasedtoward Lv.1 Details Toadjustthemarginontheleadingedgeofpaper. thecenterofthepaperby1pixel(0.0847mm). Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginisincreasedtoward • Usecase Whenreducingthemarginuponuser'srequest thecenterofthepaperby1pixel(0.0847mm). • When enlarging the margin for transfer separation/fixing • Usecase Whenreducingthemarginuponuser'srequest separation • When enlarging the margin for transfer separation/fixing Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Page 652 8-187 V-CONT COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT VCONT-M AdjofMcolorcontrastpotential COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecontrastpotentialforM. VCONT-Y AdjofYcolorcontrastpotential Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontrastpotentialchanges Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecontrastpotentialforY. by10V. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontrastpotentialchanges +:Imagebecomesdarker. by10V. -:Imagebecomeslighter. +:Imagebecomesdarker. Whenthevalueistoolarge,paperwindsaroundtheFixing -:Imagebecomeslighter. Rolleroratransferfailureoccurs. Whenthevalueistoolarge,paperwindsaroundtheFixing Inprinciple,theadjustmentofthedensityshouldbeperformed Rolleroratransferfailureoccurs. inAdjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density Inprinciple,theadjustmentofthedensityshouldbeperformed AdjustmentMode. inAdjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density Usecase WhenadjustingthedensityofD-maxcontrolinthecasethatan AdjustmentMode. imagedensityfailureoccurs Usecase WhenadjustingthedensityofD-maxcontrolinthecasethatan Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) imagedensityfailureoccurs andpressOKkey.
Page 653 8-188 COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT VCONT-C AdjofCcolorcontrastpotential VCONT-K AdjofBkcolorcontrastpotential Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecontrastpotentialforC. Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthecontrastpotentialVcontforBk. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontrastpotentialchanges Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontrastpotentialchanges by10V. by10V. +:Imagebecomesdarker. +:Imagebecomesdarker. -:Imagebecomeslighter. -:Imagebecomeslighter. Whenthevalueistoolarge,paperwindsaroundtheFixing Whenthevalueistoolarge,paperwindsaroundtheFixingBelt Rolleroratransferfailureoccurs. oratransferfailureoccurs. Inprinciple,theadjustmentofthedensityshouldbeperformed Inprinciple,theadjustmentofthedensityshouldbeperformed inAdjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density inAdjustment/Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>Density AdjustmentMode. AdjustmentMode. Usecase WhenadjustingthedensityofD-maxcontrolinthecasethatan Usecase WhenadjustingthedensityofD-maxcontrolinthecasethatan imagedensityfailureoccurs imagedensityfailureoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey.
Page 654 8-189 COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT VBACK-Y AdjYcolorfoggingremovalpotential VBACK-M AdjMcolorfoggingremovalpotential Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthefoggingremovalpotentialVbackforY. Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthefoggingremovalpotentialVbackforM. AvalueobtainedbyaddingtheadjustmentvalueinAdjustment/ AvalueobtainedbyaddingtheadjustmentvalueinAdjustment/ Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>CorrectColorCasttothe Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>CorrectColorCasttothe foggingremovalpotentialissetasthefoggingadjustmentvalue. foggingremovalpotentialissetasthefoggingadjustmentvalue. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thefoggingremovalpotential Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thefoggingremovalpotential changesby5V. changesby5V. +:Fogging,blankingofimageedge,andcarrieradherenceare +:Fogging,blankingofimageedge,andcarrieradherenceare alleviated. alleviated. -:Coarseimage,blankingofimageedge,andcarrier -:Coarseimage,blankingofimageedge,andcarrier adherencearealleviated. adherencearealleviated. Usecase AttheoccurrenceofYfogging Usecase AttheoccurrenceofMfogging Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey. andpressOKkey.
Page 655 8-190 COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT VBACK-C AdjCcolorfoggingremovalpotential VBACK-K AdjBkcolorfoggingremovalpotential Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthefoggingremovalpotentialVbackforC. Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthefoggingremovalpotentialVbackfor AvalueobtainedbyaddingtheadjustmentvalueinAdjustment/ Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>CorrectColorCasttothe AvalueobtainedbyaddingtheadjustmentvalueinAdjustment/ foggingremovalpotentialissetasthefoggingadjustmentvalue. Maintenance>AdjustImageQuality>CorrectColorCasttothe Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thefoggingremovalpotential foggingremovalpotentialissetasthefoggingadjustmentvalue. changesby5V. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thefoggingremovalpotential +:Fogging,blankingofimageedge,andcarrieradherenceare changesby5V. alleviated. +:Fogging,blankingofimageedge,andcarrieradherenceare -:Coarseimage,blankingofimageedge,andcarrier alleviated. adherencearealleviated. -:Coarseimage,blankingofimageedge,andcarrier adherencearealleviated. Usecase AttheoccurrenceofCfogging Usecase AttheoccurrenceofBkfogging Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 656 8-191 COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT COPIER>ADJUST>V-CONT PT-VCT-Y AdjofYcolortargetcontrastpotential PT-VCT-C AdjofCcolortargetcontrastpotential Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheYpatchtargetcontrastpotentialforD-maxPASCAL Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheCpatchtargetcontrastpotentialforD-max control. PASCALcontrol. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetargetcontrastpotential Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetargetcontrastpotential changesby1V. changesby1V. +:Potentialisincreased. +:Potentialisincreased. -:Potentialisdecreased. -:Potentialisdecreased. Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur Usecase Whendensityfailures,fogging,andcarrieradherence,etc.occur Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey. andpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 3)Print50sheetsofimagewithapprox.10%imageratio(e.g. 3)Print50sheetsofimagewithapprox.10%imageratio(e.g. COPIER>TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times. COPIER>TEST>PG>TYPE:16)4times. 4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust. 4)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust. Caution Caution...
Page 657 8-192 PASCAL COPIER>ADJUST>PASCAL OFST-P-C Cdensityadjattestprintreading COPIER>ADJUST>PASCAL Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofCcolortestprintreadingsignalatAuto OFST-P-Y Ydensityadjattestprintreading AdjustGradation(FullAdjust). Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofYcolortestprintreadingsignalatAuto WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, AdjustGradation(FullAdjust). enterthevalueofservicelabel. WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, Asthegreatervalueisset,theimageafteradjustmentgets enterthevalueofservicelabel. darker. Asthegreatervalueisset,theimageafteradjustmentgets Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata darker. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata andpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. andpressOKkey. Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. servicelabel. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
Page 658 8-193 COLOR COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR ADJ-C Ccolorbalanceadjustment COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR Lv.1 Details ToadjustthedefaultvalueofthecolorbalanceforCwhenthe ADJ-Y Ycolorbalanceadjustment densityofCvariesbetweenmachines. Lv.1 Details ToadjustthedefaultvalueofthecolorbalanceforYwhenthe Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. densityofYvariesbetweenmachines. If the value is too large, a transfer failure and/or a fixing failure Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. occurs. If the value is too large, a transfer failure and/or a fixing failure Usecase Whenalleviatingthevariationofthedensitybetweenmachines occurs....
Page 659 8-194 COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR OFST-Y AdjofYbrightareadens&colorbalance OFST-M AdjofMbrightareadens&colorbalance Lv.1 Details ToadjustthebrightareadensityandcolorbalanceofY. Lv.1 Details Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. ToadjustthebrightareadensityandcolorbalanceofM. Lowerthevaluewhenthebackgroundcannotbereadcorrectly Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. becausethedensityofadocumentisdarkandincreasethe Lowerthevaluewhenthebackgroundcannotbereadcorrectly valuewhenthedensityofadocumentislight. becausethedensityofadocumentisdarkandincreasethe Lowerthevaluewhenremovalofthebackgroundisnot valuewhenthedensityofadocumentislight. performedcorrectlyandafogging-likeimageappears. Lowerthevaluewhenremovalofthebackgroundisnot ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust performedcorrectlyandafogging-likeimageappears. ImageQuality>ColorBalanceinusermode. ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust • ImageQuality>ColorBalanceinusermode. Usecase Whenthebackgroundofadocumentcannotbereadcorrectly • • Whenremovalofthebackgroundcannotbeperformed Usecase Whenthebackgroundofadocumentcannotbereadcorrectly • correctlyandafogging-likeimageappears Whenremovalofthebackgroundcannotbeperformed correctlyandafogging-likeimageappears Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)...
Page 660 8-195 COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR OFST-C AdjofCbrightareadens&colorbalance OFST-K AdjBkbrightareadens&colorbalance Lv.1 Details ToadjustthebrightareadensityandcolorbalanceofC. Lv.1 Details ToadjustthebrightareadensityandcolorbalanceofBk. Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. Lowerthevaluewhenthebackgroundcannotbereadcorrectly Lowerthevaluewhenthebackgroundcannotbereadcorrectly becausethedensityofadocumentisdarkandincreasethe becausethedensityofadocumentisdarkandincreasethe valuewhenthedensityofadocumentislight. valuewhenthedensityofadocumentislight. Lowerthevaluewhenremovalofthebackgroundisnot Lowerthevaluewhenremovalofthebackgroundisnot performedcorrectlyandafogging-likeimageappears. performedcorrectlyandafogging-likeimageappears. ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust ImageQuality>ColorBalanceinusermode. ImageQuality>ColorBalanceinusermode. • • Usecase Whenthebackgroundofadocumentcannotbereadcorrectly Usecase Whenthebackgroundofadocumentcannotbereadcorrectly • • Whenremovalofthebackgroundcannotbeperformed Whenremovalofthebackgroundcannotbeperformed correctlyandafogging-likeimageappears correctlyandafogging-likeimageappears Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)...
Page 661 8-196 COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR LD-OFS-M ColorbalanceadjofMlowdensarea LD-OFS-K ColorbalanceadjofBklowdensarea Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceofthelowdensityareaofM. Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceofthelowdensityareaofBk. Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust ImageQuality>ColorBalance. ImageQuality>ColorBalance. Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey. andpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -8to8 Display/adj/setrange -8to8 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 662 8-197 COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR MD-OFS-M ColorbalanceadjofMmiddensarea MD-OFS-K ColorbalanceadjofBkmiddensarea Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceoftheintermediatedensityareaofM. Lv.2 Details Toadjustthecolorbalanceoftheintermediatedensityareaof Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. ImageQuality>ColorBalance. ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust ImageQuality>ColorBalance. Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. andpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Display/adj/setrange -8to8 Display/adj/setrange -8to8 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 663 8-198 COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR COPIER>ADJUST>COLOR HD-OFS-M ColorbalanceadjofMhighdensarea HD-OFS-K ColorbalanceadjofBkhighdensarea Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceofthehighdensityareaofM. Lv.2 Details ToadjustthecolorbalanceofthehighdensityareaofBk. Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetsdarker. ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust ThissettingislinkedwithAdjustment/Maintenance>Adjust ImageQuality>ColorBalance. ImageQuality>ColorBalance. Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Usecase Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey. andpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -8to8 Display/adj/setrange -8to8 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 664 8-199 HV-PRI COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI DIS-TGC DischgcrrntctrlCtgtcrrntadj:1/1SPD COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheCtargetcurrentatdischargecurrent DIS-TGY DischgcrrntctrlYtgtcrrntadj:1/1SPD controlinplainpaper(1/1speed). Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheYtargetcurrentatdischargecurrent Usecase Whenaimagefailure(sand-likeimage)occurs controlinplainpaper(1/1speed). Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Usecase Whenaimagefailure(sand-likeimage)occurs andpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. andpressOKkey. Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange -10to10 Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Unit 5uA Display/adj/setrange -10to10 Appropriatetargetvalue -5to5 Unit 5uA Defaultvalue...
Page 665 8-200 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI DIS-TGY2 DischgcrrntctrlYtgtadj:1/2,1/3SPD DIS-TGC2 DischgcrrntctrlCtgtadj:1/2,1/3SPD Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheYtargetcurrentatdischargecurrent Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetoftheCtargetcurrentatdischargecurrent controlinplainpaper(1/2,1/3speed). controlinplainpaper(1/2,1/3speed). Usecase Whenaimagefailure(sand-likeimage)occurs Usecase Whenaimagefailure(sand-likeimage)occurs Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey. andpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Display/adj/setrange -10to10 Display/adj/setrange -10to10 Unit 5uA Unit 5uA Appropriatetargetvalue -5to5 Appropriatetargetvalue -5to5...
Page 666 8-201 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI OFSTAC-Y AdjofYclrchargeACcurrent:1/1SPD OFSTAC-C AdjofCclrchargeACcurrent:1/1SPD Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforY. Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforC. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecurrentvalueisincreased Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecurrentvalueisincreased by20uA. by20uA. Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs. valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs. • • Usecase Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure Usecase Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure • • Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. • • Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
Page 667 8-202 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI OFSTAC-K AdjofBkclrchargeACcurrent:1/1SPD OFSTACM2 AdjofMclrchargeACcurrent:1/2SPD Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforBk. Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforMat1/2speed. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecurrentvalueisincreased Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetisincreasedby50 by20uA. Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs. valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs. • • Usecase Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure Usecase Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure • • Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. • Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. • Ifthevalueistoolarge,thelifeofthePhotosensitiveDrum Display/adj/setrange -10to10...
Page 668 8-203 HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-PRI OFSTACK2 AdjofBkclrchargeACcurrent:1/2SPD COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthechargeACcurrentforBkat1/2speed. 1TR-TGY AdjofprmrytrnsATVCYtargetcurrent Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetisincreasedby50 Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthetargetcurrentforYuponprimary transferATVCcontrol. Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetisincreasedby2uA. valuewhenthedensityishighoraspottedimageoccurs. Increasethevalueifspottymarkormottledimageoccurs. • Usecase Attheoccurrenceofanimagedensityfailure Decreasethevalueifwhitespotsoccur. • Attheoccurrenceofaspottedimage Usecase Whenanimagefailureduetotheprimarytransferoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly. andpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange -10to10 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Unit 50Vpp Caution Appropriatetargetvalue -5to5...
Page 669 8-204 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 1TR-TGC AdjofprmrytrnsATVCCtargetcurrent 2TR-N1 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:lowhmdypln1st Lv.2 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofthetargetcurrentforCuponprimary Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideofplain transferATVCcontrol. paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlowhumidity,600 Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetisincreasedby2uA. dpi). Increasethevalueifspottymarkormottledimageoccurs. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Decreasethevalueifwhitespotsoccur. conditions Usecase Whenanimagefailureduetotheprimarytransferoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) pressOKkey. andpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Caution Unit 0.2uA Display/adj/setrange -50to50 Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20 Unit 1uA...
Page 670 8-205 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-P1 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:lowhmdycrd1st 2TR-H1 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:lowhmdyhvy1st Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stside postcard/envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow ofheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow humidity). humidity). Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 0.2uA Unit 0.2uA Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20 Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20...
Page 671 8-206 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-UH1 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyexthvy1st 2TR-N12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdypln1st Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof extraheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow plain/plain2/thinpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(in humidity) normalhumidity,600dpi). Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 0.2uA Unit 0.2uA Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20 Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20...
Page 672 8-207 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-H12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyhvy1st 2TR-UH12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyexthvy1st Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof heavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal extraheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal humidity). humidity). Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 0.2uA Unit 0.2uA Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20 Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20...
Page 673 8-208 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-P12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdycrd1st 2TR-N13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdypln1st Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof postcard/envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal plain/plain2/thinpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(in humidity). highhumidity,600dpi). Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 0.2uA Unit 0.2uA Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20 Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20...
Page 674 8-209 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-H13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyhvy1st 2TR-UH13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyexthvy1st Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stside Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof ofheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh extraheavypaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh humidity). humidity). Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 0.2uA Unit 0.2uA Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20 Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20...
Page 675 8-210 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-P13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdycrd1st 2TR-O1 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:lowhmdytransp Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthetransparencyat postcard/envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh secondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlowhumidity). humidity). Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 0.2uA Unit 0.2uA Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20 Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20 Defaultvalue...
Page 676 8-211 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-O13 SectrnsATVCtgtcrrnt:highhmdytransp 1TR-TGKT PrytrnsATVCBktgtcrrntadj:Bkonly Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthetransparencyat Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheoffsetofprimarytransferATVCcontroltarget secondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhighhumidity). currentinB&Wmode. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theoffsetchangesby1uA. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Ifthevalueistoolarge,foggingetc.duetotransfermemory conditions occursandifitistoosmall,transferfailureetc.occurs. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Usecase WhentheimagefailureduetoprimarytransferoccursinB&W pressOKkey. mode Caution Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Display/adj/setrange -128to127 andpressOKkey. Unit 0.2uA 2)ExecutetheprimarytransferATVC(open/closetheFront Appropriatetargetvalue -20to20 Coveretc.) Defaultvalue Caution Requiredtime Display/adj/setrange...
Page 677 8-212 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-T2 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdythin2nd 2TR-T22 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdythin2nd Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideofthin Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideofthin paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlowhumidity). paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormalhumidity). Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst imageormottledimageetc.occurs. imageormottledimageetc.occurs. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Increase/decreasethevalueby1whilecheckingthesymptom Caution Increase/decreasethevalueby1whilecheckingthesymptom eachtime. eachtime. Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127...
Page 678 8-213 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-T23 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdythin2nd 2TR-R2 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyrcycl2nd Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideofthin Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndside paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhighhumidity). ofrecycledpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor humidity). high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor imageormottledimageetc.occurs. high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst imageormottledimageetc.occurs. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. Caution Increase/decreasethevalueby1whilecheckingthesymptom eachtime. Caution Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit...
Page 679 8-214 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-R22 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyrcycl2nd 2TR-R23 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyrcycl2nd Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideof recycledpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal recycledpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh humidity). humidity). Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst imageormottledimageetc.occurs. imageormottledimageetc.occurs. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 1uA...
Page 680 8-215 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-HN12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyhvypln1st 2TR-HN13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyhvypln1st Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof relativelyheavyplainpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol relativelyheavyplainpaperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol (innormalhumidity). (inhighhumidity). Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst imageormottledimageetc.occurs. imageormottledimageetc.occurs. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 1uA...
Page 681 8-216 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-SH1 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyhvy21st 2TR-SH12 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyhvy21st Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stside Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof ofheavy2paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlow heavy2paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal humidity). humidity). Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst imageormottledimageetc.occurs. imageormottledimageetc.occurs. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 1uA...
Page 682 8-217 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-SH13 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyhvy21st 2TR-E2 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:lowhmdyenvlp2nd Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe1stsideof Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideof heavy2paperatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhigh envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inlowhumidity). humidity). Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst imageormottledimageetc.occurs. imageormottledimageetc.occurs. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 1uA Unit...
Page 683 8-218 COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-E22 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:normhmdyenvlp2nd 2TR-E23 SectrnsATVCcrrnt:highhmdyenvlp2nd Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndside Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheoffsetvalueoftargetcurrentforthe2ndsideof ofenvelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(innormal envelopeatsecondarytransferATVCcontrol(inhighhumidity). humidity). Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst imageormottledimageetc.occurs. imageormottledimageetc.occurs. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasaccordingtothe conditions conditions Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Unit 1uA Unit...
Page 684 8-219 FEED-ADJ COPIER>ADJUST>HV-TR 2TR-OFF BatchadjofsectrnsATVCtargetcrrnt COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ Lv.1 Details Tocollectivelyadjusttheoffsetvaluesoftargetcurrentin REGIST Adjofrgststarttiming:Plainpaper secondarytransferATVCcontrolregardlessofconditions. Lv.1 Details ToadjustthetimingtoturnONtheRegistrationMotorinthecase Ifthevalueistoolarge,densitylossduetoexcessivetransferor ofplainpaper. high-voltagemottledimageetc.occursandifitistoosmall,burst Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleading imageormottledimageetc.occurs. edgeofpaperisincreasedby0.1mm. Usecase Whenadjustingthesecondarytransferbiasifthesamesymptom +:Topmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovesupward.) occursregardlessofconditions -:Topmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovesdownward.) Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter pressOKkey. thevalueofservicelabel. Caution Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Display/adj/setrange -128to127 Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Unit 1uA pressOKkey.
Page 685 8-220 COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ ADJ-C2 Cassette2writestartpstninhorzscan ADJ-C4 Cassette4writestartpstninhorzscan Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagewritestartpositioninthehorizontalscanning Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagewritestartpositioninthehorizontalscanning directionwhenfeedingpaperfromtheCassette2. directionwhenfeedingpaperfromtheCassette4. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof paperisincreasedby0.1mm. paperisincreasedby0.1mm. +:Leftmarginbecomeslarger(Animagemovestotheright.) +:Leftmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovestotheright.) -:Leftmarginbecomessmaller(Animagemovestotheleft.) -:Leftmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovestotheleft.) WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter enterthevalueofservicelabel. thevalueofservicelabel. Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -50to50 Display/adj/setrange -50to50...
Page 686 8-221 COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ ADJ-DK Writestartpstninhorzscan:PprDeck ADJ-C2RE Writestartpstninhorzscan:Cst22nd Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagewritestartpositioninthehorizontalscanning Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagewritestartpositioninthehorizontalscanning directionwhenfeedingpaperfromthePaperDeck. directionfor2ndsidewhenfeedingpaperfromtheCassette2. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof paperisincreasedby0.1mm. paperisincreasedby0.1mm. +:Leftmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovestotheright.) +:Leftmarginbecomeslarger(Animagemovestotheright.) -:Leftmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovestotheleft.) -:Leftmarginbecomessmaller(Animagemovestotheleft.) WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, thevalueofservicelabel. enterthevalueofservicelabel. Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -50to50 Display/adj/setrange -100to100...
Page 687 8-222 COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ ADJ-C4RE Writestartpstninhorzscan:Cst42nd ADJ-MFRE Writestartpstninhorzscan:MPTray2nd Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagewritestartpositioninthehorizontalscanning Lv.1 Details Toadjusttheimagewritestartpositioninthehorizontalscanning directionfor2ndsidewhenfeedingpaperfromtheCassette4. directionfor2ndsidewhenfeedingpaperfromtheMulti-purpose Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof Tray. paperisincreasedby0.1mm. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof +:Leftmarginbecomeslarger(Animagemovestotheright.) paperisincreasedby0.1mm. -:Leftmarginbecomessmaller(Animagemovestotheleft.) +:Leftmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovestotheright.) WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, -:Leftmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovestotheleft.) enterthevalueofservicelabel. WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata, enterthevalueofservicelabel. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -100to100 Display/adj/setrange...
Page 688 8-223 COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ REG-OHT Rgststarttimingadj:Transparency REG-DUP2 Rgststarttimingadj:Heavy,2ndside Lv.1 Details ToadjustthetopmarginbychangingthetimingtoturnONthe Lv.1 Details ToadjustthetopmarginbychangingthetimingtoturnON RegistrationMotorwhenfeedingtransparency. theRegistrationMotorwhenfeedingthesecondsideofheavy Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof paper. paperisincreasedby0.1mm. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginontheleftedgeof +:Topmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovesupward.) paperisincreasedby0.1mm. -:Topmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovesdownward.) +:Topmarginbecomessmaller.(Animagemovesupward.) -:Topmarginbecomeslarger.(Animagemovesdownward.) Usecase Usecase Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -50to50 Display/adj/setrange -50to50 Unit 0.1mm Unit 0.1mm Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 689 8-224 COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ LP-MULT1 MPTraypre-rgstarchamount:Plain REG-SPD SpeedadjustmentofRegistrationMotor Lv.1 Details Toadjustthearchamountbeforeregistrationwhenfeedingplain Lv.1 Details Toadjust1/1speedoftheRegistrationMotor. paperfromtheMulti-purposeTray. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thespeedisincreasedby0.2%. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepre-registrationarch +:Speedup amountchangesby0.5mm. -:Slowdown +:Increase Whenthevalueisdecreased,theblurryimageataround40to -:Decrease 45mmfromtheimagetrailingedgeisalleviated. Usecase Usecase Whenblurryimageoccursataround40to45mmfromtheimage trailingedge Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)and pressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -50to50 Display/adj/setrange -5to5 Unit 0.5mm Unit 0.20%...
Page 690 8-225 CST-ADJ COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ MF-A4 AdjofMPTrayA4paperwidth COPIER>ADJUST>CST-ADJ Lv.1 Details ToadjustthewidthofA4paperintheMulti-purposeTray. MF-A4R AdjofMPTrayA4Rpaperwidth WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter Lv.1 Details ToadjustthewidthofA4RpaperintheMulti-purposeTray. thevalueofservicelabel. WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata,enter Whenregisteringanewvalue,executeCOPIER>FUNCTION> thevalueofservicelabel. CST>A4. Whenregisteringanewvalue,executeCOPIER>FUNCTION> • Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata CST>A4R. • Whenregisteringanewvalue. • Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. • Whenregisteringanewvalue. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Afterthesettingvalueischanged,writethechangedvalueinthe 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. servicelabel.
Page 691 8-226 MISC COPIER>ADJUST>MISC ACS-ADJ SetcriteriaforB&W/colorinACS:front COPIER>ADJUST>MISC Lv.1 Details TosetthejudgmentlevelofB&W/colororiginalinACSmode. SEG-ADJ Setcriteriafortext/photo:frontside Asthevalueisincreased,theoriginaltendstobedetectedas Lv.1 Details Tosetthejudgmentleveloftext/photooriginalinText/Photo/Map aB&Wdocument,andasthevalueisdecreased,theoriginal mode. tendstobedetectedasacolordocument. Asthevalueisincreased,theoriginaltendstobedetectedas Usecase WhenadjustingthecolordetectionlevelinACSmode aphotodocument,andasthevalueisdecreased,theoriginal Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) tendstobedetectedasatextdocument. andpressOKkey. Usecase When adjusting the classification level of text and photo in Text/ 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Photo/Mapmode Caution Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key)...
Page 692 8-227 COPIER>ADJUST>MISC COPIER>ADJUST>MISC ACS-CNT SetjdgmtpixelcountareainACS:front ACS-CNT2 SetACSjdgmtpixelcountareainDADF Lv.2 Details Tosettheareawhichcountsthepixeltojudgethecolor Lv.2 Details Tosettheareawhichcountsthepixeltojudgethecolor presenceinACSmode. presenceinACSmodeatDADFreading. Asthegreatervalueisset,thejudgmentareaiswidened. Asthegreatervalueisset,thejudgmentareaiswiden. Usecase Whenadjustingtheareawhichcountsthepixeltojudgethe Usecase Whenadjustingtheareawhichcountsthepixeltojudgethe colorpresenceinACSmode colorpresenceinACSmodeatDADFreading Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey. andpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -2to2 Display/adj/setrange -2to2 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 693 8-228 COPIER>ADJUST>MISC COPIER>ADJUST>MISC SEG-ADJ3 Settext/photojdgmtstdrd:backside ACS-ADJ3 SetACSB&W/colorjdgmtstdrd:backside Lv.1 Details Tosetthejudgmentleveloftext/photooriginalinText/Photo/Map Lv.1 Details TosetthejudgmentlevelofB&W/colororiginalinACSmode mode(backsideatduplexreadingwith1path). (backsideatduplexreadingwith1path). Asthevalueisincreased,theoriginaltendstobedetectedas Asthevalueisincreased,theoriginaltendstobedetectedas aphotodocument,andasthevalueisdecreased,theoriginal aB&Wdocument,andasthevalueisdecreased,theoriginal tendstobedetectedasatextdocument. tendstobedetectedasacolordocument. Usecase When adjusting the classification level of text and photo in Text/ Usecase WhenadjustingthecolordetectionlevelinACSmode(backside Photo/Mapmode(backsideatduplexreadingwith1path) atduplexreadingwith1path) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) andpressOKkey.
Page 694 8-229 COPIER>ADJUST>MISC COPIER>ADJUST>MISC ACS-CNT3 ACSmodejdgmtpixelcountarea:back SH-ADJ Adjustmentofsharpness Lv.2 Details Tosettheareawhichcountsthepixeltojudgethecolor Lv.1 Details Toadjustthesharpnessofthefollowingimageswhicharesetin presenceinACSmode(backsideatduplexreadingwith1path). theusermode: Asthegreatervalueisset,thejudgmentareaiswiden. -Imagetobereadinthecopyboardreadingmode - Image on the first side of a document to be read in the Usecase Whenadjustingtheareawhichcountsthepixeltojudgethe reverse-pathduplexstreamreadingmode colorpresenceinACSmode(backsideatduplexreadingwith1 - Image on the first side of a document to be read in the 1-path path) duplexstreamreadingmode Adj/set/operatemethod...
Page 695 8-230 EXP-LED COPIER>ADJUST>MISC SH-ADJ2 Sharpnesssettingchangefunction COPIER>ADJUST>EXP-LED Lv.1 Details Toadjustthesharpnessofimagesonthesecondsideofa PR-EXP-Y SettingofYPre-exposureLEDcurrent document,whichissetintheusermode,inthe1-pathduplex Lv.2 Details TosetthecurrentofYPre-exposureLED. streamreadingmode. Increasethevaluewhentakingameasurefordrumghost. Asthegreatervalueisset,theimagegetssharper. Decreasethevaluewhenpotentialisnotappliedwell. Ifthevalueistoolarge,moireislikelytooccurinanoutput • Usecase When drum ghost is significant (drum pitch is not correct) imageofCOPYandSEND. • Whenpotentialisnotappliedwell Tomatchtheimagequalitywiththatofthesecondsideinthe 1-pathduplexstreamreadingmode,decreasethevaluewhen Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. moire on the first side is stronger than the second side, and increasethevaluewhenitisweaker.
Page 696 8-231 COPIER>ADJUST>EXP-LED PR-EXP-C SettingofCPre-exposureLEDcurrent Lv.2 Details TosetthecurrentofCPre-exposureLED. Increasethevaluewhentakingameasurefordrumghost. Decreasethevaluewhenpotentialisnotappliedwell. • Usecase When drum ghost is significant (drum pitch is not correct) • Whenpotentialisnotappliedwell Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. Display/adj/setrange 0to15 Unit 1/16% Appropriatetargetvalue 10to15 Defaultvalue Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo PR-EXP-K SettingofBkPre-exposureLEDcurrent Lv.2 Details...
Page 697 8-232 COPIER COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL STIR-C StirringofCcolordeveloper Lv.1 Details TostirdeveloperintheCDevelopingAssembly. FUNCTION • Usecase Atinstallationofthemachine • Atoccurrenceofanimagefailure Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. INSTALL Caution COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: STIR-Y StirringofYcolordeveloper Lv.1 Details TostirdeveloperintheYDevelopingAssembly. Unit • Appropriatetargetvalue Usecase Atinstallationofthemachine • Atoccurrenceofanimagefailure Defaultvalue Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Page 698 8-233 COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL STIR-4 Stirringofallcolordeveloper CARD Cardnumbersetting Lv.1 Details TostirdeveloperintheDevelopingAssembliesof4colors(Y/M/ Lv.1 Details TosetthecardnumbertobeusedforCardReader. C/Bk). Aseriesofnumbersfromtheenterednumbertothenumberof • cards specified by CARD-RNG can be used. Usecase Atinstallationofthemachine • • Atoccurrenceofanimagefailure Usecase AtinstallationoftheCardReader • AfterreplacementoftheHDD Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthenumber,andthenpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Caution Thecardmanagementinformation(departmentIDand password)isinitialized.
Page 699 8-234 COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL INISET-Y ExeofYDevAss'yinitialinstallmode INISET-M ExeofMDevAss'yinitialinstallmode Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyexecuteoperationnecessaryforinitial Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyexecuteoperationnecessaryforinitial installationoftheYDevelopingAssembly. installationoftheMDevelopingAssembly. 1.IdlerotationoftheDevelopingAssembly 1.IdlerotationoftheDevelopingAssembly 2.InitializationoftheTonerDensitySensor 2.InitializationoftheTonerDensitySensor 3.SecondarytransferATVCcontrol 3.SecondarytransferATVCcontrol 4.Patchlightintensitycorrection 4.Patchlightintensitycorrection 5.Backgroundcorrection 5.Backgroundcorrection 6.Dischargecurrentcontrol 6.Dischargecurrentcontrol 7.PrimarytransferATVCcontrol 7.PrimarytransferATVCcontrol 8.InitializationofthePatchSensor 8.InitializationofthePatchSensor 9.Autoregistration 9.Autoregistration 10. D-maxcontrol 10. D-maxcontrol 11. D-halfcontrol 11. D-halfcontrol 12. ARCDAT-Lite(createsthetarget) 12. ARCDAT-Lite(createsthetarget) 13. CleaningoftheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller(twice)...
Page 700 8-235 COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL INISET-C ExeofCDevAss'yinitialinstallmode AINR-OFF ON/OFFofwarm-uprotationdeactivation Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyexecuteoperationnecessaryforinitial Lv.1 Details TosetON/OFFtodisableexecutionofwarm-uprotation. installationoftheCDevelopingAssembly. Warm-uprotationcanbeomittedwhenturningOFF/ONthe 1.IdlerotationoftheDevelopingAssembly powertochecktheimage,etc.aftertheadjustmentofwarm-up 2.InitializationoftheTonerDensitySensor rotation,etc.Thismodeisexecutedwhenwarm-uprotationis 3.SecondarytransferATVCcontrol notneeded. • 4.Patchlightintensitycorrection Usecase Atinstallation 5.Backgroundcorrection • WhenreplacingtheDevelopingAssembly 6.Dischargecurrentcontrol Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 7.PrimarytransferATVCcontrol 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 8.InitializationofthePatchSensor Caution Besuretoenabletheoperation(canceldisabling)beforethe 9.Autoregistration machineisusedbytheuser.Theoperationisautomatically 10. D-maxcontrol enabledbyexecutingINISET-Y/M/C/K/4.
Page 701 8-236 COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL RGW-PORT SetportnumberofSalesCo'sserver COM-LOG Disconnecterrorw/SalesCo'sserver Lv.1 Details Tosettheportnumberofthesalescompany'sservertobeused Lv.1 Details Todisplayerrorinformationwhentheconnectionwiththesales forEmbedded-RDS. company'sserverfailed. Usecase WhenusingEmbedded-RDS Usecase WhenusingEmbedded-RDS Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Displayonly 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution BesuretouseE-RDS,RGW-PORT,COM-TEST,COM-LOG Caution BesuretouseE-RDS,RGW-PORT,COM-TEST,COM-LOG andRGW-ADRasaset. andRGW-ADRasaset. Display/adj/setrange Year,date,time,errorcode,errordetailinformation(maximum Display/adj/setrange 1to65535 128characters) Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime...
Page 702 8-237 COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL CNT-DATE SetcountersendstartdatetoSCserver INISET-4 AllcolorDevAss'yinitialinstallmode Lv.1 Details Tosettheyear,month,date,hourandminutetosendcounter Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyexecuteoperationnecessaryforinitial informationtothesalescompany'sserver. installationoftheDevelopingAssembliesof4colors(Y,M,C, ThisisdisplayedonlywhentheEmbedded-RDSthird-party Bk). extendedfunctionisavailable. 1.IdlerotationoftheDevelopingAssembly 2.InitializationoftheTonerDensitySensor Usecase WhentheEmbedded-RDSthird-partyexpandedfunctionis 3.SecondarytransferATVCcontrol available 4.Patchlightintensitycorrection Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 5.Backgroundcorrection 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 6.Dischargecurrentcontrol Caution 7.PrimarytransferATVCcontrol Display/adj/setrange YYYYMMDDHHMM(12digits) 8.InitializationofthePatchSensor YYYY:Year,MM:Month,DD:Date,HH:Hour,MM:Minute 9.Autoregistration Unit 10. D-maxcontrol Appropriatetargetvalue 11. D-halfcontrol Defaultvalue...
Page 703 8-238 COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL COPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL INISET-K ExeofBkDevAss'yinitialinstallmode BRWS-ACT ON/OFFofservicebrowser Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyexecuteoperationnecessaryforinitial Lv.1 Details TosetwhethertosetON/OFFofthebrowserforservicing. installationoftheBkDevelopingAssembly. When 2 is specified, the browser becomes enabled temporarily. 1.IdlerotationoftheDevelopingAssembly Thismodecanbeusedwhencheckingoperation. 2.InitializationoftheTonerDensitySensor • Usecase Whenusingthebrowserforservicing 3.SecondarytransferATVCcontrol • Atoperationcheck 4.Patchlightintensitycorrection Adj/set/operatemethod 5.Backgroundcorrection Caution 6.Dischargecurrentcontrol Display/adj/setrange 0to2 7.PrimarytransferATVCcontrol 0:OFF,1:ON,2:OFFafterON 8.InitializationofthePatchSensor Unit...
Page 704 8-239 COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD DF-LNR DerivingofDADFfront/backlinearity COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD Lv.1 Details Toderivethefront/backsidelinearitycharacteristicsintheuseof DF-WLVL1 Whiteleveladjinbookmode:color DADFbasedonthescanningdataoftheDADFcomplexchart Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewhitelevelforcopyboardscanningautomatically (No.2,No.10). bysettingthepaperwhichisusuallyusedbytheuseronthe CopyboardGlass. Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata • Usecase WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthevalueofthereader'sservicelabel.(underCOPIER> • WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit ADJUST>CCD) • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata DFCH-R2,DFCH-G2,DFCH-B2,DFCH-K2, Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetpaperontheCopyboardGlass. DFCH-R10,DFCH-G10,DFCH-B10,DFCH-K10, 2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. DFCH2R2,DFCH2G2,DFCH2B2,DFCH2K2, Caution BesuretoexecuteDF-WLVL2inarow. DFCH2R10,DFCH2G10,DFCH2B10,DFCH2K10 Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When the operation finished 2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Page 705 8-240 COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD COPIER>FUNCTION>CCD DF-WLVL3 Whiteleveladjinbookmode(B&W) BW-TGT SetofB&Wshadingtargetvalue Lv.1 Details Toadjustthewhitelevelforcopyboardscanningautomatically Lv.1 Details Afterthewhiteleveldata(X/Y/Z)fortheStandardWhitePlateis bysettingthepaperwhichisusuallyusedbytheuseronthe set,readtheStandardWhitePlateandsettheblackandwhite CopyboardGlass. shadingtargetvalue. • Usecase WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass Usecase WhenreplacingtheCopyboardGlass/ScannerUnit • WhenreplacingtheScannerUnit Adj/set/operatemethod • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Caution BesuretoexecutethisitemafterexecutionofCOPIER> Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetpaperontheCopyboardGlass. ADJUST>CCD>W-PLT-X,W-PLT-Y,W-PLT-Z. 2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 1to2047 Caution BesuretoexecuteDF-WLVL4inarow. Unit Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Unit...
Page 706 8-241 COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC DRMRSETM ForcibleexeofMDrumreplacementmode COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC Lv.1 Details WhenreplacementofDrumUnitiscompletedwithin30minutes, DRMRSETY ForcibleexeofYDrumreplacementmode warm-uprotationmaynotbeexecutedatpower-off/onbecause Lv.1 Details WhenreplacementofDrumUnitiscompletedwithin30minutes, of high fixing temperature. In such cases, drum potential warm-uprotationmaynotbeexecutedatpower-off/onbecause becomesunstable,causinganimagefailuretooccur.Toprevent of high fixing temperature. In such cases, drum potential thissymptom,thisitemforciblyexecutesthesameoperation becomesunstable,causinganimagefailuretooccur.Toprevent aswarm-uprotation.Atthistime,laserpowervalues,etc.,that thissymptom,thisitemforciblyexecutesthesameoperationas werecorrectedaccordingtoMdrumcounter,totalchargingtime, warm-uprotation.Atthistime,laserpowervalues,etc.,thatwere targetVdvaluesforpotentialcontrolanddrumdurabilityare correctedaccordingtoYdrumcounter,totalchargingtime,target reset.
Page 707 8-242 COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC COPIER>FUNCTION>DPC DRMRSETC ForcibleexeofCDrumreplacementmode DRMRSETK ForcibleexeofBkDrumreplacementmode Lv.1 Details WhenreplacementofDrumUnitiscompletedwithin30minutes, Lv.1 Details WhenreplacementofDrumUnitiscompletedwithin30minutes, warm-uprotationmaynotbeexecutedatpower-off/onbecause warm-uprotationmaynotbeexecutedatpower-off/onbecause of high fixing temperature. In such cases, drum potential of high fixing temperature. In such cases, drum potential becomesunstable,causinganimagefailuretooccur.Toprevent becomesunstable,causinganimagefailuretooccur.Toprevent thissymptom,thisitemforciblyexecutesthesameoperation thissymptom,thisitemforciblyexecutesthesameoperationas aswarm-uprotation.Atthistime,laserpowervalues,etc.,that warm-uprotation.Atthistime,laserpowervalues,etc.,thatwere werecorrectedaccordingtoCdrumcounter,totalchargingtime, correctedaccordingtoBkdrumcounter,totalchargingtime, targetVdvaluesforpotentialcontrolanddrumdurabilityare targetVdvaluesforpotentialcontrolanddrumdurabilityare...
Page 708 8-243 COPIER>FUNCTION>CST MF-A4 RegMulti-purposeTrayA4standardwidth COPIER>FUNCTION>CST Lv.1 Details ToregisterthestandardvalueofA4paperwidth(297mm)on MF-A4R RegMulti-purposeTrayA4Rstdrdwidth theMulti-purposeTray. Lv.1 Details ToregisterthestandardvalueofA4Rpaperwidth(210mm)on Make a fine adjustment by COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> theMulti-purposeTray. MF-A4. Make a fine adjustment by COPIER> ADJUST> CST-ADJ> MF- Usecase A4R. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetA4paperontheMulti-purposeTray,andsettheguideso Usecase that it fits the paper width. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SetA4RpaperontheMulti-purposeTray,andsettheguideso 2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Page 709 8-244 CLEANING COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEANING 2TR-CLN CleanofSecondaryTransferOuterRoller COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEANING Lv.1 Details TocleanpaperdustadheredontheSecondaryTransferOuter DEVL-CLN CleaningofDevelopingAssembly Roller. Lv.1 Details TocleantheDevelopingAssemblybyforciblyconsumingthe BoththePrimaryTransferRollerandtheSecondaryTransfer deterioratedtoner. OuterRollerareengagedtotheITB. Itisexecutedbytheuser'ssystemadministrator. TheProcessUnitdoesoperationthatisthesameatimage Usecase Whenlightdensity,etc.occursafteroperatingthemachineina formation.Itforms4tonerbandswhichthe4colorsarelaidon lowdutyandhighhumidityenvironmentforalongperiodoftime topofanotherontheITB. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Thebasevoltage(Vb)calculatedwiththeSecondaryTransfer Caution ATVCcontrolisappliedtotheSecondaryTransferOuterRoller untilthetonerbandspassthrough,sothattonerisadheredon Display/adj/setrange theSecondaryTransferOuterRoller. Unit Afterthetonerbandspassed,SecondaryTransferOuterRoller Appropriatetargetvalue cleaningcontrolisexecuted(positive/reversebiasisapplied Defaultvalue every2rotationsoftheroller).TonerisadheredontheITB. Requiredtime WhenthetoneradheredontheITBpassedthroughtheITB Relatedservicemode CleaningUnit,theoperationisstopped....
Page 710 8-245 FIXING COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEANING TNR-COAT ExetonercoatingmodetoSecTrnsRoll COPIER>FUNCTION>FIXING Lv.1 Details WhenusinganewSecondaryTransferOuterRoller,materialon NIP-CHK Check of fixing nip width thesurfaceoftherollerscrapesagainsttheITBandadhereson Lv.1 Details To check whether the fixing nip width is appropriate by printing. it,causinganwhitespotimage. If it is not appropriate, a fixing failure may occur. Withthetonercoatingmode,theITBiscleanedbycoatingthe •...
Page 711 8-246 PANEL COPIER>FUNCTION>PANEL LED-OFF EndcheckofControlPanelLED COPIER>FUNCTION>PANEL Lv.1 Details ToterminatecheckingoftheLEDontheControlPanel. LCD-CHK CheckofLCDPaneldotmissing Usecase DuringexecutionofLED-CHK Lv.1 Details TocheckwhetherthereisamissingdotontheLCDPanelofthe Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. ControlPanel. Caution Usecase WhenreplacingtheLCDPanel Display/adj/setrange Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Unit 2)CheckthattheLCDPanellightsupintheorderofwhite, Appropriatetargetvalue black,red,greenandblue. Defaultvalue 3)PressSTOPkeytoterminatechecking. Requiredtime Caution Relatedservicemode COPIER>FUNCTION>PANEL>LED-CHK Display/adj/setrange Relatedusermode Unit Supplement/memo Appropriatetargetvalue KEY-CHK Checkofkeyentry Defaultvalue...
Page 712 8-247 PART-CHK COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK Specification of operation Fan COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK Lv.1 Details TospecifytheFantooperate. Specification of operation Clutch Usecase WhenreplacingtheFan/checkingtheoperation Lv.1 Details Tospecifytheclutchtooperate. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase WhenreplacingtheClutch/checkingtheoperation Caution Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 1to10 Caution 1:FixingHeatExhaustFan1(FM1) Display/adj/setrange 1to5 2:FixingHeatExhaustFan2(FM2) 1:Multi-purposePickupClutch(CL1) 3:Notused 2:TonerSupplyClutch(Y)(CL2) 4:ProcessCartridgeFan(Rear)(FM4) 3:TonerSupplyClutch(M)(CL3) 5:FixingCoolingFan(Front)(FM5) 4:TonerSupplyClutch(C)(CL4) 6:FixingCoolingFan(Rear)(FM6) 5:TonerSupplyClutch(Bk)(CL5)
Page 713 8-248 COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK Specification of operation Motor MTR-ON OperationcheckofMotor Lv.1 Details TospecifytheMotortooperate. Lv.1 Details To start operation check of the Motor specified by MTR. Theoperationautomaticallystopsafteroperationof5seconds. Usecase WhenreplacingtheMotor/checkingtheoperation Usecase WhenreplacingtheMotor/checkingtheoperation Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Caution DonotoperateM1toM8andM13(*asterisk)unlesstheyare necessary. Caution WhiletheTonerContainerDriveMotorisactive,besureto removetheTonerContainer.Otherwise,tonerleakagemay Display/adj/setrange 1to30 occurinthemachine. 1:DrumMotor(Y,M,C)(M1toM3)*...
Page 714 8-249 CLEAR COPIER>FUNCTION>PART-CHK SL-ON OperationcheckofSolenoid COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR Lv.1 Details To start operation check for the Solenoid specified by SL. Clearoferrorcode Theoperationstopsafter"ONfor0.5sec"=>"OFFfor10sec" Lv.1 Details Toclearerrorcodes(E000,E001,E002,E003,E717,E719). =>"ONfor0.5sec"=>"OFFfor10sec"=>"ONfor0.5sec". Usecase Aterroroccurrence Usecase WhenreplacingtheSolenoid/checkingtheoperation Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Display/adj/setrange Unit Unit...
Page 715 8-250 COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR R-CON RAMclearofReaderControllerPCB PWD-CLR Clearofsystemadministratorpassword Lv.1 Details TocleartheRAMdataoftheReaderControllerPCB. Lv.1 Details Toclearthepasswordofthesystemadministratorsetintheuser mode. Usecase WhenclearingtheRAMdataoftheReaderControllerPCB Usecase Whenclearingthepasswordofthesystemadministrator Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. • Caution Beforeexecutionofthisitem,besuretooutputtheservice Caution modesettingvaluesbyP-PRINT.Afterexecution,enter Display/adj/setrange necessarysettingvalues. Unit • TheRAMdataisclearedafterthemainpowerswitchisturned Appropriatetargetvalue OFF/ON. Defaultvalue Display/adj/setrange Requiredtime Unit Relatedservicemode Appropriatetargetvalue Relatedusermode Defaultvalue...
Page 716 8-251 COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR CNT-DCON ClearofDCControllerservicecounter Clearofusermodesettingvalue Lv.1 Details Tocleartheservicecounter(FIN-STPR,FIN-PDDL,SADDLE, Lv.1 Details Tocleartheusermodesettingvalues(excludingvaluesfor STPL)countedbytheDCControllerPCB. ControlPanel,commonsettings,andFAX). • CommonSettings Usecase WhenclearingtheservicecountercountedbytheDCController • TimerSettings • Adjustment/Cleaning Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. • ReportSettings Caution • SystemSettings Display/adj/setrange • CopySettings Unit • CommunicationsSettings Appropriatetargetvalue • PrinterSettings Defaultvalue Usecase Whenclearingvarioussettingvaluesofusermode Requiredtime Adj/set/operatemethod...
Page 717 8-252 COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR MN-CON RAMclearofMNCONPCBSRAMBoard CA-KEY Deletion of CA certificate and key pair Lv.1 Details TocleartheRAMdataoftheMainControllerPCBSRAMBoard. Lv.2 Details To simultaneously delete the CA certificate and key pair which AlldataontheSRAMBoardisinitialized. areadditionallyregisteredbytheuser. Usecase WhenclearingtheRAMdataoftheMainControllerPCBSRAM Usecase Whenaservicepersonreplaces/discardsthedevice Board Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. 2)CheckthatOKisdisplayed. Themachineisautomaticallyrebooted.
Page 718 8-253 COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR ERDS-DAT InitializationofE-RDSSRAMdata REG-CLR Clearofimagepositioncorrectionvalue Lv.1 Details ToinitializetheSCMvalueoftheEmbedded-RDSstoredinthe Lv.2 Details Toclearthevaluewhenthecorrectionvaluethatisadjustedby SRAM. imagepositioncorrectioncontrolbecomesafaultyvaluedueto SCMvaluesareON/OFFofE-RDS,server'sportnumber, somereasons. server'sSOAPURL,andcommunicationschedulewiththe Whencolordisplacementcannotbecorrectedbyimageposition server(howoftenthedataisacquired),etc. correctioncontrol,clearthecorrectionvalueandturnOFF/ON ThevaluesetbyCOPIER>FUNCTION>INSTALL>E-RDS, themachineorexecute"QuickAdjust"inusermodesothat RGW-PORT,RGW-ADR,COM-LOGiscleared. imagepositioncorrectionisexecutedagain. Whenacorrectionfailureoccursinanobliquedirection,use Usecase WhenupgradingtheBootableintheE-RDSenvironment "COPIER>FUNCTION>LASER>LD-ADJ-Y,LD-ADJ-M,LD- Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. ADJ-C"atthesametime. Caution ThemethodofusingtheSRAMinE-RDSdiffersdepending • Usecase Whencolordisplacementcannotbecorrectedbyimage ontheBootableversion.Therefore,unlesstheSRAMdata positioncorrectioncontrol isclearedatthetimeofversionupgrade,datainconsistency •...
Page 719 8-254 MISC-R COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR JV-CACHE CacheclearofJAVAapplication COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R Lv.1 Details ToclearthecacheinformationusedbyJAVAapplication. SCANLAMP Light-upcheckofLED Usecase WheninitializingtheJAVAapplication Lv.1 Details TolightuptheLEDfor3seconds. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase WhenreplacingtheLED Caution Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Unit Requiredtime Appropriatetargetvalue Relatedservicemode Defaultvalue Relatedusermode Requiredtime...
Page 720 8-255 COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R 1PSCLB-B DADF2facescolordiffercrrct(back) 1PCLBSET DADF2facescolordiffercrrctrefside Lv.1 Details Toacquirescanningdataonthebacksideinordertocorrectthe Lv.1 Details Tosetwhichsideofthefrontorbacksideshouldbethe colordifferencebetweenthefrontandbacksideatthetimeof referencesidewhencorrectingacolordifferenceatthetimeof duplexstreamreading. duplexstreamreading. A significant color difference may occur between the front and The correction result is reflected after executing the following backsideoftheimagescannedonDADFcausedbyvariations operation:specifythereferenceside,executeaseriesofcolor inthelightsourceofthelampandchangesindurability.Sucha differencecorrectionprocessing,andthenturnOFF/ONthe colordifferenceiscorrectedbyexecuting1PSCLB-Bfollowing power.
Page 721 8-256 COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R 1PCLBOVR DADF2facesclrdiffercrrctuprlimit BWM-PLTN SamplingofB&WcopyboardreadMTFvalue Lv.1 Details Excessivecorrectionissometimesmadewhencorrectingcolor Lv.1 Details TheMTFvaluefortheReaderUnitissometimesdisplaced differenceinduplexstreamreading. fromthefactorysettingvaluedependingonthecondition Tocontrolexcessivecorrection,adjustthecorrectionamountto attransportation/storage.Ifthemachineisinstalledwithout weakentheeffectofcorrection. correctingthevalue,itmaycauseanimagefailuresuchas The result is reflected when correction of color difference is moire.Therefore,itisnecessarytoreadjusttheMTFvalueby executedagainafterthesettingismade. readingtheMTFadjustmentchartatinstallation. When "1: Weak control" or "2: Strong control" is specified, WhenB&Wcopyboardreadingisperformed,thecontroller excessivecorrectionisnotmade,butanexpectedeffectmay performssamplingoftheMTFvalue.Thisvalueissetin...
Page 722 8-257 COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R CLM-DF1 SamplingofclrfrontstreamreadMTFVL BWM-DF1 SamplingofB&WfrontstreamreadMTFVL Lv.1 Details TheMTFvaluefortheReaderUnitissometimesdisplaced Lv.1 Details TheMTFvaluefortheReaderUnitissometimesdisplaced fromthefactorysettingvaluedependingonthecondition fromthefactorysettingvaluedependingonthecondition attransportation/storage.Ifthemachineisinstalledwithout attransportation/storage.Ifthemachineisinstalledwithout correctingthevalue,itmaycauseanimagefailuresuchas correctingthevalue,itmaycauseanimagefailuresuchas moire.Therefore,itisnecessarytoreadjusttheMTFvalueby moire.Therefore,itisnecessarytoreadjusttheMTFvalueby readingtheMTFadjustmentchartatinstallation. readingtheMTFadjustmentchartatinstallation. Whencolorfrontsidestreamreadingisperformed,thecontroller WhenB&Wfrontsidestreamreadingisperformed,thecontroller performssamplingoftheMTFvalue.Thisvalueissetin performssamplingoftheMTFvalue.Thisvalueissetin COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF2-Mx,MTF2-Sx. COPIER>ADJUST>CCD>MTF2-Mx,MTF2-Sx. Usecase Atinstallation Usecase Atinstallation Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SettheMTFchartontheADF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SettheMTFchartontheADF. 2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. 3)PerformcolorbacksidestreamreadingwiththeMTFchartset 3)PerformB&WbacksidestreamreadingwiththeMTFchart ontheADF.(CLM-DF2) setontheADF.(BWM-DF2)
Page 723 8-258 COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R CLM-DF2 SamplingcolorbackstreamreadMTFVL BWM-DF2 SamplingB&WbackstreamreadMTFvalue Lv.1 Details TheMTFvaluefortheReaderUnitissometimesdisplaced Lv.1 Details TheMTFvaluefortheReaderUnitissometimesdisplaced fromthefactorysettingvaluedependingonthecondition fromthefactorysettingvaluedependingonthecondition attransportation/storage.Ifthemachineisinstalledwithout attransportation/storage.Ifthemachineisinstalledwithout correctingthevalue,itmaycauseanimagefailuresuchas correctingthevalue,itmaycauseanimagefailuresuchas moire.Therefore,itisnecessarytoreadjusttheMTFvalueby moire.Therefore,itisnecessarytoreadjusttheMTFvalueby readingtheMTFadjustmentchartatinstallation. readingtheMTFadjustmentchartatinstallation. Whencolorbacksidestreamreadingisperformed,thecontroller WhenB&Wbacksidestreamreadingisperformed,thecontroller performssamplingoftheMTFvalue.TheMTFvalueissetin performssamplingoftheMTFvalue.TheMTFvalueissetin MTF-Mx,MTF-Sx. MTF-Mx,MTF-Sx. Usecase Atinstallation Usecase Atinstallation Adj/set/operatemethod 1)PerformcolorfrontsidestreamreadingwiththeMTFchartset Adj/set/operatemethod 1)PerformB&WfrontsidestreamreadingwiththeMTFchart ontheADF.(CLM-DF1) setontheADF.(BWM-DF1) 2)SettheMTFchartontheADF. 3)SettheMTFchartontheADF.
Page 724 8-259 COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R CLPLT-EN ColorcopyboardreadMTFVLinitialset BWPLT-EN B&WcopyboardreadMTFvalueinitialset Lv.1 Details ToreturntheMTFvalueforcolorcopyboardreadingtothe Lv.1 Details ToreturntheMTFvalueforB&Wcopyboardreadingtothe factorysettingvalue. factorysettingvalue. Sinceoverwritingisperformedwiththebackupdataretainedin Sinceoverwritingisperformedwiththebackupdataretainedin theReaderControllerPCB,theMTFvalueobtainedbysampling theReaderControllerPCB,theMTFvalueobtainedbysampling oftheMTFchartbecomesdisabled. oftheMTFchartbecomesdisabled. WhenCLM-PLTNisexecuted,thevalueisautomaticallysetto1. WhenBWM-PLTNisexecuted,thevalueisautomaticallysetto1. Whenthevalueissetto0,thevalueadjustedwithCLM-PLTN Whenthevalueissetto0,thevalueadjustedwithBWM-PLTN becomesdisabledandreturnedtothefactorysettingvalue. becomesdisabledandreturnedtothefactorysettingvalue. Usecase WhenreturningtheMTFvaluetotheinitialsettingvalueupon Usecase WhenreturningtheMTFvaluetotheinitialsettingvalueupon user's request in case that a sufficient quality level cannot be user's request in case that a sufficient quality level cannot be obtainedonthefrontsideofacolorimageevenperforminga obtainedonthefrontsideofaB&Wimageevenperforminga...
Page 725 8-260 COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R CLDF1-EN ClrfrontstreamreadMTFVLinitialset BWDF1-EN B&WfrontstreamreadMTFVLinitialset Lv.1 Details ToreturntheMTFvalueforcolorfrontsidestreamreadingtothe Lv.1 Details ToreturntheMTFvalueforB&Wfrontsidestreamreadingto factorysettingvalue. thefactorysettingvalue. Sinceoverwritingisperformedwiththebackupdataretainedin Sinceoverwritingisperformedwiththebackupdataretainedin theReaderControllerPCB,theMTFvalueobtainedbysampling theReaderControllerPCB,theMTFvalueobtainedbysampling oftheMTFchartbecomesdisabled. oftheMTFchartbecomesdisabled. WhenCLM-DF1isexecuted,thevalueisautomaticallysetto1. WhenBWM-DF1isexecuted,thevalueisautomaticallysetto1. Whenthevalueissetto0,thevalueadjustedwithCLM-DF1 Whenthevalueissetto0,thevalueadjustedwithBWM-DF1 becomesdisabledandreturnedtothefactorysettingvalue. becomesdisabledandreturnedtothefactorysettingvalue. Usecase WhenreturningtheMTFvaluetotheinitialsettingvalueupon Usecase WhenreturningtheMTFvaluetotheinitialsettingvalueupon user's request in case that a sufficient quality level cannot be user's request in case that a sufficient quality level cannot be obtainedonthefrontsideofacolorimageevenperforminga obtainedonthefrontsideofaB&Wimageevenperforminga...
Page 726 8-261 COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R CLDF2-EN ClrbackstreamreadMTFVLinitialset BWDF2-EN B&WbackstreamreadMTFVLinitialset Lv.1 Details ToreturntheMTFvalueforcolorbacksidestreamreadingto Lv.1 Details ToreturntheMTFvalueforB&Wbacksidestreamreadingto thefactorysettingvalue. thefactorysettingvalue. Sinceoverwritingisperformedwiththebackupdataretainedin Sinceoverwritingisperformedwiththebackupdataretainedin theReaderControllerPCB,theMTFvalueobtainedbysampling theReaderControllerPCB,theMTFvalueobtainedbysampling oftheMTFchartbecomesdisabled. oftheMTFchartbecomesdisabled. WhenCLM-DF2isexecuted,thevalueisautomaticallysetto1. WhenBWM-DF2isexecuted,thevalueisautomaticallysetto1. Whenthevalueissetto0,thevalueadjustedwithCLM-DF2 Whenthevalueissetto0,thevalueadjustedwithBWM-DF2 becomesdisabledandreturnedtothefactorysettingvalue. becomesdisabledandreturnedtothefactorysettingvalue. Usecase WhenreturningtheMTFvaluetotheinitialsettingvalueupon Usecase WhenreturningtheMTFvaluetotheinitialsettingvalueupon user's request in case that a sufficient quality level cannot be user's request in case that a sufficient quality level cannot be obtainedonthebacksideofacolorimageevenperforminga obtainedonthebacksideofaB&Wimageevenperforminga...
Page 727 8-262 COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-R CLM-TGT FineadjustmentofcolorMTFvalue SCANLMP2 Light-upcheckofLEDLampUnit:back Lv.1 Details To perform the filter processing inside of the Reader Controller Lv.1 Details TolightuptheLEDLampUnitforbackside,whichisplaced sothattheMTFvaluemeasuredbyCLM-PLTN/CLM-DF1/CLM- intheADF,andcheckwhetherthereisamissingblockorno DF2becomes55%orlowerofthevalue. lightinginLED. When 1 is specified, the MTF correction filter is calculated again, Usecase WhenreplacingtheLEDLampUnitforbackside andtheMTFvaluebecomes50%orlowerofthevalue(the Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey.
Page 728 8-263 MISC-P COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P KEY-HIST OutputofCtrlPanelkeyentryhistory COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P Lv.1 Details ToprintthekeyinputhistoryontheControlPanel. P-PRINT Outputofservicemodesettingvalue Usecase WhenprintingthekeyinputhistoryontheControlPanel Lv.1 Details Toprinttheservicemodesettingvalue. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase BeforeexecutingtheCLEARservicemode,etc. Caution Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Approx.15seconds Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Approx.80seconds Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode Supplement/memo Relatedusermode HIST-PRT Outputofjamanderrorhistory...
Page 729 8-264 COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P USER-PRT Outputofusermodelist ENV-PRT Inside temp/hmdy & fix roller temp log Lv.1 Details Toprinttheusermodelist. Lv.1 Details Toprintthedataoftemperatureandhumidityinthemachine/ temperatureofthesurfaceoftheFixingRolleraslogs. Usecase Whenprintingtheusermodelist Usecase When grasping information of temperature in the machine/fixing Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. temperaturefortroubleanalysis Caution Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange During operation: ACTIVE, When operation finished normally: Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 730 8-265 COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P COPIER>FUNCTION>MISC-P PJH-P-2 Detailinfoofprintjobhistory:alljob USBH-PRT OutputofUSBdeviceinformationreport Lv.1 Details Toprintthehistoryofallprintjobsstoredinthemachinewith Lv.1 Details TooutputinformationoftheconnectedUSBdeviceintheformof detailedinformation(formaximum5000jobs). areport. ThedifferencebetweenPJH-P-1andthisitemisonlythe Usecase numberofjobsprinted. Adj/set/operatemethod Usecase Whenprintingtheprintjobhistorywithdetailedinformation Caution Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode Supplement/memo Relatedusermode ITB-INIT InitialadjustmentofITBSteering Supplement/memo...
Page 731 8-266 SYSTEM COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM HD-CHECK EntireHDDcheckandrecovery COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM Lv.1 Details TochecktheentireHDDandexecuterecoveryprocessing. DOWNLOAD Shifttodownloadmode Usecase Lv.1 Details Tomakethemachineenterthedownloadmodeandwaitfora Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. command. Caution BesuretoexecutethisitemafterCHK-TYPE. PerformdownloadingbySST. Display/adj/setrange 0to4 Usecase Atupgrade 0:SectorcheckoftheentireHDDandrecovery Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. 1:Imageaccumulationarea 2)PerformdownloadingbySST. 2: Universal file storage area Caution DonotturnOFFthepowerbeforeHOLDisdisplayed. 3: PDL file storage area Display/adj/setrange Whenwaitingforacommand:STAND-BY/STNDBY,In 4: Program file storage area...
Page 732 8-267 COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM DEBUG-1 Settingoflogtypeandsavetiming Lv.2 Details TobackupthesettingdatainSRAMoftheDCControllerPCB. Lv.2 Details Tosetthetypesoflogstobestoredandthetimingtostorelogs Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCBfortroubleshootingatthe intheHDD. timeoftroubleoccurrence Logsareusedtoanalyzethecauseofatrouble. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Whenanalyzingthecauseofatrouble Caution Duringoperation,thesettingdatachangesbymanualor Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. automaticadjustment.Whenbackupdatawhichhasbeenleft foralongperiodoftimeisrestored,itisoverwrittenbytheold Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice. settingdataandthenewdataisdeleted. Changethesettingvalueinaccordancewiththeinstructions fromtheQualitySupportDivision. Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange 0to3 Unit 0:SavePLOGatdetectionofReboot/Exception Appropriatetargetvalue 1:SavePLOGatdetectionofReboot/Exception/Encode Defaultvalue 2:SaveSUBLOGatdetectionofReboot/Exception/Encode Requiredtime 3:SaveSUBLOGinoverwritemodeatdetectionofReboot/ Relatedservicemode...
Page 733 8-268 COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM COPIER>FUNCTION>SYSTEM DSRAMRES RestoreofDCControllerPCBSRAM RSRAMRES RestoreofReaderControllerPCBSRAM Lv.2 Details TorestorethesettingdatawhichhasbeenbackedupinSRAM Lv.2 Details TorestorethesettingdatawhichhasbeenbackedupinSRAM oftheDCControllerPCB. oftheReaderControllerPCB. Usecase WhenreplacingtheDCControllerPCBfortroubleshootingatthe Usecase WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCBfortroubleshooting timeoftroubleoccurrence atthetimeoftroubleoccurrence Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Duringoperation,thesettingdatachangesbymanualor Caution Duringoperation,thesettingdatachangesbymanualor automaticadjustment.Whenbackupdatawhichhasbeenleft automaticadjustment.Whenbackupdatawhichhasbeenleftfor foralongperiodoftimeisrestored,itisoverwrittenbytheold alongperiodoftimeisrestored,itisoverwrittenwithnewsetting settingdataandthenewdataisdeleted. dataandtheolddataisdeleted. Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 734 8-269 COPIER COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW SCANSLCT ON/OFFofscanareacalculatefunction Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofthefunctiontocalculatescanningareafromthe OPTION specified paper size. Whenthepapersizeislargerthantheoriginalsize,selectingON reducesproductivitybecausethescanningareagetslarger. FNC-SW Usecase Whenmatchingthescanningareawiththepapersize COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. MODEL-SZ Fixed magnifictn & DADF orgnl dtct size Caution Lv.1 Details To set the fixed magnification ratio display and the original Display/adj/setrange 0to1 detectionsizewithDADF....
Page 735 0to10 Display/adj/setrange XXYY.ZZ.AA 0:LEGAL-R,1:FOOLSCAP-R,2:OFICIO-R,3:FOLIO-R,4: XX:Country/region(e.g.JP:Japan) AustralianFOOLSCAP-R,5:EcuadorOFICIO-R,6:Bolivia YY: Language (fixed, e.g. ja: Japanese) OFICIO-R,7:ArgentineOFICIO-R,8:ArgentineLEGAL-R,9: ZZ: Location (fixed, e.g. 00: CANON) GovernmentLEGAL-R,10:MexicoOFICIO-R AA: Paper size configuration (00: AB configuration, 01: Inch Unit configuration, 02: A configuration, 03: Inch/AB configuration) Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue...
Page 736 8-271 COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW ORG-LTR SpecialpapersizesetinDADFmode:LTR ORG-LDR SpclpprsizesetinDADF:LDR:Reader Lv.2 Details To set the size of special paper (LTR configuration) that cannot be Lv.2 Details To set the size of special paper (LDR configuration) that cannot be recognizedinDADFstreamreadingmode. recognizedinDADFstreamreadingmode. Usecase -Uponuser'srequest Usecase -Uponuser'srequest -WhenpickingupspecialpapersizeoriginalfromDADF -WhenpickingupspecialpapersizeoriginalfromDADF...
Page 737 8-272 COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW INTROT-1 Setini/lastrotationautoadjexeintvl INTROT-T Setofautoadjustmentstandbyinterval Lv.1 Details Tosetthepaperintervaltoexecuteprocessautoadjustment Lv.1 Details Tosetthecontinuousstandbytimeuntilexecutionofauto (analogpatchsequence,etc.)atinitial/lastrotation. adjustment. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theintervalisincreasedby500 When the standby condition continues more than the specified sheets. When 0 is specified, the control is not executed. time,thePhotosensitiveDrumstartsidlerotationfor30seconds. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetimegets1hourlonger. Usecase Whenmatchingtheuseenvironmentoftheuser. TheautoadjustmentduringstandbyisavailablewhenAUTO-DH Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. is1:ON....
Page 738 8-273 COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW MODELSZ2 Pprsizedtctglobalsupportinbookmode FXWRNLVL SetFixingFilmlifedisplaythresholdVL Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFforglobalsupportofdocumentsizedetectionin Lv.2 Details TosetthethresholdvaluetodisplaythelifeofFixingFilm. copyboardreadingmode. Thisitemisenabledwhenthevalueatthefollowingissetto"1" (default:0):COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>FXMSG-SW(ON/ Usecase Uponuser'srequest(mixedmediaoriginalwithAB/Inch OFFofFixingAssemblyreplacementmessage) configuration) ThelifejudgmentcounterisstoredintheDCController.Itisnot Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. possibletochangeorcheckthecountervalue. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase To prevent the fixing failure caused by the continuous use of Caution -Donotusethisatthenormalservice. FixingFilmthatexceedsthelife. -TheDocumentSizeSensor(PhotoSensor)isadditionally requiredtocorrectlydetectthedocumentsizewhentheoriginal Adj/set/operatemethod...
Page 739 8-274 COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW KSIZE-SW SetofChinesepaper(K-size)support PDF-RDCT PDFreductionsetatforwarding Lv.2 Details Tosettodetect/displaytheChinesepaper(Ksizepaper:8K, Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertoreducetheimagefortransmissionwhen 16K). converting the image received by IFAX into PDF for e-mail/file transmission. Usecase WhenusingKsizepaper Usecase Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Gothroughthefollowing:COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW> MODEL-SZ; and if MODEL-SZ is "0: AB configuration", this mode Caution isenabled.
Page 740 8-275 COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW SJB-UNW Reserveupperlimitofsecureprintjob CARD-RNG Cardnumbersetting(departmentnumber) Lv.2 Details Tosettheupperlimitforthenumberofreservedjobsinsecure Lv.2 Details Tosetthenumberofcards(departments)thatcanbeusedwith printjob. theCardReader. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase Whensettingthenumberofcards(departments) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Display/adj/setrange 0to1000 0:50jobs,1:90jobs Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue 1000 Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode...
Page 741 8-276 COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW ARCDT-SW ON/OFFofARCDATcontrol PT-W-SET Settonerbandwidthatinirotn:transp Lv.1 Details TosetON/OFFofARCDATcontrol. Lv.2 Details TosetthetonerbandwidththatiscreatedontheITBattheinitial When "1: OFF" is set, the result of ARCDAT control is not reflected rotationwhenfeedingthetransparency. toLUT. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetonerbandwidthis Whenthehuevariationoccursinthecaseoffailurevalue increasedby10mm. displayedinCOPIER>DISPLAY>HT-C,turnOFFtheARCDAT Whenthevalueisincreased,imagefailureduetoTransfer controlonceandcheckthehue. CleaningBladeboundisreducedwhenfeedingthetransparency. Ifhuevariationisalleviated,analyzethecauseofARCDATcontrol Usecase WhenimagefailureduetoTransferCleaningBladeboundoccurs error(developer,PatchSensor,etc.). ontransparency Usecase Whenhuevariationoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod...
Page 742 8-277 COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW USB-RCNT AutoconnectsetatUSBdevicedisconnct MIBCOUNT ScoperangesetofChargeCounterMIB Lv.2 Details Tosettoenable/disableautomaticconnectionwhentheUSB Lv.2 Details Tosettherangeofcounterinformationthatcanbeobtainedas deviceisdisconnected. MIB(ManagementInformationBase). Withthesettingtodisableautomaticconnection,USBdevice Usecase cannotbeusedifdisconnectingandthenconnectingtheUSB Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. device.Toenableconnectionagain,thepowerneedstobeturned 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. OFF/ON. Caution Withthesettingtoenableautomaticconnection,connectagain Display/adj/setrange 0to2 afterdisconnecting,andthenconnectingtheUSBdeviceagain. 0:Allchargecountersareobtained,1:Onlydisplayedcounter*is Usecase Uponuser'srequest obtained,2:Allchargecountersarenotobtained Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. * : Counter specified by the following: COPIER > OPTION > USER 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 743 8-278 COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW MEAP-PRI SettingofMEAPtaskpriority W/RAID SettingofRAIDBoardinstallation Lv.2 Details SelectingONincreasesMEAPtaskpriority. Lv.1 Details TosetinstallationconditionofRAIDBoard(HDDMirroringKit). Select"1:Installed"wheninstallingtheRAIDBoard.Select"0:Not Usecase WhenimprovingprocessingperformanceofMEAP installed"whenremovingtheRAIDBoard. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Wheninstalling/removingRAIDBoard 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Caution 0:OFF,1:ON Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Unit 0:Notinstalled,1:Installed Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode...
Page 744 8-279 COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW SM-PSWD Passwordsettingforservicetechnician BRWS-FAV Setofservicebrowserfavoriteregister Lv.2 Details Tosetpasswordforservicetechnicianthatisusedwhengetting Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertoallowregistrationoffavoritesinthebrowserfor intoservicemode. service. When1isset,favoritesinthebrowserforservicecanbeedited, Usecase Whenpasswordisrequiredtogetintoservicemode andanyURLscanbeaccessed. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Whenserviceengineerseditfavoritesinthebrowserforservice 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Besuretoselect1or2withPSWD-SWinadvance. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange 1to99999999 Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Appropriatetargetvalue 0:Disabled,1:Enabled Defaultvalue 11111111 Unit Requiredtime Appropriatetargetvalue Relatedservicemode...
Page 745 8-280 COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW DMX-DISP ON/OFFautogrdtnadjD-maxPASCALctrl INVALPDL DisableofPDLlicense Lv.1 Details TosetwhethertoexecuteD-maxPASCALcontrolatfull Lv.1 Details TodisabletheregisteredPDLlicense. adjustmentofautogradationadjustment. When"1:Disabled"isset,PDLisdisabledevenifaPDLlicense When"0:ON"isset,D-maxPASCALcontrolandPASCALcontrol isregistered.Thisissettothemachinesinstalledatconvenience areexecuted.FourA4-sizesheetsareusedfortestprints(Onefor stores,whichdonotallowPDLtobeused. D-maxPASCALcontrolandthreeforPASCALcontrol) Usecase WhenprohibitingtheuseofPDL When"1:OFF"isset,PASCALcontrol(gradationadjustment) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. onlyisexecuted.ThreeA4-sizesheetsareusedfortestprints(for 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. PASCALcontrol). Caution Usecase Whenmakingthesettingaccordingtotheusageoftheuser Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 0:RegisteredPDLlicenseisenabled,1:Disabled 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Unit Caution Appropriatetargetvalue Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Defaultvalue...
Page 746 8-281 COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW CDS-FIRM Set to allow firmware update by admin CDS-UGW Set to allow firmware update from UGW Lv.1 Details To set whether to permit update of the firmware by user Lv.1 Details To set whether to permit update of the firmware from the UGW (administrator). server. When"1:Enabled"isset,Updatercanbeactivatedfromtheuser...
Page 747 8-282 DSPLY-SW COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW RSHDW-SW ON/OFFofremoteshutdown COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW Lv.1 Details Asharedmulti-functionmachineisnotlikelytobeshutdownat UI-COPY Display/hideofcopyscreen powerfailure.SetON/OFFoftheremoteshutdownfunctionto Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidethecopyfunction. preventaccident. Usecase Uponuser'srequest When"1:ON"isset,themachinecanbeshutdownfromthe remoteshutdownmenudisplayedintheremoteUI. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase When preventing an accident at specified power-off time. Caution Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to1 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 0:Hide,1:Display Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange 0to1...
Page 748 8-283 COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW UI-SEND Display/hideofsendscreen T-LW-LVL Distimingoftonerlevelwarningmssg Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheSENDfunction. Lv.2 Details Tosetthethresholdvalueofresidualtonerinthehopper. Whentheresidualtonerlevelbecomeslowerthanthethreshold, Usecase Uponuser'srequest awarningmessageof"Thetonercontainercanbereplaced Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. (continuousprintisavailable)"isdisplayedontheControlPanel. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Whenthevalueisincrementedby1,thethresholdisincreased Caution by20%.Asthesmallervalueisset,themessagetimingtobe Display/adj/setrange 0to1 displayedbecomesearlier. 0:Hide,1:Display Usecase -Uponuser'srequest Unit -Atthetimingthattheserviceengineervisitstothecustomer,etc. Appropriatetargetvalue Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Defaultvalue 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Requiredtime Caution Relatedservicemode Display/adj/setrange 5to100 Relatedusermode...
Page 749 8-284 COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW UISW-DSP ON/OFFofuserscreenswitchdisplay FXMSG-SW ON/OFFofFixingAssemblyreplacemssg Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFoftheswitchtochangethestandardscreenand Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplaythemessagepromptingthereplacement simplescreenfortheusers. ofFixingAssemblyontheControlPanelwhenthelifejudgment counter reaches the specified value. Usecase Uponuser'srequest When“1”(default:0)issetinFXMSG-SWandalso“1”(default: Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 0)issetinCOPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>FXWRNLVL,thelifeof 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. FixingAssemblyisdetected. Caution WhentheFixingAssemblyreachestheendoflife,theFixing Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Assembly replacement message: “Prepare new fixing roller. Call 0:OFF,1:ON servicerepresentative.”isdisplayed. Unit...
Page 750 8-285 COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW MEAP-DSP ScreenswitchsetfromMEAPtostandard UI-PRINT Display/hideofprintjobscreen Lv.2 Details Tosettoenable/disableswitchingfromMEAPscreentothe Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheprintjobscreen. standardscreen(COPY/SEND/MailBoxscreen,etc).(Settingto Usecase Uponuser'srequest display/hidethearrowmarkonMEAPscreen) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Inthecaseofanerror/jam/alarm,thescreenisswitchedtothe 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. standardscreentodisplaywarningevenifdisablingthismode. Caution Usecase Uponuser'srequest Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 0:Hide,1:Display 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Unit Caution Appropriatetargetvalue Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Defaultvalue 0:Enabled,1:Disabled Requiredtime Unit Relatedservicemode Appropriatetargetvalue Relatedusermode...
Page 751 8-286 COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW UI-RSCAN Display/hideofremotescanscreen UI-WEB Display/hideofWebbrowserscreen Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheremotescanscreenonthe Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheWebbrowserscreen. ControlPanel. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Hide,1:Display 0:Hide,1:Display Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode...
Page 752 8-287 COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW TNR-WARN ON/OFFoftoneralarmdisplay UI-MEM ON/OFFofmemorymediascreendisplay Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertodisplaythetoneralarmscreen. Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofthememorymediascreendisplayonthe When"1"isset,thetoneralarmisnotdisplayeduntilthetoner ControlPanel. runsout. Usecase WhennotdisplayingthememorymediascreenontheControl Usecase Whenpreferringtohidethealarmuntilthetonerrunsout Panel Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:ON,1:OFF 0:OFF,1:ON Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue OtherthanUSA:0,ForUSA:1 Defaultvalue Requiredtime...
Page 753 8-288 NETWORK COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW UI-MOBP Display/hideofmobileprint COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhide"MobilePrint"inthemainmenu. RAW-DATA Settingofreceiveddataprintmode Usecase Uponuser'srequest Lv.2 Details Tosetprintmodeforthereceivedimagedata. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Thisitemisusedtoidentifythecausewhetherit'sduetoimage 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. dataorimageprocessinginthecaseoftroublewithreceived Caution image. Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Usecase Whenreceivedimagetroubleoccurs 0:Hide,1:Display Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Unit 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Appropriatetargetvalue Caution Besuretosetthevaluebackto"0:normalprintoperation"after Defaultvalue recoveringfromthetrouble. Requiredtime Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Relatedservicemode 0:Normalprintoperation,1:Printwithoriginaldatawithoutimage Relatedusermode...
Page 754 8-289 COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK IFAX-LIM No.ofmaxprintlinesatIFAXreception SMTPRXPN SettingofSMTPreceptionportnumber Lv.2 Details Tosetthemaximumnumberoflinesfore-mailtexttobeprinted Lv.2 Details TosetSMTPreceptionportnumber. whenreceivingIFAX. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Settingofthisitemcanpreventendlessprintingoftheattached Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. file data in the case of receiving an error e-mail or failure in 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. interpretationofthecontext. Caution Selecting0printstheheader/footerin1sheetwhenreceiving Display/adj/setrange 0to65535 e-mail text without attached file. Unit Usecase Whenpreventingendlessprintinthecaseoffailureinreception...
Page 755 Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>CMD-PORT Supplement/memo SMTPauthentication:Protocolinwhichuserauthentication Relatedusermode functionisaddedtoSMTP,whichistheprotocoltobeused Supplement/memo T.O.T:TUIFoverTCP.Communicationprotocoltobeusedfor fore-mailtransmission.Atthetimeofe-mailtransmission,this communicationwiththebuilt-inapplication(UI)andtheinternal protocolexecutesauthenticationoftheuseraccountandthe applicationsuchasCOPY/SEND/BOX,etc.(Canon'sown passwordbetweentheSMTPserverandtheusertoapprove protocol). e-mailtransmissiononlywhenit'sauthenticated. CMD-PORT ON/OFFTOTasynccommandcomctnport NS-GSAPI LimitGSSAPIauthmethodatSMTPauth Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFforasynchronouscommandcommunicationport Lv.2 Details TorestrictuseofGSSAPIauthenticationmethodatthetimeof withT.O.T. SMTPauthentication. Select"1:ON"inthecaseofconnectingthePCandthemachine Usecase Uponuser'srequest withthecrosscablewhileServiceNAVIisused.
Page 756 8-291 COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK NS-NTLM LimitNTLMauthmethodatSMTPauth NS-PLN LimitplaintxtauthatSMTPauthnoencry Lv.2 Details TorestrictuseofNTLMauthenticationmethodatthetimeof Lv.2 Details TorestrictuseofPLAIN/LOGINauthentication,whichisplaintext, SMTPauthentication. atthetimeofSMTPauthenticationundertheenvironmentwhere thecommunicationpacketisnotencrypted. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:SMTPserver-dependent,1:Notused Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:SMTPserver-dependent,1:Notused Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode...
Page 757 8-292 COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK MEAP-PN HTTPportNo.settingofMEAPapplication DA-CNCT ConnectionsettingofWPGW Lv.2 Details TosetHTTPportnumberofMEAPapplication. Lv.2 Details TosetWPGWconnection. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase ThismodeisusedfortheJapanesemodelsonlyandnotused withoverseasmodels(outsideJapan) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Donotspecifyport8080whenthePrintServerisconnected. Otherwise,youcannotbrowsethedeviceRUIinwhichMEAP Caution Gothroughthefollowing:COPIER>OPTION>ACC>COIN;and authenticationapplicationisrunning(Port8080isreservedfor ifthesettingvalueforCOINischangedfrom0/1/2to3(selectDA redirectionofEFIcontrollertotheiRside.) charge),thevalueisautomaticallyturns1. Display/adj/setrange 0to65535 Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:OFF,1:ON Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 758 8-293 COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK CHNG-CMD SetofTOTcommandconnectionportNo. WUEV-SW Setting of sleep notification execution Lv.2 Details TosettheportnumberforcommandconnectionwithT.O.T. Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertonotifythesleepmodetotheapplication (imageWARE,etc)onthenetworkwhenshiftingto/recovering Usecase WhentheServiceNAVIisused fromthesleepmode. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Uponuser'srequest 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange 1to65535 Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Appropriatetargetvalue 0: Notified, 1: Not notified Defaultvalue 20000 Unit...
Page 759 8-294 COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK WUEV-POT Portnumbersettingforsleepnotice WUEN-LIV Recoverytimesettingaftersleepnotice Lv.2 Details TosetportnumberofthePCtonotifythesleepmode. Lv.2 Details Tosetthetimefromthesleepstartfromnetworkwithoutjob assignmentuntilthemodeisshiftedtothesleepmode. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase When setting the startup time after sleep notification Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution ThisisactivewhenCOPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>WUEV-SW is set to 0: Notified. Caution Display/adj/setrange 1to65535 Display/adj/setrange 10to600...
Page 760 8-295 COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK DHCP-81 ON/OFFIPaddressdynamicchnginDHCP-81 IFX-CHIG SetoperationbyIFAXrecvmailcontent Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFfordynamicchangeofIPaddressbyOption81of Lv.1 Details TosetthenumberofcharactersfortheIFAXreceivedmailcontent, DHCP. sothatthemailisnotprinted/forwardedwhenthecharactersin SelectingOFFcanpreventDHCPpacketfromincludingOption12 the text is less than the number of specified characters. orOption81underthepacket-monitoringnetworkenvironment. Thismachinecanoutputblankpaperbecausesomesenders SelectingONenablesdynamicchangeofIPaddressbyOption81 sende-mailtextconsistsoflinefeedcodesonly.Insuchcase, ofDHCPinthecasethatthedynamicDNSsettingisONinuser specify2(numberofcharacters)sothattherewillbenooutputof mode. blankpaper. Inthecaseofspecifyinganynumberotherthan0,header/footer Usecase Uponuser'srequest isprinted/forwardedin1sheetonlyifthee-mail(body)textisless Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. than the specified value while no TIFF file is attached. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 761 8-296 COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK DNSTRANS SettingofDNStransferpriority WOLTRANS Settingofsleeprecoveryprotocol Lv.1 Details Tosetpriorityorderoftheprotocol(IPv4/IPv6)tobeusedforDNS Lv.1 Details Tosettheprotocolforrecoveryfromsleepmodeaccordingtothe query. valueofWOL(WakeOnLAN)trans. InthecaseofusingbothIPv6andIPv4whiletheDNSserver Reception of a specific network packet is one of the requirements supportsIPv4,ittakestimebecauseoftimeoutwhenexecuting forthedevicetorecoverfromsleepmode. DNSquerywithpriorityonIPv6. Whenthenumberofnetworkprotocolssupportedbythedevice GivingpriorityonquerybyIPv4canshortenthetime. increases,thetypesofnetworkpacketswhichactivaterecovery fromsleepmodevary.However,thereisapossibilitythatthe Usecase WhenittakestimetoexecuteDNSquerywithpriorityonIPv6 existingnetworkprotocolisactuallyused. becausetheDNSserversupportsIPv4 Selectthetypeofnetworkpacketwhichactivatesrecoveryfrom Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. sleepmodeaccordingtotheenvironmentwherethedeviceis 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 762 8-297 COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK IKERETRY SettingofIKEretrytimes NCONF-SW ON/OFF of Network Configurator function Lv.1 Details Tosetthenumberofretriesinthecaseofnoresponsefromthe Lv.1 Details To set ON/OFF of Network Configurator function. communicationtargetatthetimeofIKEpackettransmission. Iftheuserdoesnotusethefunction,selectOFFtopreventremote attackthroughnetwork. Usecase Uponuser’srequest Usecase Uponuser’srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to3 Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Unit...
Page 763 8-298 COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK IPSDEBLV SettingofIPSecdebuglevel AFS-JOB SetofFAXserverjobreceptionport Lv.2 Details ForR&Duse Lv.1 Details Tosetthereceptionportofthefaxservertowhichafaxclient sendsjobs. Usecase Usecase Whenchangingthejobreceptionportofthefaxserver Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange 0to65535 Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue 20317 Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK>AFC-JOB,AFC-EVNT Supplement/memo Relatedusermode SP-LINK Modesettingat1Wsleep...
Page 764 8-299 COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK COPIER>OPTION>NETWORK ILOGMODE SettingofIPaddressblockmode IPTBROAD Settoallowbroad/multicastTX Lv.1 Details TosetallprotocolsorTCP/UDP/ICMPunicastasthetargetofIP Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertopermittransmissionofbroadcastpacketsand block. multicastpackets. When0isset,themachinerespondstoARP,ICMPmulticastand Transmissionofbroadcastpacketsandmulticastpacketsis broadcastwhichhavenodirectrelation,andconsequentlythe permittedwithoutspecifyinganexceptionaddress.Itispermitted numberoflogsisincreased. withinthedeviceevenifitisrejectedinthedefaultsettingofthe When 1 is set, the machine filters TCP, UDP and ICMP unicast IPv4/v6 transmission filter. only. Set“1:Disabled”whentheuserdoesnotwanttosendthem. Usecase Uponuser’srequest Usecase Uponuser’srequest Adj/set/operatemethod...
Page 765 8-300 SOUND ENV-SET COPIER>OPTION>SOUND COPIER>OPTION>ENV-SET DRM-RTIM Setexeintervaldrumlineprevsequence ENVP-INT Temp,humid&FixFilmtemploggetcycle Lv.2 Details TosetthetimeintervaltorotatethePhotosensitiveDrumat Lv.1 Details Tosetthecycletoobtainlogofthetemperatureandhumidity standbyorsleepmode. insidethemachineandthesurfacetemperatureoftheFixingFilm. Whenadeviceisleftforalongperiodoftime,adrumpitchline Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecycleisincreasedby1 occurs.Topreventthis,rotatethePhotosensitiveDrumatthe minute. specified interval for 300 msec only. Obtainedlogcanbedisplayedbyselectingthefollowing:COPIER Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theintervalisextendedby5 >DISPLAY>ENVRNT minutes. Usecase Attroubleanalysis Ifusersdonotcareaboutthedrumpitchlineortheywantto Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. reducetherotationinterval,increasethevalue. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase Extendtheintervalfortheuserswhodonotcareaboutthedrum Caution pitchlineafterthemachineisleftorwhowanttoreducethe Display/adj/setrange...
Page 766 8-301 CLEANING COPIER>OPTION>CLEANING Lv.1 Details TosetthepaperintervaltoexecutetheITBcleaning. COPIER>OPTION>CLEANING Asthevalueisincreased,downtimeandtonerconsumption OHP-PTH SetofITBcleantranspthresholdvalue amountarereducedwhileanimagefailuremayoccurdueto Lv.2 Details TosetthenumberofsheetsforITBcleaningintervaltobe soiledITB. executedwhenfeedingtransparency. Usecase Whenalargenumberoftransparenciesisfed,surfaceactive Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. agent adheres to the ITB, and consequently the transfer efficiency 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. islowered.Topreventtheimagefailure,patchesarecreatedon Caution theITBandsurfaceactiveagentisremovedtogetherwiththe Display/adj/setrange 0to10 tonerper30sheetsatpaperintervalandper22sheetsatlast 0:Notexecuted rotation. Unit 100sheets Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thenumberofsheetsfor Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 767 8-302 FEED-SW COPIER>OPTION>FEED-SW EVLP-FS Setting of fixing speed with envelop COPIER>OPTION>FEED-SW Lv.2 Details To set fixing speed when feeding envelop. PRNT-ORD Settingofdeliverymode As the value is incremented by 1, the fixing speed changes by Lv.2 Details Tosetthedeliverymode. 0.1%. Set"0:Straightdelivery"tomakestraightdeliveryatFCOTpriority. Decreasethevaluewhenthinlinedisplacementoccursontrailing Selecteither"0:Straightdelivery"or"1:Reversedelivery" edgeofenvelop,andincreasethevaluewhenwrinklesoccur.
Page 768 8-303 IMG-SPD COPIER>OPTION>IMG-SPD MXSPDSEL SPD/Q'typriorityinmixedwidth:Reader COPIER>OPTION>IMG-SPD Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertogiveprioritytospeedorimagequalitywhen FX-D-TMP Setsmallpprdownsequencestarttemp feedingthepaperwithdifferentwidth. Lv.1 Details Tosetthetemperaturetostartthedownsequencecontrolforthe When“0:Speedpriority”isset,theproductivitydoesnotreduce smallsizepaper(smallerthanA4Rinwidthdirection). whileskewmayoccuratdifferentwidthmixedprint. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetemperatureisincreasedby When“1:Imagequalitypriority”isset,idlerotationisperformed 5degCfromtheinitialsettingtemperature. atdifferentwidthmixedprintandthenumberofregistrationis Usecase Whenimprovingthehotoffsetandtheproductivityatthepaper increasedsothattheimagequalitycanbemaintainedwhilethe edge productivityisreduced. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Whenskewoccursatdifferentwidthmixedprint 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange -4to4 Caution ForoutsideJapanonly -4:-20degC,-3:-15degC,-2:-10degC,-1:-5degC,0:0degC, Display/adj/setrange 0to1...
Page 769 8-304 IMG-SPD COPIER>OPTION>IMG-RDR DFDST-L2 DADFmodedustdtctleveladj:afterjob COPIER>OPTION>IMG-RDR Lv.1 Details Toadjustdustdetectionlevelwithdustdetectioncorrectioncontrol DFDST-L1 DADFmodedustdtctleveladj:pprintvl thatisexecutedafterthejobiscompletedinDADFmode. Lv.1 Details Toadjustdustdetectionlevelwithdustdetectioncorrectioncontrol Reducethevalueinthecaseoffrequentdisplayofcleaning thatisexecutedatpaperintervalinDADFmode. instructionatthetimeofdustdetection.Asthevalueissmaller, Reducethevalueinthecaseoffrequentdisplayofcleaning thedustislessdetected. instructionatthetimeofdustdetection.Asthevalueissmaller, Increasethevalueinthecaseofblacklines.Asthevalueislarger, thedustislessdetected. thesmalldustismorelikelydetected. Increasethevalueinthecaseofblacklines.Asthevalueislarger, Usecase -Whenblacklineoccursduetodust thesmalldustismorelikelydetected. -Uponuser'srequest Usecase -Whenblacklineoccursduetodust Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. -Uponuser'srequest 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Whenincreasingthevaluetoomuch,thecleaninginstruction 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. screenmayappeartoooftensinceevensmalldustthatwillnotbe Caution Whenincreasingthevaluetoomuch,thecleaninginstruction...
Page 770 8-305 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-RDR COPIER>OPTION>IMG-RDR DF2DSTL1 DADFdustdtctlvladjatpprintvl:bck DF2DSTL2 AdjDADFdustdtctlevelatjobend:bck Lv.1 Details Toadjustdustdetectionlevelwithdustdetectioncorrectioncontrol Lv.1 Details Toadjustdustdetectionlevelwithdustdetectioncorrectioncontrol thatisexecutedatpaperintervalbytheScannerUnit(paperback) thatisexecutedbytheScannerUnit(paperback)afterthejobis inDADFmode. completedinDADFmode. Reducethevalueinthecaseoffrequentdisplayofcleaning Reducethevalueinthecaseoffrequentdisplayofcleaning instructionatthetimeofdustdetection.Asthevalueissmaller, instructionatthetimeofdustdetection.Asthevalueissmaller, thedustislessdetected. thedustislessdetected. Increasethevalueinthecaseofblacklines.Asthevalueislarger, Increasethevalueinthecaseofblacklines.Asthevalueislarger, thesmalldustismorelikelydetected. thesmalldustismorelikelydetected. Usecase -Whenblacklineoccursduetodust Usecase -Whenblacklineoccursduetodust -Uponuser'srequest -Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Whenincreasingthevaluetoomuch,thecleaninginstruction Caution Whenincreasingthevaluetoomuch,thecleaninginstruction...
Page 771 8-306 IMG-MCON COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON TMC-SLCT Setting of error diffusion coefficient COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON Lv.2 Details To set coefficient to be used for error diffusion process. PASCAL Use/nouseofautogradationadjdata Specifyaccordingtothelevelofgranularityanddotstability. Lv.1 Details Tosettouse/nottousethegradationadjustmentdatagamma Usecase LUTthatisgeneratedbyautogradationadjustment(Full/Quick Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adjust)control. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. SelectionisavailableastowhethertousegammaLUTatthetime Caution ofimageformation. Display/adj/setrange 0:Smallgranularity/lowdotstability Usecase WhenPASCAL-relatedfailureoccurs/whenidentifyingthecause 1:Smallgranularity/lowdotstability(colormode),Large ofPASCAL-relatedfailure...
Page 772 8-307 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON SCN-FLG Select of image area flag (copy image) TMIC-BK ON/OFFofTMICBk_LUTendedgecorrect Lv.2 Details To set the image area flag for the image processing which is Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofthetrailingedgeadjustmentofBk_LUTforPDL performedwhenascannedimagefailstobecompressedata andforcopywhichareusedbyTMIC. specified compression rate. WhenthetrailingedgeadjustmentissettoON,thedensityofthe If an image fails to be compressed at a specified compression highdensityareabecomeshigh,andconsequentlytextandthin rate,processingtoprioritizereproductionoftextisperformedby linesbecomeclear.Whileanimagebecomesclear,thehueofthe...
Page 773 8-308 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON DH-TMG SetofautoD-halfcontrolexeinterval REPORT-Z Setofreportprintimageprocessing Lv.2 Details TosetthepaperintervaltoexecuteautoD-halfcontrol. Lv.1 Details Tosettheimageprocessingwhichisperformedwhenprintinga D-halfcontrolisexecutedatthetimeoflastrotationafter report. completion of job with specified number of sheets. Usecase Whenthereisarequestforimageimprovement Thisitemisenabledwhen"1:ON"issetinCOPIER>OPTION> Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. FNC-SW>DH-SW. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Caution Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to3 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 0:EquivalenttoPDLtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4 Caution colors.Errordiffusedimage.Thehueofthephotoareaismore Display/adj/setrange 500to2000...
Page 774 8-309 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON IFXEML-Z SetclriFAX,mailrecvprintimgprocess BMLNKS-Z SetBMLinkSreceptionprintimgprocess Lv.1 Details Tosettheimageprocessingwhichisperformedwhenprinting Lv.1 Details Tosettheimageprocessingwhichisperformedwhenprinting coloriFAXorreceivedmail. receivedBMLinkS. Usecase Whenthereisarequestforimageimprovement Usecase Whenthereisarequestforimageimprovement Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to3 Display/adj/setrange 0to3 0:EquivalenttoPDLtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4 0:EquivalenttoPDLtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4 colors.Errordiffusedimage.Thehueofthephotoareaismore colors.Errordiffusedimage.Thehueofthephotoareaismore vividthan2.) vividthan2.) 1:EquivalenttoPDLphotomode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4 1:EquivalenttoPDLphotomode(Blacktextisreproducedwith4 colors.Screenprocessedimage.) colors.Screenprocessedimage.) 2:Equivalenttoscannedtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith 2:Equivalenttoscannedtextmode(Blacktextisreproducedwith...
Page 775 8-310 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON REDU-CNT Settonerdepositamountlimtatclradj VP-ART Settingoflineartprocessing Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertolimitthetonerdepositamountatcolor Lv.2 Details Tomakeasettingforoutlineprocessingforlineartonscalable adjustment (color balance, fine adjustment of density). PDF. When 1 is set, the color adjustment value is reflected to an image Intheoutlineprocessing,abinaryimageoutlineisextractedinthe precisely,buttonerscatteringintheTransferAssemblyandFixing field which is recognized as line art, and is converted into vector Assemblymightoccur,andpapermightwindaroundtheFixing data. Assembly....
Page 776 8-311 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON VP-TXT Settingofcharactervectorization P-ALPHA AdjustmentofPatchSensoralphavalue Lv.2 Details Tomakeasettingofvectorconversionprocessingfortexton Lv.1 Details To adjust the correction coefficient alpha value of the Patch scalablePDF. Sensor. Inthevectorconversionprocessing,abinaryimageoutlineis Thevaluemultipliedby1000isdisplayedonthescreen. extracted in the field which is recognized as text, and is converted intovectordata. WhenreplacingthePatchSensor,enterthevalueofservice Inregularvectorconversion,functionapproximationisnotused label.
Page 777 8-312 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON REGM-SEL Adj of fine-line density correction ERS-SEL1 Set1200dpiERSprocess:PSExpnsnKit Lv.2 Details Toadjustthelineandtextdensitywhichissetinthethinline Lv.1 Details TochangetheERSprocessingwhenthehueofpatterned densityadjustmentUI. graphicsischangedaccordingtophaseinthecaseofmaking Set4ifdensityistooloweventhough+2issetinthethinline 1200-dpioutputwiththePSExpansionKitinstalled. densityadjustmentUI. Theprocessingischangedonlyforgraphicsandimages,and Set0ifdensityistoohigheventhough-2issetinthethinline ERSweightingprocessingisperformedtocharactersevenifthe densityadjustmentUI. settingischanged. Set1whentheaforementionedsymptomoccurs. Usecase Whenlineandtextadjustedbythinlinedensityadjustmentistoo Set3iftheproportionofsmallcharactersisdistortedafter1isset. darkortoolightinthecaseof1200dpiprint Set5ifthecolorofgraphicsisnotstabilizedafter1or3isset.In Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. thissetting,however,athinlineofasinglelinedisappears. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase Whenthehueischangedaccordingtophasewhenmaking Caution 1200-dpioutput Display/adj/setrange 0to4...
Page 778 8-313 IMG-LSR COPIER>OPTION>IMG-MCON ERS-SEL2 Set1200dpiERSprocess:printserver COPIER>OPTION>IMG-LSR Lv.1 Details TochangetheERSprocessingwhenthehueofpatterned ARC-INT1 SetofARCDATinterruptioninterval graphicsischangedaccordingtophaseinthecaseofmaking Lv.2 Details TosetthenumberofsheetsastheintervalsatwhichARCDAT 1200-dpioutputthroughconnectiontotheprintserver. controlisexecuted. Set1whentheaforementionedsymptomoccurs. When the number of sheets reaches the specified value, ARCDAT Set3iftheproportionofsmallcharactersisdistortedafter1isset. controlisexecutedbyinterruptinganongoingjob. Set5ifthecolorofgraphicsisnotstabilizedafter1or3isset.In Ifthevalueistoolarge,thedensityofimagebecomesdifferent thissetting,however,athinlineofasinglelinedisappears. beforeandaftertheinterruption. Usecase Whenthehueischangedaccordingtophasewhenmaking Ifthevalueistoosmall,theproductivityislowered. 1200-dpioutput Actualsettingvalueiscalculatedbydividingtheentryvalueby0.9 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. androundingupafterthedecimalpoints.(e.g.:Ifanentryvalueis 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 779 8-314 IMG-DEV COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV DVTGT-K SetATRSensr(Bk)gainvalueoffset COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV Lv.2 Details ToactuallycorrecttheT/Dratiobysettingtheoffsettothe DEVL-VTH SettonerejectnimagedutythresholdVL gainvalueofATRSensor(Bk). Lv.2 Details Tosetthethresholdvalueoftheimageduty,whichisthe Asthevalueisincreased(increasingtheT/Dratio),thescrew conditiontoperformthelowdutytonerejectionsequence. pitchunevennessisalleviated;however,foggingmayoccur. Asthevalueislarger,coarsenessisdecreased,but Ifthevalueischanged,thetargetvalueforT/Dratioisalso productivityisloweredandtonerconsumptionisincreased. changedsothatthetonerejectionsequenceneedstobe Asthevalueissmaller,productivityandtonerconsumption forciblyexecutedtostabilizetheT/Dratio. areimproved,butcoarsenessisworsened. Thevaluereturnsto0whentheProcessUnitisreplaced. Usecase Whenprintinglowduty(lowimageratio)images, Usecase -graininess(coarseness)occurs Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. -lowproductivityorhightonerconsumptionispointedoutby 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. theuser Caution Whenthevalueischanged,executethetonerejection Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. sequence. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 780 8-315 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV DVTGT-M SetATRSensr(M)gainvalueoffset DEVL-PTH SetsheetthresholdVLoftonerejection Lv.2 Details ToactuallycorrecttheT/Dratiobysettingtheoffsettothe Lv.1 Details Tosetthethresholdvalueforthenumberofsheets,whichis gainvalueofATRSensor(M). theconditiontoperformthelowdutytonerejectionsequence. Asthevalueisincreased(increasingtheT/Dratio),thescrew Asthevalueislarger,coarsenessisdecreased,but pitchunevennessisalleviated;however,foggingmayoccur. productivityisloweredandtonerconsumptionisincreased. Ifthevalueischanged,thetargetvalueforT/Dratioisalso Asthevalueissmaller,productivityandtonerconsumption changedsothatthetonerejectionsequenceneedstobe areenhanced,butcoarsenessisworsened. forciblyexecutedtostabilizetheT/Dratio. Usecase Whileprintinglowduty(lowimageratio)images, Thevaluereturnsto0whentheProcessUnitisreplaced. -graininess(coarseness)occurs Usecase -lowproductivityorhightonerconsumptionispointedoutby theuser Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Whenthevalueischanged,executethetonerejection sequence. Caution Donotusethiswhenthemachineisoperatingcorrectly.
Page 781 8-316 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV PCHINT-1 ATRpatchpprintervaladj(1stlimit) DELV-THY SetofYtonerejectionexeimageratio Lv.2 Details Toadjustthepaperintervalwhichpatchdetectionis Lv.2 Details Tosetthethresholdvalueofaverageimageratiotoexecute performedbyATRcontrol.(1stlimit) Ytonerejection. If the hue variation is significant, decrease the value. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theratioisincreasedby Toreducethedowntime,increasethevalue. 1%. Increasethevaluewhenfoggingoccursatalargevolume Usecase printingoflowdutyimage. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Decreasethevaluewhenuserscareabouttheamountof 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. wastetonercomparedtothelowdutyimageoutput. Caution Usecase Display/adj/setrange 0to5 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Unit 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 782 8-317 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV DELV-THM SetofMtonerejectionexeimageratio ADJ-VPP AdjofdevelopingACbiasVpp Lv.2 Details Tosetthethresholdvalueofaverageimageratiotoexecute Lv.2 Details ToadjustVppofthedevelopingACbias. Mtonerejection. Ringmarksarealleviatedwhenthevalueisdecreasedinthe Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theratioisincreasedby -direction,andwhitespotsarealleviatedwhenthevalueis 1%. increasedinthe+direction. Increasethevaluewhenfoggingoccursatalargevolume Usecase Whenimagefailures(ringmarks,whitespots)occur printingoflowdutyimage. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue(switchnegative/positiveby-/+key) Decreasethevaluewhenuserscareabouttheamountof andpressOKkey. wastetonercomparedtothelowdutyimageoutput. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase 3)ExecuteAutoAdjustGradation>FullAdjust. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Whenthevalueisdecreasedtoomuchinthe-direction, 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. densitymightbelowered. Caution Display/adj/setrange -2to0 Display/adj/setrange 0to5 Unit...
Page 783 8-318 IMG-TR COPIER>OPTION>IMG-DEV PTN-LVL Grass-likelinelevelsetting COPIER>OPTION>IMG-TR Lv.1 Details Tochangethepotentialasacountermeasureagainstgrass- 2TR-RVON ON/OFFendedgewhitespotcrrctscrn likeline. Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplaythescreentosetON/OFFofthepaper Asthevalueisincreased,thegrass-likelineisalleviated; trailingedgeweakbiasinusermode. however,tonerconsumptionincreases. When1isset,trailingedgewhitespotcorrectionscreenis Increasethevaluewhengrass-likelineoccursatHToutput displayedinusermode.IfONissetinthisscreen,weakbiasis ontheimageleadedge. appliedtothepapertrailingedge,andwhitespotsatthetrailing DecreasethevalueifusersdonotoutputHTontheimage edgearealleviated. leadingedgeortheydonotcareaboutgrass-likelineand Usecase Uponuser'srequest(whenwhitespotsoccuratthetrailingedge) also,theywanttoreducethetonerconsumption. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Whengrass-likelineoccursatimageleadingedgeHT 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Caution 0:OFF,1:ON Display/adj/setrange...
Page 784 8-319 IMG-FIX COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX DRM-RTIM Setexeintervaldrumlineprevsequence COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX Lv.2 Details TosetthetimeintervaltorotatethePhotosensitiveDrumat DELV-FAN ON/OFFofcondensationpreventionmode standbyorsleepmode. Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofcondensationcontrolmode. Whenadeviceisleftforalongperiodoftime,adrumpitchline When"1:ON"isset,internalandexternaltemperaturesare occurs.Topreventthis,rotatethePhotosensitiveDrumatthe compared,andifneeded,turnONtheProcessCartridgeFan specified interval for 300 msec only. (Front)(FM10). Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theintervalisextendedby5 Usecase Whencondensationoccurs minutes. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Ifusersdonotcareaboutthedrumpitchlineortheywantto 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. reducetherotationinterval,increasethevalue. Caution Usecase Extendtheintervalfortheuserswhodonotcareaboutthedrum Display/adj/setrange 0to1 pitchlineafterthemachineisleftorwhowanttoreducethe numberofstart-up.
Page 785 8-320 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX TMP-TBL3 Setting of fixing control temp: heavy 2 TMP-TBL5 Setting of fixing control temp: thin ppr Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for heavy paper 2 Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for thin paper (52 to (164to209g/m2). 63g/m2). Asthevalueisincreasedby1,thecontroltemperatureis...
Page 786 8-321 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX FXS-TMP2 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:heavy1 FXS-TMP4 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:heavy3 Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforheavypaper Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforheavypaper3 1(106to163g/m2). (210to256g/m2). Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis increasedby5degC. increasedby5degC. Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe leadingedgeonheavypaper1 leadingedgeonheavypaper3 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -2to2 Display/adj/setrange -2to2 -2:-15degC,-1:-7degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10degC -2:-15degC,-1:-7degC,0:0degC,1:+5degC,2:+10degC Unit 5degC Unit 5degC...
Page 787 8-322 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX FXS-TMP6 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:envelope FXST2-UH SetheavypprITOPstandbytime:LLev Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforenvelope. Lv.1 Details Tosetthetimeforinitialrotationwhenfeedingtheheavypaper Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis 1/2/3in18degCorlowertemperature. increasedby5degC. Increase the value when the fixing failure occurs. Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe Usecase When a fixing failure occurs in LL environment leadingedgeonenvelope Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 788 8-323 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX FLYING ON/OFF of flying start temperature ctrl TMP-TBL8 Fixingcontroltemperatureset:transp Lv.2 Details To set ON/OFF of flying start temperature control. Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for transparency. When "1" is set, the flying start temperature control is not Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis executed.Thisismorelife-consciousforFixingAssembly increasedby5degC....
Page 789 8-324 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX DMX-OF-M AdjustmentofMcolorD-maxsetting DMX-OF-K AdjustmentofBkcolorD-maxsetting Lv.2 Details WhenadjustingD-maxcontrolsettingincasethatdensityofsolid Lv.2 Details WhenadjustingD-maxcontrolsettingincasethatdensityofsolid areaonmagentacolorimageisnotappropriateevenperforming areaonblackcolorimageisnotappropriateevenperforming autogradationadjustment. autogradationadjustment. Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe Increasethevaluewhenthedensityislowanddecreasethe valuewhenthedensityishigh. valuewhenthedensityishigh. Usecase Whendensityofsolidareaonanimageisnotappropriateeven Usecase Whendensityofsolidareaonanimageisnotappropriateeven performingautogradationadjustment performingautogradationadjustment Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 3)Executeautogradationadjustment. 3)Executeautogradationadjustment. Caution Besuretoexecuteautogradationadjustment(fulladjustment) Caution Besuretoexecuteautogradationadjustment(fulladjustment) afterthesettingisdone.. afterthesettingisdone.. Display/adj/setrange -3to3...
Page 790 8-325 COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX TMP-TB10 Fixingcontroltemperaturesetting:coat2 FXS-TMP8 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:transp Lv.1 Details To set the offset of fixing control temperature for coated paper2 Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperaturefortransparency. (164to209g/m2). Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis increasedby5degC. increasedby5degC. Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe Increase the value when fixing failure occurs. leadingedgeontransparency Decrease the value, when fixing offset occurs. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase...
Page 791 8-326 CUSTOM COPIER>OPTION>IMG-FIX FXS-TMP9 SettingofITOPcontroltemp:coat1 COPIER>OPTION>CUSTOM Lv.1 Details TosettheoffsetofITOPcontroltemperatureforcoatedpaper1 TEMP-TBL Fixingcontroltemperaturesetting:pln1 (106to163g/m2). Lv.1 Details To set the fixing control temperature for plain paper 1 (64 to 81 Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis g/m2). increasedby5degC. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thecontroltemperatureis Usecase Whenunevenglossoccursintheareathatis94mmfromthe increasedby5degC. leadingedgeoncoatedpaper1 Increase the value when fixing failure occurs. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Decrease the value, when fixing offset occurs.
Page 792 8-327 COPIER>OPTION>CUSTOM SCANTYPE SwitchofDADF+Reader Lv.1 Details ToswitchtoadifferenttypeDADF+ReaderUnit. Usecase Atinstallation Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:ReverseDuplexADF+Reader,1:1-PathDuplexADF+Reader Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo ABK-TOOL Allowaccessfromaddressbookmntctool Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertoacceptimportfromtheaddressbook maintenancetool. Usecase Whenexecutingimportfromtheaddressbookmaintenancetool Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Disabled,1:Enabled Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Relatedservicemode...
Page 793 8-328 USER COPIER>OPTION>USER SIZE-DET ON/OFFoforiginalsizedetectfunction COPIER>OPTION>USER Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFoforiginalsizedetectionfunction. COPY-LIM Settingofupperlimitforcopy Usecase Uponuser'srequest(glareofthescanlamp,etc) Lv.1 Details Tosettheupperlimitvalueforcopy. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Uponuser'srequest 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Caution 0:OFF,1:ON Display/adj/setrange 1to9999 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode...
Page 794 8-329 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER COUNTER2 Settingofsoftwarecounter2 COUNTER4 Settingofsoftwarecounter4 Lv.1 Details Tosetcountertypeforsoftwarecounter2ontheCounterCheck Lv.1 Details Tosetcountertypeforsoftwarecounter4ontheCounterCheck screen. screen. Usecase Uponuser/dealer'srequest Usecase Uponuser/dealer'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to999 Display/adj/setrange 0to999 0:Notregistered 0:Notregistered Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Thevaluediffersaccordingtothelocation. Defaultvalue Thevaluediffersaccordingtothelocation.
Page 795 Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo CONTROL ChargesettingofPDLjob DATE-DSP Settingofdata/timedisplayformat Lv.1 Details TosetchargecounttransmissionofPDLjobtotheconnecting Lv.2 Details Tosetdate/timedisplayformataccordingtothecountryor chargingmanagementdevice(coinmanagerornon-Canon- region. madecontrolcard). Afterthedisplayformatissetwiththismode,theorderofdateis Usecase Uponuser'srequest reflected to the followings: Preferences > Timer/Energy Settings Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. >Date/TimeSettings,andreportoutput. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Caution Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to1 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 796 8-331 CounterDetails The numbers entered for software counters are classified as follows: Remotecopy(fullcolor1) Remotecopy(fullcolor2) Remotecopy(monocolor1) CounterDetails Remotecopy(monocolor2) 000to099 Remotecopy Remotecopy(blackandwhite1) 100to199 Total Remotecopy(blackandwhite2) 200to299 Copy Remotecopy(fullcolor/large) 300to399 Print Remotecopy(fullcolor/small) 400to499 Copyandprint Remotecopy(monocolor/large) 500to599 Scan Remotecopy(monocolor/small) 600to699 Remotecopy(blackandwhite/large) 700to799 Receptionprint Remotecopy(blackandwhite/small)
Page 797 8-332 CounterDetails CounterDetails Total(blackandwhite/small) TotalB(monocolor/large) Total1(doublesided) TotalB(monocolor/small) Total2(doublesided) TotalB(blackandwhite/large) large(doublesided) TotalB(blackandwhite/small) small(doublesided) TotalB1(doublesided) Total(monocolor1) TotalB2(doublesided) Total(monocolor2) largeB(doublesided) Total(fullcolor/large) smallB(doublesided) Total(fullcolor/small) TotalB(monocolor1) Total(fullcolor+monocolor/large) TotalB(monocolor2) Total(fullcolor+monocolor/small) TotalB(fullcolor/large) Total(fullcolor+monocolor2) TotalB(fullcolor/small) Total(fullcolor+monocolor1) TotalB(fullcolor+monocolor/large) TotalA1 TotalB(fullcolor+monocolor/small) TotalA2 TotalB(fullcolor+monocolor2) TotalA(large) TotalB(fullcolor+monocolor1) TotalA(small) Copy(Total1) TotalA(fullcolor1) Copy(Total2) TotalA(fullcolor2) Copy(large) TotalA(blackandwhite1) Copy(small)
Page 798 8-333 CounterDetails CounterDetails Copy(fullcolor+monocolor/small) Localcopy(fullcolor+monocolor2) Copy(fullcolor+monocolor/2) Localcopy(fullcolor+monocolor1) Copy(fullcolor+monocolor/1) Localcopy(fullcolor/large/doublesided) Copy(fullcolor/large/doublesided) Localcopy(fullcolor/small/doublesided) Copy(fullcolor/small/doublesided) Localcopy(monocolor/large/doublesided) Copy(monocolor/large/doublesided) Localcopy(monocolor/small/doublesided) Copy(monocolor/small/doublesided) Localcopy(blackandwhite/large/doublesided) Copy(blackandwhite/large/doublesided) Localcopy(blackandwhite/small/doublesided) Copy(blackandwhite/small/doublesided) Print(Total1) CopyA(fullcolor1) Print(Total2) CopyA(fullcolor2) Print(large) CopyA(monocolor1) Print(small) CopyA(monocolor2) PrintA(Total1) CopyA(blackandwhite1) PrintA(Total2) CopyA(blackandwhite2) PrintA(large) CopyA(fullcolor/large) PrintA(small) CopyA(fullcolor/small) Print(fullcolor1) CopyA(monocolor/large) Print(fullcolor2) CopyA(monocolor/small) Print(monocolor1) CopyA(blackandwhite/large) Print(monocolor2)
Page 799 8-334 CounterDetails CounterDetails PDLPrint(blackandwhite2) Boxprint(large) PDLPrint(fullcolor/large) Boxprint(small) PDLPrint(fullcolor/small) Boxprint(fullcolor1) PDLPrint(blackandwhite/large) Boxprint(fullcolor2) PDLPrint(blackandwhite/small) Boxprint(monocolor1) PDLPrint(fullcolor/large/doublesided) Boxprint(monocolor2) DLPrint(fullcolor/small/doublesided) Boxprint(blackandwhite1) PDLPrint(blackandwhite/large/doublesided) Boxprint(blackandwhite2) PDLPrint(blackandwhite/small/doublesided) Boxprint(fullcolor/large) Copy+print(fullcolor/large) Boxprint(fullcolor/small) Copy+print(fullcolor/small) Boxprint(monocolor/large) Copy+print(blackandwhite/large) Boxprint(monocolor/small) Copy+print(blackandwhite/small) Boxprint(blackandwhite/large) Copy+print(blackandwhite2) Boxprint(blackandwhite/small) Copy+print(blackandwhite1) Boxprint(fullcolor+monocolor/large) Copy+print(fullcolor+monocolor/large) Boxprint(fullcolor+monocolor/small) Copy+print(fullcolor+monocolor/small) Boxprint(fullcolor+monocolor2) Copy+print(fullcolor+monocolor/2) Boxprint(fullcolor+monocolor1) Copy+print(fullcolor+monocolor/1) Boxprint(fullcolor/large/doublesided) Copy+print(large) Boxprint(fullcolor/small/doublesided)
Page 800 8-335 CounterDetails CounterDetails AdvancedBoxPrint(fullcolor2) Reportprint(large) AdvancedBoxPrint(blackandwhite1) Reportprint(small) AdvancedBoxPrint(blackandwhite2) Reportprint(fullcolor1) AdvancedBoxPrint(fullcolor/large) Reportprint(fullcolor2) AdvancedBoxPrint(fullcolor/small) Reportprint(blackandwhite1) AdvancedBoxPrint(monocolor/large) Reportprint(blackandwhite2) AdvancedBoxPrint(monocolor/small) Reportprint(fullcolor/large) AdvancedBoxPrint(fullcolor/large/doublesided) Reportprint(fullcolor/small) AdvancedBoxPrint(fullcolor/small/doublesided) Reportprint(blackandwhite/large) AdvancedBoxPrint(blackandwhite/large/doublesided) Reportprint(blackandwhite/small) AdvancedBoxPrint(blackandwhite/small/doublesided) Reportprint(fullcolor/large/doublesided) NetworkPrint(Total1) Reportprint(fullcolor/small/doublesided) NetworkPrint(Total2) Reportprint(blackandwhite/large/doublesided) NetworkPrint(large) Reportprint(blackandwhite/small/doublesided) NetworkPrint(small) Transmissionscantotal2(color) NetworkPrint(fullcolor1) Transmissionscantotal2(blackandwhite) NetworkPrint(fullcolor2) Transmissionscantotal3(color) NetworkPrint(blackandwhite1) Transmissionscantotal3(blackandwhite) NetworkPrint(blackandwhite2) Transmissionscantotal5(color) NetworkPrint(fullcolor/large) Transmissionscantotal5(blackandwhite)
Page 801 8-336 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER B4-L-CNT CountsettingofB4size MF-LG-ST Dis/hideoflongstripmode Lv.1 Details TosetB4countwithsoftwarecounter1to8astowhetherB4is Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidethe[LongOriginal]button. countedaslargesizeorsmallsize. When1isset,[LongOriginal]buttonisdisplayedinCopy> Selecting1countsB4orlargersizepaperaslargesizewhile Optionsscreenandthelongstrippaperbecomesavailable. papersmallerthanB4sizeassmallsize. Usecase Uponuser'srequest.(useoflongstriporiginalorlongstrip Usecase Uponuser'srequest paper) Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution LongstrippaperisejectedfromSecondaryDeliveryMouth (excludingdeliveryfromInnerFinisher). Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Smallsize,1:Largesize Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Hide,1:Display Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 802 8-337 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER Lv.1 Details Tosettoenable/disablecopyjobreservationwhentheCard HDCR-DSP SettingofHDDcompletedeletemethod Reader/CoinManagerisused. Lv.2 Details TosetdatadeletionmethodofHDDdatacompletedeletion Usecase Uponuser'srequest function. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase WhenswitchingthedeletionmethodinHDDdatacomplete 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. deletionmode Caution Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Enabled,1:Disabled Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange 1to4 1:1-timedeletionwith0data,2:1-timedeletionwithrandom Appropriatetargetvalue data,3:3-timedeletionwithrandomdata,4:DOD Defaultvalue Unit Requiredtime Appropriatetargetvalue Relatedservicemode Defaultvalue Relatedusermode Requiredtime...
Page 803 8-338 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER TAB-ROT SetoflandscapeimgrotnatPDL:tabppr IDPRN-SW Chargetargetjobsetofdeptmngmcntr Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertorotatelandscapeimageby180degreeswhen Lv.1 Details Tosetthejobtypethatadvancesthedepartmentmanagement PDLprintismadeontabpaper. counter. When"1:Rotated"isset,imageisrotated. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Notrotated,1:Rotated PRINTcategory:BoxPrint,ReportPrint,SendLocalPrint,PDL Print Unit COPYcategory:COPY Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue PRINTcategory:ReportPrint,SendLocalPrint,PDLPrint Requiredtime COPYcategory:COPY,BoxPrint Relatedservicemode...
Page 804 Counter4-Copy(FullColor+SingleColor/Small):230 Defaultvalue Counter5-Print(FullColor+SingleColor/Large):321 Requiredtime Counter6-Print(FullColor+SingleColor/Small):322 Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode ManagementSettings>ChargeManagement>ChargeLog Counter1-Total2:102 Supplement/memo Counter2-Total(Black2):109 PCL-COPY SetofPCLCOPIEScommandcontrolmethod Counter3-Copy(FullColor+SingleColor/Large):229 Lv.2 Details TosetthebindercontrolmethodofCOPIEScommandwithPCL. Counter4-Copy(FullColor+SingleColor/Small):230 SelectwhethertousethecontrolmethodofCanon-madePCL Counter5-Print(FullColor+SingleColor/Large):321 orusethesamecontrolmethodofnon-Canon-madePCL. Counter6-Print(FullColor+SingleColor/Small):322 Usecase Uponuser'srequest 2to5: Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Notused 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to65535 Counter1-Total(Black/Large):112 0:ControlmethodofCanon-madePCL(followingthevalueof Counter2-Total(Black/Small):113 COPIES command that is specified for each page to control on a...
Page 805 Usecase Uponuser'srequest orreportprint. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Uponuser'srequest 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange 0to2 Caution 0:BasedonAuto/ACS/PrinterDriversettings,1:Colormode,2: Display/adj/setrange 0to1 B/Wmode 0:Notransmission,1:Transmission Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Europe:2,OtherthanEurope:0 Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode FunctionSettings>Copy>SelectColorSettingsforCopy>Use Relatedusermode Auto(Color/Black)Selection Supplement/memo Chargingmanagementdevice:Coinmanager,Non-Canon-made Supplement/memo controlcard 8-340...
Page 806 8-341 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER DOC-REM Dis/hideoforiginalremovalmessage RUI-RJT ConnctsetatinvalidauthfromremoteUI Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidethemessagetoremoveoriginal Lv.2 Details TosettodisconnectHTTPportwhenthemachinereceives whenscanningwithDADFwithoutopening/closingDADFafter invalidauthenticationfromremoteUI3times. scanningwiththecopyboard. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Continuedconnection,1:Disconnected 0:Hide,1:Display Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode...
Page 807 8-342 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER CTM-S06 Set of password delete from export file IFAX-SZL SettingofIFAXsendsizelimit Lv.2 Details To set to delete password for file transmission address from Lv.2 Details TosetforrestrictingdatasizeatthetimeofIFAXtransmission export file. thatdoesnotgothroughtheserver. With the setting to delete password, the password of file Withthesettingtorestrictthedatasize,therewillbe#830error transmissiontargetisdeletedatthetimeofexportofaddress inthecaseofsendingdatathatexceedstheupperlimitvalue.
Page 808 8-343 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER MEAPSAFE SettingofMEAPsafemode PRNT-POS ON/OFFofallpausesaterrorjobcancel Lv.2 Details TosetsafemodeforMEAPplatform. Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertopausetheprintoperationoffollowingjobs MPSFisdisplayedontheControlPanelinsafemode. whenajobiscancelledduetoanerrorinsidethemachine(#037, Insafemode,MEAPapplicationisstoppedwhilejustthesystem etc.)exceptservicecallsduringPDLprint. application,whichstartswithinitialstate,isactivated.Thismode Usecase Uponuser'srequest enablesobtaininglogforcauseanalysisofMEAPfailure. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase PerformsystemrecoveryprocessingwhenMEAPplatform 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. fails to be activated due to resource confliction between MEAP Caution applications,serviceregistrationoruseorder Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Page 809 8-344 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER PTJAM-RC AutoreprintsettingatPDLprintjam SLP-SLCT Usagesettingofnetworkapplications Lv.2 Details Tosettoautomaticallyrestartprintingafterjamrecoverythat Lv.2 Details Withthesettingtousenetwork-relatedapplication,themachine occurswithPDLprint. canberecoveredthroughnetworkbecauseitdoesnotmoveto sleepmode1. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Forthismachinetorecoverfromsleepmode1throughnetwork, Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. aparticularpacketneedstobereceived;however,theexisting 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. network-relatedapplicationdoesnotsendthispacket. Caution Withthesettingnottousethenetwork-relatedapplication,this Display/adj/setrange 0to1 machinecannotrecoverfromsleepmode1throughnetwork 0:Notautomaticallyreprinted,1:Automaticallyreprinted whenitgetsintosleepmode1. Unit Usecase Uponuser'srequest Appropriatetargetvalue Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Defaultvalue 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Requiredtime Caution Donotusethisatthenormalservice.
Page 810 8-345 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER CNCT-RLZ Settingofconnectionserializefunction COUNTER8 Settingofsoftwarecounter8 Lv.2 Details Connectionserializeisafunctiontoassurejobgroupingfunction Lv.1 Details Tosetcountertypeforsoftwarecounter8ontheCounterCheck ofimageWAREOutputManagerSelectEditionV1.0. screen. Thesettingtoenablethismodecanavoidjobrearrangement Usecase Uponuser'srequest becausethemachinedoesnotreceivejobdatafromother Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. connectionuntilitcompletesjobdatareceptionfromthecurrent 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. connection. Caution Usecase Uponuser'srequest Display/adj/setrange 0to999 Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 0:Notregistered 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Unit Caution Appropriatetargetvalue Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Defaultvalue 0:OFF,1:ON Requiredtime Unit Relatedservicemode...
Page 811 8-346 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER JA-FUNC ON/OFFofjobarchivefunction JA-RESTR Settingofjobarchivelimititems Lv.2 Details TosetON/OFFofjobarchivefunction. Lv.2 Details To set restriction items for job archive specification. Withjobarchivefunctionenabled,followthesettingtoexecute Usecase operation to restrict specification. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Changingthismodeisnotavailableinservicemode,butonly 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. referenceisavailable. ThismodecanbesetonlywiththeMEAPprogramthatsupports Caution ChangingthismodeisnotavailableinServiceMode,but jobarchive. referenceisavailable(inServicemode).
Page 812 8-347 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER FROM-OF Deletionofmailsender'saddress FILE-OF Filesendprohibitiontoenteredaddress Lv.1 Details Tosetwhethertodeletethesender'saddress(From)atthetime Lv.1 Details To set to prohibit address entry at the time of file transmission. ofe-mailtransmission. Filetransmissionisnotavailablebyenteringtheaddress becauseofnodisplayof"File"onthetransmissionscreen. Usecase Uponuser'srequest TheaddressesalreadyregisteredintheAddressBookcanbe Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. used. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Caution Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to1 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 813 8-348 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER IFAX-OF IFAXsendprohibitiontoenteredaddress JA-DPI Disofjobarchiverecordresolution Lv.1 Details TosettoprohibitaddressentryatthetimeofI-Faxtransmission. Lv.2 Details Todisplaytheresolutionofimagesforjobarchivesrecordedin IFAXtransmissionisnotavailablebyenteringtheaddress jobsotherthanFAXreceptionandIFAXreception,etc. becauseofnodisplayof"I-Fax"onthetransmissionscreen. Onlydisplayisavailableinservicemode.Thesettingisavailable TheaddressesalreadyregisteredintheAddressBookcanbe onlyintheMEAPapplicationswhichsupportjobarchiving. used. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Torestrictaddressesfortransmission,besuretomanually Display/adj/setrange 0:Noconversion,1:100x100dpi,2:200x200dpi,3:300x deletethembecausetheaddressesregisteredintheAddress 300dpi Bookcanbeused. Unit Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Appropriatetargetvalue 0:Enabled,1:Disabled...
Page 814 8-349 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER FREE-DSP Display/hideofchargedisablescreen CLR-TIM SetofHDDEncryKitdatadeletetiming Lv.2 Details TosetwhethertodisplayorhidetheUseChargeManagement Lv.2 Details TosetthetimingtocompletelydeletethedatawhenHDD screenforswitchingbetweenchargeandnocharge. EncryptionKitisused. Thehardwareswitchforswitchingcharge/nochargeinthe Selecting0mayreducethejobprocessingspeedbecausepage CoinManagerenablesthemodeinwhichalltheservicesare datathathasbeenalreadyprocessedisdeletedwhiletheother availableforfree(storemanagermode)bytemporarilyreleasing jobisinprocess,causingoverloadtoCPUandHDDaccess. thechargingsystem. Selecting1improvesthejobprocessingspeedbecausethe Evenwithoutthehardwareswitch,themodecanbeswitched processisexecutedafterajobiscompleted. withthesoftwareswitchwhenitissettodisplaytheUseCharge Usecase Uponrequesttoimprovethejobprocessingspeed ManagementscreeninSettings/Registration. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Whenenablingalltheservicestobeprovidedforfreeby 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. temporarilyreleasingthechargingsystem Caution Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to1 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch.
Page 815 Relatedservicemode SNMP-COA InsidecomtynameSNMPaccesslimit:admin Relatedusermode Preferences>Network>SNMPSettings>CommunityName2 Lv.2 Details TorestrictSNMPaccessbythecommunityname(administrator Settings right)thatiskeptinternally. Supplement/memo Thismachineinternallyretainsthecommunityname STPL-MAX Setofmaxnumberofsheetsforstaple (administratorright)otherthantheSNMPcommunitynamethat is specified in user mode. Canon-made utility software, such as Lv.2 Details Tosetthemaximumnumberofsheetstobestapledinthe NetSpot,usesthiscommunityname. Finisher. Becauseofsecurityconcern,select0/1inthecasetorestrict When"1:60sheets"isset,thestaplingcapacitybecomes60 SNMPaccesswiththeinternalcommunityname. sheets. Usecase WhenrestrictingSNTPaccesswiththecommunityname Usecase (administratorright)thatisretainedinternally Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Page 816 8-351 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER SCALL-SW Display/hideofrepairrequestbutton USBH-DSP Display/hideofUSBhostusage Lv.1 Details [Notused](Forexpansion) Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplay"Preferences>ExternalInterface> Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidetherepair-requestbuttononthe USBSettings>UseUSBHost". ControlPanel. Byselecting"1:Display",whethertouseUSBhostonUSB settingscreencanbeselected. Usecase Whenthesalescompanysupportsservicebytherepair-request button Usecase Whenswitchingtodisplayorhide"UseUSBHost"onUSB settingscreen Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Hide,1:Display Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Hide,1:Display Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue...
Page 817 8-352 COPIER>OPTION>USER COPIER>OPTION>USER USBI-DSP Dis/hideofUSBinputdevicedriverset USBB-DSP Dis/hideofUSBBluetoothdevicedriver Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplay"Preferences>ExternalInterface> Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplay"Preferences>ExternalInterface> USBSettings>UseMEAPDriverforUSBInputDevice". USBSettings>UseMEAPDriverforBluetoothDevice." Byselecting"0:Hide",theitemisnotdisplayed,andtheuser When"0:Hide"isset,thisitemisnotdisplayed,andtheuser administratorcannotchangethesettingoftheMEAPdriverfor administratorcannotchangethesettingoftheMEAPdriverfor theUSBinputdevice. theUSBBluetoothdevice. Usecase Whenprohibitingtheuseradministratortochangethesetting Usecase Whenprohibitingtheuseradministratortochangethesetting of"UseMEAPDriverforUSBInputDevice",set0afterthe of"UseMEAPDriverforUSBBluetoothDevice",set0afterthe specified setting is completed. specified setting is completed. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1...
Page 818 8-353 COPIER>OPTION>USER POL-SCAN Dis/hideofRightsManagementServerset COPIER>OPTION>CST Lv.1 Details When"1:Display"isset,theRightsManagementServerfunction U1-NAME Dis/hideofpprnameinpprsizegroupU1 screenisdisplayed. Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidepapernameatpapersize WhiletheRightsManagementServerfunctionisastandard groupU1detection. feature,itispossibletohideifnotnecessary. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Hide,1:Display 0:Hide,1:Display Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime...
Page 819 8-354 COPIER>OPTION>CST COPIER>OPTION>CST U3-NAME Dis/hideofpprnameinpprsizegroupU3 ENV1 SettingofEnvelopeCassetteENV1size Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidepapernameatpapersize Lv.1 Details TosetthesizeforEnvelopeCassetteENV1. groupU3detection. Usecase WhenspecifyingthesizeforEnvelopeCassette Usecase Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 21to26 Display/adj/setrange 0to1 21:ISO-C5,22:COM10,23:MONARCH,24:DL,25:ISO-B5, 0:Hide,1:Display 26:Notused Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode...
Page 820 8-355 COPIER>OPTION>CST COPIER>OPTION>CST CST1-P1 SettingofCassette1papersize CST2-P2 SettingofCassette2papersize Lv.1 Details TosetthepapersizeusedinCassette1. Lv.1 Details TosetthepapersizeusedinCassette2. Usecase Usecase Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:A5R,1:STMTR 0:B5,1:EXEC Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue USA:1,CountriesotherthanUSA:0 Defaultvalue USA:1,CountriesotherthanUSA:0 Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Preferences>PaperSettings>A5R/STMTRPaperSelection...
Page 821 8-356 COPIER>OPTION>CST COPIER>OPTION>CST CST4-P1 SettingofCassette4papersize CST1-U1 Setcst1overseaspecialpprcategory1 Lv.1 Details TosetthepapersizeusedinCassette4. Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory1usedinCassette1. Usecase Usecase Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Display/adj/setrange 0to43 0:A5R,1:STMTR 0:A4-R/LTR-R,1to23:Notused,24:FLSC,25:A-FLS,36: Notused,27:E-OFI,28to29:Notused,30:A-LTRR,31to32: Unit Notused,33:A-LGL,34:G-LGL,35:Notused,36:A-OFI,37: Appropriatetargetvalue M-OFI,38to41:Notused,42:FA4,43:Notused Defaultvalue USA:1,CountriesotherthanUSA:0 Unit Requiredtime Appropriatetargetvalue Relatedservicemode Defaultvalue Relatedusermode Preferences>PaperSettings>A5R/STMTRPaperSelection...
Page 822 8-357 COPIER>OPTION>CST COPIER>OPTION>CST CST1-U3 Setcst1overseaspecialpprcategory3 CST2-U1 Setcst2overseaspecialpprcategory1 Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory3usedinCassette1. Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory1usedinCassette2. Usecase Usecase Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to31 Display/adj/setrange 0to43 0:B4/B5/LTR/16K,1to21Notused,22:K-LGL,23to28:Not 0:A4-R/LTR-R,1to23:Notused,24:FLSC,25:A-FLS,36: used,29:A-LTR,30:Notused,31:G-LTR Notused,27:E-OFI,28to29:Notused,30:A-LTRR,31to32: Notused,33:A-LGL,34:G-LGL,35:Notused,36:A-OFI,37: Unit M-OFI,38to41:Notused,42:FA4,43:Notused Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode...
Page 823 8-358 COPIER>OPTION>CST COPIER>OPTION>CST CST2-U3 Setcst2overseaspecialpprcategory3 CST3-U1 Setcst3overseaspecialpprcategory1 Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory3usedinCassette2. Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory1usedinCassette3. Usecase Usecase Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to31 Display/adj/setrange 0to43 0:B4/B5/LTR/16K,1to21Notused,22:K-LGL,23to28:Not 0:A4-R/LTR-R,1to23:Notused,24:FLSC,25:A-FLS,36: used,29:A-LTR,30:Notused,31:G-LTR Notused,27:E-OFI,28to29:Notused,30:A-LTRR,31to32: Notused,33:A-LGL,34:G-LGL,35:Notused,36:A-OFI,37: Unit M-OFI,38to41:Notused,42:FA4,43:Notused Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode...
Page 824 8-359 COPIER>OPTION>CST COPIER>OPTION>CST CST3-U3 Setcst3overseasspecialpprcategory3 CST4-U1 Setcst4overseasspecialpprcategory1 Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory3usedinCassette3. Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory1usedinCassette4. Usecase Usecase Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to31 Display/adj/setrange 0to43 0:B4/B5/LTR/16K,1to21Notused,22:K-LGL,23to28:Not 0:A4-R/LTR-R,1to23:Notused,24:FLSC,25:A-FLS,36: used,29:A-LTR,30:Notused,31:G-LTR Notused,27:E-OFI,28to29:Notused,30:A-LTRR,31to32: Notused,33:A-LGL,34:G-LGL,35:Notused,36:A-OFI,37: Unit M-OFI,38to41:Notused,42:FA4,43:Notused Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode...
Page 825 8-360 COPIER>OPTION>CST CST4-U3 Setcst4overseasspecialpprcategory3 COPIER>OPTION>ACC Lv.1 Details Tosettheoverseasspecialpapercategory3usedinCassette4. COIN Settingofchargemanagement Usecase Lv.1 Details Tosetchargingmanagementmethod. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase AtinstallationofCoinManager 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Display/adj/setrange 0to31 Caution Incaseofsetting"3",if"0to2"ischangedto"3",thefollowingitems 0:B4/B5/LTR/16K,1to21Notused,22:K-LGL,23to28:Not areautomaticallyset.Aftermakingachange,eventhough"3"isset used,29:A-LTR,30:Notused,31:G-LTR to"0to2"again,theywillnotberestored. Unit • COPIER>OPTION>USER>CONTROL,AFN-PSWD=1 Appropriatetargetvalue • COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>DA-CNCT=1 Defaultvalue • COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>UI-BOX,UI-SEND,UI-FAX,UI- Requiredtime EXT=0...
Page 826 8-361 COPIER>OPTION>ACC COPIER>OPTION>ACC Requiredtime STPL-LMT SetNumberofsheetsforsaddlestitch Relatedservicemode COPIER>OPTION>USER>CONTROL Lv.2 Details Tosetthenumberofsheetsforsaddlestitch COPIER>OPTION>FNC-SW>DA-CNCT Usecase COPIER>OPTION>DSPLY-SW>UI-BOX,UI-SEND,UI-FAX,UI- Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Relatedusermode FunctionSettings>Send>E-Mail/I-FaxSettings>Communication Caution Settings Display/adj/setrange 0to3 Preferences>Network>TCP/IPSettings>DNSSettings>FTPPrint Unit Settings Appropriatetarget Preferences>Network>TCP/IPSettings>DNSSettings>IPPPrint value Settings Defaultvalue Supplement/memo Controlcardcanbeusedwith"0:Nocharge". Requiredtime DA:DigitalAccessory Relatedservicemode - DK-P SettingofPaperDeckpapersize Relatedusermode Lv.1 Details...
Page 827 8-362 COPIER>OPTION>ACC COPIER>OPTION>ACC OUT-TRAY SetofThirdDeliveryTrayinstallation USB-MSK LimitforUSBhostusingcannel Lv.1 Details TosetwhethertheThirdDeliveryTrayisinstalled. Lv.1 Details TosetthechannelthatcannotusetheUSBhost. WhentheThirdDeliveryTrayisinstalled,set"1". Usecase Usecase WheninstallingtheThirdDeliveryTray Adj/set/operate 0to2 Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. method 0:Notlimited,1:CH1,2:Notused method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to1 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 0:Notinstalled,1:Installed Unit Unit Appropriatetarget Appropriatetarget value value Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime...
Page 828 8-363 COPIER>OPTION>ACC COPIER>OPTION>ACC IN-TRAY SetofSecondDeliveryTrayinstallation MIN-PRC SetofCoinManagerminimumprice Lv.1 Details TosetwhethertheSecondDeliveryTrayisinstalled. Lv.1 Details TosettheminimumamounttobehandledwithCoinManager. WhentheSecondDeliveryTrayisinstalled,set"1". Enter10whenspecifying10Japaneseyenastheminimumamount tobehandledwiththeCoinManagerthatsupportsJapaneseyen. Usecase WheninstallingtheSecondDeliveryTray Inthecasetospecify1to4(Euro/Pound/SwissFranc/Dollar)by Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. goingthroughthefollowing:COPIER>OPTION>ACC>UNIT-PRC, method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. entryisinfractionalunit.Entryof50indicates50cents($0.50). Caution Usecase AtinstallationofCoinManager Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 0:Notinstalled,1:Installed method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Unit Caution Thismodeisenabledwhenselecting4forthefollowing:COPIER> Appropriatetarget OPTION>ACC>COIN. value Display/adj/setrange 0to9999...
Page 829 8-364 COPIER>OPTION>ACC COPIER>OPTION>ACC MAX-PRC SetofCoinManagermaximumprice SRL-SPSW SettingofSerialI/FKitsupport Lv.1 Details TosetthemaximumamounttobehandledwithCoinManager. Lv.1 Details TosetthesupportleveloftheSerialInterfaceKit. Enter8800whenspecifying8800Japaneseyenasthemaximum Tokeepprocessingperformanceofprinterengine,select"1:Priority amounttobehandledwiththeCoinManagerthatsupportsJapanese onspeed". yen. Tocorrectlystoptheoutputbytheupperlimitnumberofsheets, Inthecasetospecify1to4(Euro/Pound/SwissFranc/Dollar)by select"2:Priorityonupperlimitnumberofsheets". goingthroughthefollowing:COPIER>OPTION>ACC>UNIT-PRC, Usecase AtinstallationofSerialInterfaceKit entryisinfractionalunit.Entryof50indicates50cents($0.50). Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase AtinstallationofCoinManager method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Adj/set/operate 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Withpriorityonspeed,outputcannotbecorrectlystoppedbythe method 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. upperlimitnumberofsheets. Caution Thismodeisenabledwhenselecting4forthefollowing:COPIER> Withpriorityontheupperlimitnumberofsheets,processing OPTION>ACC>COIN.
Page 830 8-365 INT-FACE COPIER>OPTION>INT-FACE AP-ACCNT JobdeptIDsetofappliw/printserver COPIER>OPTION>INT-FACE Lv.2 Details TosetdepartmentIDtotheprintjobfromtheapplication(PrintMe) IMG-CONT Connectionsettingofprintserver equippedwithprintserver. Lv.1 Details Tosetconnectionwithprintserver. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Usecase Atinstallation Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to9999999 Display/adj/setrange 0to5 Unit 0:Normalmode(Printservernotconnected),1,2:Notused,3: Appropriatetargetvalue Printserverconnected,4,5:Notused Defaultvalue Unit Requiredtime Appropriatetargetvalue Relatedservicemode Defaultvalue Relatedusermode Requiredtime...
Page 831 8-366 LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>INT-FACE NWCT-TM Timeoutsettingofnetworkconnection COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR Lv.2 Details Tosetthetimetokeepnetworkconnectionbetweenthis ST-SEND InstallstatedisofSENDfunction machineandthePCapplication(keep-alivesetting). Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofSENDfunctionwhentransferis Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetimeisincreasedby1 disabled. minute. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherSENDfunctionisinstalled Usecase Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-SEND. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicensekey Caution isdisplayedunderTR-SEND. Display/adj/setrange 1to5 Caution Unit 1minute Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue...
Page 832 8-367 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-ENPDF InstallstatedisofSENDencryPDFTX ST-SPDF InstalstatedisofSENDsearchblPDFTX Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateoftransmissionfunctionforSEND Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateoftransmissionfunctionforSEND encryptionPDFwhentransferisdisabled. searchablePDFwhentransferisdisabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhethertransmissionfunctionforSEND Usecase WhencheckingwhethertransmissionfunctionforSEND encryptionPDFisinstalled searchablePDFisinstalled Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-ENPDF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-SPDF. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicensekey Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense isdisplayedunderTR-ENPDF. keyisdisplayedunderTR-SPDF. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit...
Page 833 8-368 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-EXPDF InstallstatedisofPDFExpansionKit ST-PDFDR InstallstatedisofPDFdirectprint Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPDFExpansionKitwhentransfer Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPDFdirectprintfunctionwhen isdisabled. transferisdisabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPDFExpansionKitisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPDFdirectprintfunctionisinstalled. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-EXPDF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PDFDR. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-EXPDF. keyisdisplayedunderTR-PDFDR. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 834 8-369 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-SCR Installstatedisofencrysecureprint ST-HDCLR InstallstatedisofHDDencry/delete Lv.2 Details Todisplayinstallationstateofencryptionsecureprintfunction Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofHDDencryption/datacomplete whentransferisdisabled. deletionfunctionwhentransferisdisabled. Usecase Whencheckingwhetherencryptionsecureprintfunctionis Usecase WhencheckingwhetherHDDencryption/datacompletedeletion installed. functionisinstalled Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-SCR. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-HDCLR. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-SCR. keyisdisplayedunderTR-HDCLR. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit...
Page 835 8-370 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-BRDIM InstallstatedisplayofBarDIMM ST-VNC InstallationstatedisplayofVNC Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofBarDIMMwhentransferis Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofVNCfunctionwhentransferis disabled. disabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherBarDIMMisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherVNCfunctionisinstalled Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-BRDIM. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-VNC. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-BRDIM. keyisdisplayedunderTR-VNC. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 836 8-371 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-WEB InstallationstatedisofWebbrowser ST-HRPDF InstallstatedisofhighcompressPDF Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofWebbrowserwhentransferis Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofhighcompressionPDFfunction disabled. whentransferisdisabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherWebbrowserisinstalled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherhighcompressionPDFfunctionis installed. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-WEB. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-HRPDF. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. keyisdisplayedunderTR-WEB. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-HRPDF. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 837 8-372 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-TRSND InstallstatedisoftrialSENDfunction ST-WTMRK Installstatedisofwatermarkfunction Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateoftrialSENDfunctionwhentransfer Lv.2 Details Todisplayinstallationstateofwatermarkprintfunctionwhen isdisabled. transferisdisabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhethertrialSENDfunctionisinstalled. Usecase Whencheckingwhetherwatermarkprintfunctionisinstalled. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-TRSND. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-WTMRK. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-TRSND. keyisdisplayedunderTR-WTMRK. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 838 8-373 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-TSPDF InstallstatedisofPDFTXw/timestamp ST-USPDF InstallstatedisofPDFTXw/usersign Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPDFtransmissionfunctionwith Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPDFtransmissionfunctionwith timestampwhentransferisdisabled. usersignaturewhentransferisdisabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPDFtransmissionfunctionwithtime Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPDFtransmissionfunctionwithuser stampisinstalled. signatureisinstalled Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-TSPDF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-USPDF. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-TSPDF. keyisdisplayedunderTR-USPDF. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit...
Page 839 8-374 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-DVPDF InstallstatedisofPDFTXw/devcsign ST-SCPDF InstalstatedisofscalablePDFTXfunc Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPDFtransmissionfunctionwith Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofscalablePDFtransmission devicesignaturewhentransferisdisabled. functionwhentransferisdisabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPDFtransmissionfunctionwithdevice Usecase WhencheckingwhetherscalablePDFtransmissionfunctionis signatureisinstalled installed Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-DVPDF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-SCPDF. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-DVPDF. keyisdisplayedunderTR-SCPDF. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit...
Page 840 8-375 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-AMS InstallationstatedisplayofACQ ST-ERDS InstalstatedisofE-RDS3rdptyexpnsn Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofACQwhentransferisdisabled. Lv.2 Details Todisplayinstallationstateofthirdpartyexpansionfunctionof E-RDSwhentransferisdisabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherACQisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherthirdpartyexpansionfunctionofE-RDS Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-AMS. isinstalled 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-ERDS. keyisdisplayedunderTR-AMS. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Caution keyisdisplayedunderTR-ERDS. Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue...
Page 841 8-376 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-PS InstallstatedisplayofPSfunction ST-PCL InstallstatedisplayofPCLfunction Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPSfunctionwhentransferis Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPCLfunctionwhentransferis disabled. disabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPSfunctionisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPCLfunctionisinstalled Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PS. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PCL. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-PS. keyisdisplayedunderTR-PCL. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 842 8-377 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-PSLI5 InstalstateofPS/LIPS4/LIPSLX(UFRII) ST-LIPS5 InstallstateofLIPSLX(UFRII)&LIPS4 Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPS/LIPS4/LIPSLX(UFRIIfor Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofLIPSLX(UFRIIforoutsideJapan) outsideJapan)functionwhentransferisdisabled. andLIPS4functionswhentransferisdisabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPS/LIPS4/LIPSLX(UFRII)functionis Usecase WhencheckingwhetherLIPSLX(UFRII)andLIPS4functions installed areinstalled Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PSLI5. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-LIPS5. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-PSLI5. keyisdisplayedunderTR-LIPS5. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit...
Page 843 8-378 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-LIPS4 InstallstatedisofLIPSIVfunction ST-PSPCL InstallstatedisofPS/PCLfunction Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofLIPSIVfunctionwhentransferis Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPS/PCLfunctionwhentransferis disabled. disabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherLIPSIVfunctionisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPS/PCLfunctionisinstalled Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-LIPS4. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PSPCL. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-LIPS4. keyisdisplayedunderTR-PSPCL. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 844 8-379 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-PCLUF InstallstatedisofPCL/UFRfunction ST-PSLIP InstallstatedisofPS/LIPSfunction Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPCL/UFRfunctionwhentransferis Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPS/LIPSfunctionwhentransferis disabled. disabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPCL/UFRfunctionisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPS/LIPSfunctionisinstalled Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PCLUF. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PSLIP. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-PCLUF. keyisdisplayedunderTR-PSLIP. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 845 8-380 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-PSPCU InstallstatedisofPS/PCL/UFRfunc ST-LXUFR InstallstatedisofLIPSLX(UFRII)func Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPS/PCL/UFRfunctionwhen Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofLIPSLX(UFRIIforoutsideJapan) transferisdisabled. functionwhentransferisdisabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPS/PCL/UFRfunctionisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherLIPSLX(UFRll)functionisinstalled Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-PSPCU. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-LXUFR. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-PSPCU. keyisdisplayedunderTR-LXUFR. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 846 8-381 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-HDCR2 InstallstatedisofHDDdeletefunction ST-USB-M Installstatedisofprint/savefromUSB Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofHDDdatacompletedeletion Lv.2 Details Todisplayinstallationstateofprint/savefunctionfrommemory functionwhentransferisdisabled. mediawhentransferisdisabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherHDDdatacompletedeletionfunctionis Usecase Whencheckingwhetherprint/savefunctionfrommemorymedia installed isinstalled Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-HDCR2. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-USB-M. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-HDCR2. keyisdisplayedunderTR-USB-M. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit...
Page 847 8-382 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-MOBIL Installstatedisofmobilelinkfunc ST-JBLK Installstatedisofinfoembeddingfunc Lv.2 Details Todisplayinstallationstateofmobilecollaboration(mobileprint) Lv.2 Details Todisplayinstallationstateofinformationembeddingfunction functionwhentransferisdisabled. whentransferisdisabled. Usecase Whencheckingwhethermobilecollaborationfunctionisinstalled Usecase Whencheckingwhetherinformationembeddingfunctionis installed Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-MOBIL. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-JBLK. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. keyisdisplayedunderTR-MOBIL. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-JBLK. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 848 8-383 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-AFAX InstallstatedisofAirFAXclientfunc ST-REPDF InstallstatedisofPDFw/readerextsn Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofAirFAXclientfunctionwhen Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofPDFfunctionwithreaderextension transferisdisabled. whentransferisdisabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherAirFAXclientfunctionisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherPDFfunctionwithreaderextensionis installed Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-AFAX. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-REPDF. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. keyisdisplayedunderTR-AFAX. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-REPDF. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 849 8-384 COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR COPIER>OPTION>LCNS-TR ST-OOXML InstallstatedisofOOXMLsendfunction ST-XPS InstallstatedisofXPSdirectprint Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofOOXMLsendfunctionwhen Lv.2 Details TodisplayinstallationstateofXPSdirectprintfunctionwhen transferisdisabled. transferisdisabled. Usecase WhencheckingwhetherOOXMLsendfunctionisinstalled Usecase WhencheckingwhetherXPSdirectprintfunctionisinstalled Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-OOXML. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)SelectST-XPS. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. 2)Enter0,andthenpressOKkey. Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense Wheninstallationhasbeencompleted,thetransferlicense keyisdisplayedunderTR-OOXML. keyisdisplayedunderTR-XPS. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Display/adj/setrange When operation finished normally: OK! Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 850 8-385 COPIER COPIER>TEST>PG TXPH Settingoftestprintimagemode Lv.1 Details Tosettheimagemodeatthetimeoftestprintoutput. TEST Thismodeisenabledfortestprintonly. Usecase Attroubleanalysis Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution COPIER>TEST>PG Display/adj/setrange 0to6 TYPE Testprint 0:Errordiffusion 1:Lowscreenrulingscreen(approx.133to190lines) Lv.1 Details Toexecutethetestprint. 2:Highscreenrulingscreen(approx.200to268lines) Usecase Attroubleanalysis 3:Copyscreen(approx.220lines) Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 4:REOSscreen(noscreenstructure) Testprintisexecuted. 5to6:Notused Caution Besuretoreturnthevalueto0afterthetestprintoutput. Unit Display/adj/setrange 0to100 Appropriatetargetvalue 0:ImagefromCCD(normalprint) Defaultvalue 1to3:ForR&Duse...
Page 851 8-386 COPIER>TEST>PG COPIER>TEST>PG DENS-Y AdjofYcolordensityattestprint DENS-K AdjofBkcolordensityattestprint Lv.1 Details ToadjustYcolordensitywhenperformingtestprint(TYPE=5). Lv.1 Details ToadjustBkcolordensitywhenperformingtestprint(TYPE=5). Asthevalueisincreased,thedensitybecomeshigher. Asthevalueisincreased,thedensitybecomeshigher. Usecase Attestprint(TYPE=5) Usecase Attestprint(TYPE=5) Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to255 Display/adj/setrange 0to255 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo...
Page 852 8-387 COPIER>TEST>PG COPIER>TEST>PG COLOR-M Mcoloroutputsettingattestprint COLOR-K Bkcoloroutputsettingattestprint Lv.1 Details TomakeasettingofMcoloroutputfortestprint. Lv.1 Details TomakeasettingofBkcoloroutputfortestprint. Thesettingisappliedtoalltypes. Thesettingisappliedtoalltypes. Whensetting"COLOR-M"to1andotheritemsto"0",asingleM Whensetting"COLOR-K"to1andotheritemsto"0",asingleBk colorisoutput. colorisoutput. Usecase Attestprint Usecase Attestprint Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Notoutput,1:Output 0:Notoutput,1:Output Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime...
Page 853 8-388 COPIER>TEST>PG COPIER>TEST>PG PG-PICK Settingoftestprintpickupcassette FINISH Accessoryprocessingfunctiontestprint Lv.1 Details Tosetthepickupcassettefortestprintoutput. Lv.1 Details Toexecutethetestprintrelatingtoaccessoryprocessing function. Usecase Attroubleanalysis Attestprintoutput Usecase Whencheckingoperationofaccessoryprocessingfunction Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)EnterthenumberofsheetsforPG-QTY,andthenpressOK key. Caution 2)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 1to8 3)PressStartbutton. 1:Cassette1,2:Cassette2,3:Cassette3,4:Cassette4,5:Paper Themachineoutputsatestprint. Deck,6:Multi-purposeTray,7to8:Notused Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange 0to99 Appropriatetargetvalue 0:N/A Defaultvalue 1:Staple(front)*1 Requiredtime 2:Staple(2points)*1 Relatedservicemode...
Page 854 8-389 NETWORK COPIER>TEST>NETWORK Lv.2 Details To set whether to only display the device configuration in the COPIER>TEST>NETWORK SystemMonitorscreenwhensupportingBMlinks. PING Networkconnectioncheck Whenthesettingisswitched,theStatusandLogarenot Lv.1 Details TocheckconnectionbetweenthismachineandTCP/IPnetwork. displayed. • Usecase Whencheckingnetworkconnectionatthetimeofinstallation Usecase WhensupportingBMlinks • Atnetworkconnectionfailure Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod 1)TurnOFFthemainpowerswitch. Caution 2)Connectthenetworkcabletothismachine,andthenturnON Display/adj/setrange 0to1 themainpowerswitch.
Page 855 8-390 COPIER>TEST>NETWORK COPIER>TEST>NETWORK PING-IP6 PINGtransmissiontoIPv6address IPSECINT InterrupttestofIPSecEncryptionBoard Lv.1 Details To send PING to the address specified by IPV6-ADR. Lv.1 Details ToexecutetheinterrupttestofIPSecEncryptionBoard. ThenetworkconnectionconditionintheIPv6environmentcanbe Tocheckwhetherahardwarefailurehasoccurred. checked. Usecase Whencheckingwhetherahardwarefailurehasoccurredtothe Usecase IPSecEncryptionBoard Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange Atnormalstate:OK Atfailureoccurrence:NG(0:Theboardcannotberecognized.1: Unit Anerroroccurredtotheresult.) Appropriatetargetvalue - Unit Defaultvalue...
Page 856 8-391 COPIER COPIER>COUNTER>TOTAL COPY Totalcopycounter Lv.1 Details Tocountupwhenthepaperisdeliveredoutsidethemachine. COUNTER Largesize:1,smallsize:1 Ablanksheetisnotcounted. Usecase TOTAL Adj/set/operatemethod COPIER>COUNTER>TOTAL Caution SERVICE1 Service-purposedtotalcounter1 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Lv.1 Details Tocountupwhenthepaperisdeliveredoutsidethemachine. Unit Largesize:1,smallsize:1 Appropriatetargetvalue Ablanksheetisnotcounted. Defaultvalue Usecase Requiredtime Adj/set/operatemethod Relatedservicemode Caution Relatedusermode Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Supplement/memo Unit PDL-PRT PDLprintcounter Appropriatetargetvalue Lv.1 Details...
Page 857 8-392 COPIER>COUNTER>TOTAL COPIER>COUNTER>TOTAL FAX-PRT FAXreceptionprintcounter RPT-PRT Reportprintcounter Lv.1 Details Tocountupwhenthepaperisdeliveredoutsidethemachine Lv.1 Details Tocountupwhenthepaperisdeliveredoutsidethemachine accordingtothechargecounteratFAXreception. accordingtothechargecounteratreportprint. Largesize:1,smallsize:1 Largesize:1,smallsize:1 Ablanksheetisnotcounted. Ablanksheetisnotcounted. Usecase Usecase Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo...
Page 858 8-393 PICK-UP COPIER>COUNTER>TOTAL SCAN Scancounter COPIER>COUNTER>PICK-UP Lv.1 Details Tocountthenumberofscanoperationsaccordingtothecharge Cassette1pickuptotalcounter counterwhenthescanningoperationiscomplete. Lv.1 Details Largesize:1,Smallsize:1 Largesize:1,smallsize:1 Usecase Usecase Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Whenthecounteriscleared Caution Selecttheitem,andthenpressClearkey. Display/adj/setrange Caution Unit Numberofsheets Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode Supplement/memo Relatedusermode Cassette2pickuptotalcounter Supplement/memo Lv.1...
Page 859 8-394 COPIER>COUNTER>PICK-UP COPIER>COUNTER>PICK-UP Cassette4pickuptotalcounter 2-SIDE 2-sidedpickuptotalcounter Lv.1 Details Largesize:1,Smallsize:1 Lv.1 Details Largesize:1,Smallsize:1 Usecase Usecase Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange Unit Numberofsheets Unit Numberofsheets Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo Multi-purposeTraypickuptotalcounter T-8-72 Lv.1 Details Largesize:1,Smallsize:1 Usecase Adj/set/operatemethod...
Page 860 8-395 FEEDER COPIER>COUNTER>FEEDER COPIER>COUNTER>JAM FEED DADForiginalpickuptotalcounter TOTAL Printertotaljamcounter Lv.1 Details Lv.1 Details Usecase WhencheckingthetotalcounteroforiginalpickupbyDADF Usecase Whencheckingthetotaljamcounterofprinter Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange Unit Numberofsheets Unit Numberoftimes Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo DFOP-CNT DADFhingeopen/closecounter FEEDER Feedertotaljamcounter Lv.1...
Page 861 8-396 COPIER>COUNTER>JAM COPIER>COUNTER>JAM 2-SIDE DuplexUnitjamcounter LeftDeckjamcounter Lv.1 Details Lv.1 Details Usecase WhencheckingthejamcounterofDuplexUnit Usecase Whencheckingthejamcounterofmachine'sLeftDeck Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange Unit Numberoftimes Unit Numberoftimes Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo Multi-purposeTrayjamcounter Cassette3pickupjamcounter Lv.1 Details Lv.1 Details Usecase...
Page 862 8-397 MISC COPIER>COUNTER>JAM PODDeckLitejamcounter COPIER>COUNTER>MISC Lv.1 Details T-SPLY-Y Ytonersupplycounter Usecase WhencheckingthejamcounterofPODDeckLite Lv.1 Details NumberofYcolortonersupplyblocks. Adj/set/operatemethod CountedforeveryonerotationofTonerStirringScrew. Caution Usecase Whencheckingtheusagestatusoftoner Display/adj/setrange Adj/set/operatemethod Unit Numberoftimes Caution Appropriatetargetvalue Display/adj/setrange Defaultvalue Unit Numberofblocks Requiredtime Appropriatetargetvalue Relatedservicemode Defaultvalue Relatedusermode Requiredtime Supplement/memo Relatedservicemode T-8-74 Relatedusermode Supplement/memo T-SPLY-M Mtonersupplycounter Lv.1...
Page 863 8-398 COPIER>COUNTER>MISC COPIER>COUNTER>MISC T-SPLY-K Bktonersupplycounter ST-NDL Stapleneedlecounter:Fin-A1/C1 Lv.1 Details NumberofBkcolortonersupplyblocks. Lv.1 Details Tocounttheuseofthestapleneedle. CountedforeveryonerotationofTonerStirringScrew. Usecase Usecase Whencheckingtheusagestatusoftoner Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange Unit Numberoftimes Unit Numberofblocks Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo ENT-PTH Entrancepaperpathcounter:Fin-C1 ALLPW-ON NumberofDCONPCBpower-ontimes...
Page 864 8-399 COPIER>COUNTER>MISC PUN-CAB PunchUnitCablecounter:Fin-C1 COPIER>COUNTER>JOB Lv.1 Details PunchUnitCablecounter DVPAPLEN Averagepaperlengthofjob Usecase Lv.1 Details Averagepaperlengthintheperiodfromwhentheprinterengine Adj/set/operatemethod startsprintingoperationtowhenitstopstheoperation. Caution Sincetheprinterengineconsiderssmalljobsthatareexecuted Display/adj/setrange continuouslyasalargejob,theaveragepaperlengthaffects Unit Numberoftimes calculationofthelife. Appropriatetargetvalue Usecase Defaultvalue Adj/set/operatemethod Requiredtime Caution Relatedservicemode Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Relatedusermode Unit Supplement/memo Appropriatetargetvalue PUN-WST Punchwastecounter:Fin-C1 Defaultvalue Lv.1 Details PunchUnitpunchwastecounter Requiredtime...
Page 865 8-400 DRBL-1 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 TR-BLT ITBpartscounter COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement T/S-UNIT TransferSeparationGuidepartscounter 2ndline:Estimatedlife Lv.1 Details TransferSeparationGuideUnit Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement parts 2ndline:Estimatedlife Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe key. parts Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear andthenpressOKkey. key. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 andthenpressOKkey. Unit Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Appropriatetargetvalue Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999...
Page 866 8-401 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 TR-ROLK PrimaryTransferRoller(Bk)partscounter PT-DRM BkPhotosensitiveDrumpartscounter Lv.1 Details Duetotheengagement/disengagementoftheRoller,BkRoller Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement counterisadvancedseparatelyfromY/M/CRoller 2ndline:Estimatedlife 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe 2ndline:Estimatedlife parts Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear parts key. Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, key. andthenpressOKkey. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Unit Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 867 8-402 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 DV-UNT-Y DevelopingAssembly(Y)partscounter DV-UNT-K DevelopingAssembly(Bk)partscounter Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife 2ndline:Estimatedlife Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe parts parts Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear key. key. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, andthenpressOKkey. andthenpressOKkey. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 868 8-403 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 C1-FD-RL Cassette1FeedRollerpartscounter C2-FD-RL Cassette2FeedRollerpartscounter Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife 2ndline:Estimatedlife Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe parts parts Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear key. key. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, andthenpressOKkey. andthenpressOKkey. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 869 8-404 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 M-FD-RL Multi-purposeTrayFeedRollprtscntr FX-UNIT FixingAssemblypartscounter Lv.1 Details Multi-purposeTrayFeedRoller Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife 2ndline:Estimatedlife Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe parts parts Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear key. key. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, andthenpressOKkey. andthenpressOKkey. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 870 8-405 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 WST-TNR WasteTonerContainerpartscounter PT-DR-Y PhotosensitiveDrum(Y)partscounter Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife 2ndline:Estimatedlife Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe parts parts Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear key. key. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, andthenpressOKkey. andthenpressOKkey. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue...
Page 871 8-406 DRBL-2 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-1 PT-DR-C PhotosensitiveDrum(C)partscounter COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement DF-PU-RL PickupRollerpartscounter:AllReader 2ndline:Estimatedlife Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe 2ndline:Estimatedlife parts Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear parts key. Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, key. andthenpressOKkey. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Unit Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Appropriatetargetvalue Unit...
Page 872 8-407 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 DF-FD-RL FeedRoller1partscounter:D-Reader LNT-TAP1 Dust-collectingcounter:AllReader Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife 2ndline:Estimatedlife Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe parts parts Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear key. key. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, andthenpressOKkey. andthenpressOKkey. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit Numberofsheets Unit Numberofsheets...
Page 873 8-408 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 STAMP Stamppartscounter:AllReader PD-PU-RL PickupRollerpartscounter:Deck Lv.1 Details TodisplaythepartscounterandtheestimatedlifeofDADF Lv.1 Details PickupRoller(Front/Rear)ofPaperDeck/PODDeckLite/Multi Stamp. Deck(Upper) 1stline:Numberofsheetsfedafterthepreviousreplacement 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlifetobeenteredbyoperator 2ndline:Estimatedlife Usecase Atreplacement Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe parts Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear key. Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,andthenenterthe key. estimatedlife. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, andthenpressOKkey. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit...
Page 874 8-409 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 PD-FD-RL FeedRollerpartscounter:Deck C3-FD-RL Cassette3FeedRollerpartscounter Lv.1 Details FeedRollerofPaperDeck/PODDeckLite/MultiDeck(Upper) Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife 2ndline:Estimatedlife Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe parts parts Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear key. key. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, andthenpressOKkey. andthenpressOKkey. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit Unit Numberofsheets...
Page 875 8-410 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 C4-FD-RL Cassette4FeedRollerpartscounter FIN-STPR Staplerpartscounter:Fin-A1/C1 Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement Lv.1 Details StaplerUnit 2ndline:Estimatedlife 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe parts Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe parts Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear key. Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, key. andthenpressOKkey. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. andthenpressOKkey. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit Unit Numberoftimes...
Page 876 8-411 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 SDL-STPL SaddleStaplerpartscounter:Fin-C1 FN-BFFRL BufferRollerpartscounter:Fin-C1 Lv.1 Details SaddleStaplerUnit Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife 2ndline:Estimatedlife Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe parts parts Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear key. key. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, andthenpressOKkey. andthenpressOKkey. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit Unit Numberoftimes...
Page 877 8-412 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 COPIER>COUNTER>DRBL-2 SWG-STC SwngGuideInsideSttcChgElim:Fin-C1 DL-STC StackWallSttcElimprtscntr:Fin-A1/C1 Lv.1 Details SwingGuideInsideStaticChargeEliminator Lv.1 Details 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 1stline:Totalcountervaluefromthepreviousreplacement 2ndline:Estimatedlife 2ndline:Estimatedlife Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe Usecase Whencheckingtheconsumptionlevelofparts/replacingthe parts parts Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear Adj/set/operatemethod Toclearthecountervalue:Selecttheitem,andthenpressClear key. key. Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, Tochangetheestimatedlife:Selecttheitem,enterthevalue, andthenpressOKkey. andthenpressOKkey. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Caution Clearthecountervalueafterreplacement. Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Display/adj/setrange 0to99999999 Unit Numberofsheets Unit...
Page 878 8-413 T-CNTR COPIER>COUNTER>T-CNTR BLACK BkTonerContainercounter COPIER>COUNTER>T-CNTR Lv.1 Details Tocountupintheunitof0.1BkcolorTonerContainer YELLOW YTonerContainercounter consumed. Lv.1 Details Tocountupintheunitof0.1YcolorTonerContainerconsumed. Usecase WhencheckingtheconsumptionvolumeofTonerContainer Usecase WhencheckingtheconsumptionvolumeofTonerContainer Adj/set/operatemethod Adj/set/operatemethod Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Supplement/memo T-8-79 MAGENTA MTonerContainercounter Lv.1...
Page 879 8-414 V-CNTR COPIER>COUNTER>V-CNTR CYAN VideocountCcounter COPIER>COUNTER>V-CNTR Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionofcyanvideocount. TOTAL Videocounttotalcounter Smallsize:1,Largesize:1 Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionoftotalvideocountforeachcolor. Usecase Whencheckingdistributionofvideocount Smallsize:1,Largesize:1 Adj/set/operatemethod Usecase Whencheckingdistributionofvideocount Caution Adj/set/operatemethod Display/adj/setrange Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode Supplement/memo Relatedusermode BLACK VideocountBkcounter Supplement/memo Lv.1...
Page 880 8-415 V2-CNTR COPIER>COUNTER>V2-CNTR CYAN VideocountCcounter COPIER>COUNTER>V2-CNTR Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionofcyanvideocount. TOTAL Videocounttotalcounter Smallsize:1,Largesize:2 Lv.1 Details Todisplaydistributionoftotalvideocountforeachcolor. Usecase Whencheckingdistributionofvideocount Smallsize:1,Largesize:2 Adj/set/operatemethod Usecase Whencheckingdistributionofvideocount Caution Adj/set/operatemethod Display/adj/setrange Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode Supplement/memo Relatedusermode BLACK VideocountBkcounter Supplement/memo Lv.1...
Page 881 8-416 FEEDER FEEDER>DISPLAY SPSN-LMN DisofPost-sprtnSensremissionvoltage Lv.1 Details Todisplaythelight-emittingvoltagevalueforthePost-separation DISPLAY Sensor. Usecase Whenjamsfrequentlyoccur Adj/set/operatemethod N/A(Displayonly) FEEDER>DISPLAY Caution FEEDSIZE DisoforiginalsizedetectedbyDADF Display/adj/setrange 0to255 Lv.1 Details TodisplaytheoriginalsizedetectedbyDADF. Unit Usecase Appropriatetargetvalue Approx.113 Adj/set/operatemethod N/A(Displayonly) Defaultvalue Caution Requiredtime Display/adj/setrange Relatedservicemode Unit Relatedusermode Appropriatetargetvalue Supplement/memo Defaultvalue SPSN-RCV DisofPost-sprtnSensrrecvvoltage Requiredtime Lv.1...
Page 882 8-417 ADJUST FEEDER>DISPLAY RDSN-RCV DisplayofLeadSensorreceptionvoltage Lv.1 Details Todisplaythelight-receivingvoltagevaluefortheLeadSensor. FEEDER>ADJUST Usecase Whenjamsfrequentlyoccur DOCST AdjofDADFimgleadedgemargin:front Adj/set/operatemethod Removeandinsertthepaperatthesensorposition,andcheck Lv.1 Details ToadjustthemarginattheleadingedgeoftheimageforDADF thevalueatpresence/absenceofthepaper. scanning. Caution ExecutewhentheoutputimageafterDADFinstallationis Display/adj/setrange 0to255 dislocated. Unit EnterthevalueofservicelabelwhenReaderControllerPCBis Appropriatetargetvalue Atthepresenceofpaper:123orlower,Attheabsenceofpaper: replaced/RAMdataiscleared. 179orhigher Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginattheleadingedge oftheimageisdecreasedby0.1mm.(Theimagemovesinthe Defaultvalue directionoftheleadingedgeofthesheet.) Requiredtime • Usecase WheninstallingDADF Relatedservicemode •...
Page 883 8-418 FEEDER>ADJUST FEEDER>ADJUST DOCST2 AdjofDADFimgleadedgemargin:back ADJMSCN1 Zoomadjin2-sidedhorzscanway:front Lv.1 Details ToadjustthemarginattheleadingedgeoftheimageforDADF Lv.1 Details To make a fine adjustment of the front side image magnification scanning. inhorizontalscanningdirectionatthetimeofDADFduplex ExecutewhentheoutputimageafterDADFinstallationis scanning. dislocated. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimageisreducedby0.1% EnterthevalueofservicelabelwhenReaderControllerPCBis inhorizontalscanningdirection. replaced/RAMdataiscleared. Usecase Whenadisplacementoccurstothefront/backsideimage Asthevalueisincrementedby1,themarginattheleadingedge magnification at the time of duplex scanning oftheimageisdecreasedby0.1mm.(Theimagemovesinthe Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Page 884 8-419 FUNCTION FEEDER>ADJUST ADJSSCN1 Zoomadjin2-sidedvertscanway:front Lv.1 Details To make a fine adjustment of the front side image magnification FEEDER>FUNCTION inverticalscanningdirectionatthetimeofDADFduplex SENS-INT InitializationofDADFSensors scanning. Lv.1 Details ToinitializeDADFSensors. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theimageisreducedby0.1% Usecase WhenreplacingReaderControllerPCB/Post-separationSensor inverticalscanningdirection. 1(SR2)/Post-separationSensor2(SR3)/Post-separation Usecase Whenadisplacementoccurstothefront/backsideimage Sensor3(PCB2)/RegistrationSensor(PCB3)/LeadSensor1 magnification at the time of duplex scanning (PCB4)/LeadSensor2(SR5) Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey.
Page 885 8-420 FEEDER>FUNCTION FEEDER>FUNCTION TRY-A4 AdjofDADFTraywidthdetectref1:A4 TRY-LTRR AdjofDADFTraywidthdetectref2:LTRR Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyadjustthepaperwidthdetectionreferencepoint Lv.1 Details Toautomaticallyadjustthepaperwidthdetectionreferencepoint 1fortheDADFTray.(A4) 2fortheDADFTray.(LTRR) • • Usecase WhenreplacingtheOriginalWidthVolume(VR) Usecase WhenreplacingtheOriginalWidthVolume(VR) • • WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata WhenreplacingtheReaderControllerPCB/clearingRAMdata Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange Display/adj/setrange Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedservicemode...
Page 886 8-421 FEEDER>FUNCTION FEEDER>FUNCTION CL-CHK SpecifyingDADFOperationClutch FAN-CHK SpecifyingDADFOperationFan Lv.1 Details TospecifytheDADFClutchtobeoperated. Lv.1 Details TospecifytheDADFFantobeoperated. TheClutchisactivatedbyCL-ON. ThefanisactivatedbyFAN-ON. Usecase Atoperationcheck Usecase Atoperationcheck Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Clutch(CL1),1:Clutch(CL2) 0:MotorDriverCoolingFan(FM1) 1:ReadMotorCoolingFan(FM2) Unit Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode FEEDER>FUNCTION>CL-ON Relatedservicemode...
Page 887 8-422 FEEDER>FUNCTION FEEDER>FUNCTION SL-CHK SpecifyingDADFOperationSolenoid MTR-ON Operationcheckofmotor Lv.1 Details TospecifytheDADFsolenoidtobeoperate. Lv.1 Details To start operation check for the motor specified by MTR-CHK. ThesolenoidisactivatedbySL-ON. Usecase Atoperationcheck Usecase Atoperationcheck Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthevalue,andthenpressOKkey. Theunitoperatesforapproximately5secondsand automaticallystops. Caution 2)PressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Theoperationcheckiscompleted. 0:DisengagementSolenoid(SL1) Caution BesuretopresstheOKkeyagainafterexecution.The 1:StampSolenoid(SL2) operationautomaticallystopsafterapproximately5seconds,...
Page 888 8-423 FEEDER>FUNCTION FEED-ON OperationcheckofDADFindividualfeed Lv.1 Details To start operation check for the feed mode specified by FEED- CHK. Usecase Atoperationcheck Adj/set/operatemethod Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Display/adj/setrange Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Relatedservicemode FEEDER>FUNCTION>FEED-CHK Relatedusermode Supplement/memo T-8-84 8-423...
Page 889 8-424 SORTER SORTER>ADJUST STP-F2 Adjfrtstaplepstn(45deg)(LTR):Fin-C1 Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheonefrontstaplepositionontheLTRsizepaper. ADJUST Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmovesto therearsideby0.49mm. Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursatthefrontstaplepositiononLTR SORTER>ADJUST sizepaper PNCH-HLE Adjofpunchholepstnfrompaperedge Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Lv.1 Details Toadjustthelengthfromthepaperedgetothepunchhole. Caution Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepunchholemovesby1 Display/adj/setrange -6to6 Unit 0.49mm Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Usecase Uponuser'srequest Requiredtime Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Relatedservicemode 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Relatedusermode Caution Supplement/memo Display/adj/setrange -4to2 STP-R1...
Page 890 8-425 SORTER>ADJUST SORTER>ADJUST STP-R2 Adjrearstaplepstn(45deg)(LTR):Fin-C1 SDL-STP Adjofsaddlestapleposition:Fin-C1 Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheonerearstaplepositionontheLTRpaper. Lv.1 Details Toadjustthestaplepositionforsaddlestitching.. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmovesto Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmoves therearsideby0.49mm. downwardby0.5mm. Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursattherearstaplepositiononLTR Usecase Whenmisalignmentoccursatthefoldpositionandthestaple sizepaper positionforsaddlestitching Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -6to6 Display/adj/setrange -3to3 Unit 0.49mm Unit 0.5mm Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime...
Page 891 8-426 SORTER>ADJUST SORTER>ADJUST ST-ALG1 AdjStackerA4sizealignpstn:Fin-C1 STP-F3 AdjA4Rfrtstplpstn(<45deg):Fin-C1 Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheA4sizepaperalignmentposition. Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheonefrontstaplepositionontheA4Rsizepaper. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thetravellengthofthe Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmovesto AlignmentPlateisincreasedby0.42mm. therearsideby0.49mm. Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursinA4sizepaper Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursatthefrontstaplepositiononA4R sizepaper Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -10to10 Display/adj/setrange -6to6 Unit 0.42mm Unit 0.49mm Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode...
Page 892 8-427 SORTER>ADJUST SORTER>ADJUST STP-R3 AdjA4Rrearstplpstn(<45deg):Fin-C1 SW-UP-RL AdjofSwingRollerfallingpstn:Fin-C1 Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheonerearstaplepositionontheA4Rsizepaper. Lv.1 Details ToadjusttheSwingRollerdownposition. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thestaplepositionmovesto Asthevalueisincrementedby1,theSwingRollerdownposition therearsideby0.49mm. movesdownwardby0.2mm. Usecase WhenmisalignmentoccursattherearstaplepositiononA4R Usecase WhenpaperfailstobetransportedtotheProcessingTrayand sizepaper misalignmentoccurs Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange -6to6 Display/adj/setrange -17to33 Unit 0.49mm Unit 0.2mm Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime...
Page 893 8-428 SORTER>ADJUST SORTER>ADJUST PRCS-RET AdjProcessTrayreturnamount:Fin-C1 DW-CL Settingdownwardcurlprevmode:Fin-C1 Lv.1 Details Toadjustthepull-backamountofthepaperontheProcessing Lv.1 Details Set1whendownwardcurloccursonthepaperdeliveredtothe Tray. StackTray,andpapersarenotstackedaccurately. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepull-backamountis Usecase WhendownwardcurloccursonthepaperdeliveredtotheStack decreasedby1.4mm. Tray,andpapersarenotstackedaccurately Usecase WhenthepaperisbentintheProcessingTray Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Caution Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Display/adj/setrange 0to5 0:OFF,1:ON Unit 1.4mm Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Requiredtime Relatedservicemode...
Page 894 8-429 SORTER>ADJUST SORTER>ADJUST THC-PUSH Settingheavypproutprevmode:Fin-C1 THN-STC Setpoorthinpprstackprevmode:Fin-C1 Lv.1 Details Set1whenthealreadystackedpaperispushedoutatthetime Lv.1 Details Set1whenthinpaperisnotappropriatelystacked. ofheavypaperdelivery. When1isset,thestackingconditionofthinpaperimproves. When1isset,theStackTraymovesdowntemporarilybefore Usecase Whenthinpaperisnotappropriatelystacked theheavypaperisdeliveredtotheProcessingTrayiftheleading Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. sheetisheavypaper. Caution Usecase Whenthealreadystackedpaperispushedoutatthetimeof Display/adj/setrange 0to1 heavypaperdelivery 0:OFF,1:ON Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Unit Caution Appropriatetargetvalue Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Defaultvalue 0:OFF,1:ON Requiredtime Unit Relatedservicemode Appropriatetargetvalue Relatedusermode...
Page 895 8-430 SORTER>ADJUST SORTER>ADJUST TRY-NIS Settrayswitchnoisereductmode:Fin-C1 FIN-NIS Settraydrivenoisereductmode:Fin-C1 Lv.1 Details Set1whentheoperationnoiseatthetimeofswitchingtheStack Lv.1 Details Set1whentheFinisheroperationnoiseisloud. Trayisloud. When1isset,theinitialFinisheroperationisminimized. When1isset,theStackTrayriseoperationbecomesslow. Usecase WhentheFinisheroperationnoiseisloud Usecase WhentheoperationnoiseatthetimeofswitchingtheStackTray Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. isloud Caution Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Caution 0:OFF,1:ON Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Unit 0:OFF,1:ON Appropriatetargetvalue Unit Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode...
Page 896 8-431 SORTER>ADJUST SORTER>ADJUST SDL-ALM Setsddlfullstackalarmmode:Fin-C1 STP-NTN AdjofStapleNeedlepitch(A4):Fin-A1 Lv.1 Details Set1whendisablingthestackfullalarmforsaddlestitching. Lv.1 Details Toadjustthepitchbetweenneedlesfor2-pointstapling. Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepitchbetweenneedles Usecase Whendisablingthestackfullalarmforsaddlestitching becomeswiderby0.27mm. Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Whenthepitchbetweenneedlesfor2-pointstaplingis Caution inappropriate Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 0:OFF,1:ON Caution Unit Display/adj/setrange -8to8 Appropriatetargetvalue Unit 0.27mm Defaultvalue Appropriatetargetvalue Requiredtime Defaultvalue Relatedservicemode Requiredtime Relatedusermode Relatedservicemode...
Page 897 8-432 FUNCTION SORTER>ADJUST INSTP-R1 Adjofrearstapleposition:Fin-A1 Lv.1 Details Toadjustthepaperpull-inamountoftheGripperatthetimeof SORTER>FUNCTION rear1-pointstapling. FIN-CON ControllerPCBRAMclear:Fin-C1 Asthevalueisincrementedby1,thepaperpull-inamountis Lv.1 Details ToexecutetheRAMclearofFinisherControllerPCBtodelete increasedby0.1mm. alltheadjustmentcontentsandcounterinformation. Usecase Whenmisalignmentoccursattherearstapleposition Adj/set/operatemethod Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Usecase Caution Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Selecttheitem,andthenpressOKkey. Display/adj/setrange -50to50 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Unit 0.27mm • Caution OutputtheservicemodesettingvaluesbyP-PRINTbefore Appropriatetargetvalue execution.Afterexecution,enterthenecessarysettingvalues. Defaultvalue • RAMclearisexecutedafterthemainpoweristurnedOFF/ Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Display/adj/setrange Relatedusermode...
Page 898 8-433 OPTION SORTER>OPTION BLNK-SW SetSaddleFinisherfoldpositionmargin Lv.1 Details TosetthemarginwidthoffoldpositiononSaddleFinisher. Usecase Whenchangingthemarginwidthoffoldposition Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Caution Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Normal,1:Wider Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo T-8-87 8-433...
Page 899 8-434 BOARD BOARD>OPTION MENU-3 Hide/disofprintersettingmenulevel3 Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidethelevel3ofprintersetting OPTION menu. Usecase Uponuser'srequest Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. BOARD>OPTION 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. MENU-1 Hide/disofprintersettingmenulevel1 Caution Lv.2 Details Tosetwhethertodisplayorhidethelevel1ofprintersetting Display/adj/setrange 0to1 menu. 0:Hide,1:Display Usecase Uponuser'srequest Unit Adj/set/operatemethod 1)Enterthesettingvalue,andthenpressOKkey. Appropriatetargetvalue 2)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerswitch. Defaultvalue Caution Requiredtime Display/adj/setrange 0to1 Relatedservicemode 0:Hide,1:Display Relatedusermode Unit Supplement/memo...
Page 900 Display/adj/setrange 0to1 0:Hide,1:Display Unit Appropriatetargetvalue Defaultvalue Requiredtime Relatedservicemode Relatedusermode Supplement/memo Thetonerreductionfunctionisconstantlyenabledasdefault. Toner color is limited to 2.1 colors when genuine Canon profile isused,butitmaybecome2.1colorsormorewhenacustom profile is used for PS data. Therefore, it is limited to 2.1 colors by thetonerreductionfunction. T-8-88 8-435...
Page 901 Installation How to Check this HDD Mirroring Kit-D1 Installation Procedure Reader Heater Unit-G1 Things to do Before Cassette Heater Unit-37 Installation Cassette Heater Unit-32 Points Note Before Utility Tray-A1 Installation Key Switch Unit-A2 Combination Table of Voice Operation Kit-C1 Accessory...
Page 903 HowtoCheckthisInstallationProcedure ThingstodoBeforeInstallation WhenUsingthePartsIncludedinthePackage SelectinganInstallingLocation Asymbolisdescribedontheillustrationinthecaseofusingthepartsincludedinthepackage Theinstallinglocationneedstomeetthefollowingconditions: ofthisproduct. Thus,itisdesirabletogoovertheplannedinstallinglocationbeforebringingthemachineto theuser'ssite. 1)Environmentoftheinstallationsitemustbewithintherangeindicatedbelow.Avoidany area near the faucet, the water heater, the humidifier, or the refrigerator. • Operation/imageassuredrange:temperature:15.0to30.0degC,humidity:5to80% Packaged Item 2) Keep the installation site away from the source of fire, a dusty place, or a place generating ammoniagas.Inthecaseofinstallingthisequipmentinaplacesubjecttodirectsunlight,it F-9-1 F-9-1...
Page 904 • PointstoNoteBeforeInstallation DuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1+InnerFinisher-A1+andPaperDeckUnit-B1 4” (100 mm) or more Takenoteofthefollowingpointswheninstallingthisequipment. 19 3/4” 1)Movingthisequipmentfromalow-temperatureplacetoawarmplatecangenerate (500 mm) 19 3/4” condensation,resultinginimagefault.Thus,whenunpackingthisequipment,leaveitfor2 or more (500 mm) or more hoursormoresothattheequipmentbecomescomfortablewiththeroomtemperature. (Condensation:formationofliquiddropsfromwatervaporonmetalsurface,andusually occurswhenbringingametalobjectfromalow-temperatureplacetoawarmplacedueto rapidly-cooledsurroundingmoisturevapor.) 2)Thehostmachineweighsmaximum175kg.Itisrecommendedtoliftitwith4peopleor 58 1/2” (1,487 mm) more.However,ifthereisastandardtohandleaheavyloadineachsalescompany,follow 50 5/8” (1,284 mm) itforoperation. Also,makesuretoliftthemachinewithkeepingitlevelatoperation. Becausethegravitycenterisintherear,liftwithcare. F-9-4 F-9-4 •...
Page 905 CombinationTableofAccessoryInstallation CombinationoftheOptionsRelatedtotheHDD WheninstallingtheHDDoptions(5productsindicatedbelow),refertothepagesindicatedin CombinationoftheOptionsinstallingtotheRightSide thefollowingtable. • 2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1 oftheHostMachine • 2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1 • RemovableHDDKit-AC1 MEMO: • HDDMirroringKit-D1 • Thefollowingtableshowsthecombinationofaccessoriesthataresetattherightsideof • HDDHDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit-C1 thehostmachine. • Whensettingtheaccessoriesindicatedinthetable,refertothetablebelowandcheckthe combinationbeforethesetup. ReferencePagesintheManualAccordingtoProductCombination • WheninstallingtheUSBDevicePort-B1,installitbeforeinstallingthefollowingoptions. CombinationofProduct ReferencePagesintheManual HDD(80GB/250GB) p.9-43top.9-56 RemovableHDDKit UtilityTray-A1 VoiceGuidance VoiceOperation Card p.9-57top.9-75 HDD(80GB/250GB)+ Kit-F1 Kit-C1 Reader-C1 RemovableHDDKit UtilityTray-A1 HDD(80GB/250GB)+...
Page 906 CheckingtheContents [1] Drum Unit (Bk) x 1 [2] Drum Unit (Color) x 3 [3] Reversal Trail-edge Guide x 1 [4] Right Lower Sub Cover x 1 [5] Size Plate x 2 [6] Light Front Cover x 1 [7] Light Grip Cover x 1 [8] Left Grip Cover x 2 [9] Waste Toner Container x 1 [10] Service Book Case x 1...
Page 907 *1Useonlyinthecasethatthecassettepedestalisnotinstalled. *2Theconnectorhasadifferentshapedependingonlocations. OtherthanUSA MEMO: • TheTouchPenisattachedwiththeControlPanel. • Removeallthepartsinthecassette. • OnlyforAUS,theTonerContainerisinstalledonthehostmachine. Checkthecontentsagainstthefollowing USA(120V) EUR(230V) EUR(230V) C5030/C5035/ C5030i/C5035i C5045/C5051 e-Manual QuickReference FrequentlyAskedQuestions GettingStarted RegistrationforPurchaseinUSA DrumUnitWarranty InstallationCheckList UsersGuide MEAPAdministrationSoftware UFRIIUserSoftware PCLUserSoftware PSUserSoftware MaintenanceGuide HowtoUsetheManuals(UK) AMSKit Register/UpdateSoftwareAdministratorGuide T-9-3 T-9-3...
Page 908 Unpacking 1)Unpackthehostmachine. MEMO: Wheninstallingthecassettepedestal, besuretoplacethehostmachine onthecassettepedestal.(Seethe InstallationProcedureofthecassette pedestal) 2)Holdthe4gripsontheleftorrighttoliftthehostmachineup,andthenputdownthemachinefromtheskid. CAUTION: • Thehostmachineweighsmaximum175kg.It isrecommendedtoliftitwith4peopleormore. However,ifthereisastandardtohandleaheavy loadineachsalescompany,followitforoperation. Also,makesuretoliftthemachinewithkeepingit levelatoperation. • Becausethegravitycenterisintherear,liftwith care. Grip Grip F-9-7 F-9-7...
Page 909 3)Removeallthetapesattachedtothehostmachine. CAUTION: TapesontheCassetteareaarepeeled offinlatersteps. F-9-8 F-9-8 4)PullouttheCassette1and2,andremovethepacking 5)OpentheFrontCoverandtheRightLowerCover. materialsfromthem. MEMO: • Whensettingupforthecopiermodel,refer tothe"DuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1, ColorImageReaderUnit-B1/B2installation procedure". • Whensettingupfortheprintermodel,refer tothe"PrinterCover-C1"statedinthis procedure. F-9-10 F-9-10 F-9-9 F-9-9...
Page 910 9-10 6)PeelofftheProtectionPaper. 7)Inserttheprotrusionin1place.Whilepushingdown[A]claw,inserttheclawin2places,andinstallthe RightFrontCover2. Protection Paper F-9-11 F-9-11 F-9-12 F-9-12 8)Inserttheprotrusionin1place.Whilepushingdown[A]claw,inserttheclawin3places,andinstallthe 9)Installthe2LeftHandleCovers. • RightRearCover3. 1protrusioneach • 1claweach F-9-14 F-9-14 F-9-13 F-9-13 9-10...
Page 911 9-11 InstallationProcedure InstallingtheDrumUnit 1)RemovetheITBCover. 2)CheckthattheITBSubPressureReleaseLeverispositionedinthedirectionofthearrowandifnot,turnitandadjustthe • 2screws(toloosen) position. direction of the arrow screw ITB Sub Pressure Release Lever F-9-15 F-9-15 F-9-16 F-9-16 3) Turn the ITB Pressure Release Lever in the direction of the arrow, and then fit the projection to the triangle mark on the platetoreleasethepressureITB.
Page 912 9-12 4)PullouttheProcessUnituntilitstops. F-9-18 F-9-18 5)HoldtheDevelopingAssemblywithonehand.Withtheotherhand,liftthedummyDrumupverticallyandslowlytoremoveit.(IfthedummyDrumisremoved,theseal canberemovedsimultaneously.) CAUTION: Ifdiagonallypulledout,theseal mightbedamaged.Besuretopull it out flatly in upper direction, and carefully. Likely,removetheDrumofeach color. Dummy Drum F-9-19 F-9-19 9-12...
Page 913 9-13 CAUTION:PointstoNotewhenRemovingtheDummyDrum WhenremovingtheDummyDrum,besuretoliftitslowlyandvertically. Ifliftingitinanobliquedirection,theSealontheDevelopingAssemblyisstressed,andmaycausetearoftheseal. F-9-20 F-9-20 CAUTION: IftheDevelopingSealistorn,removethetornsealbypullingtheendofitinthedirectionofthearrow.Atthattime, becarefulnottoleavethetornsealintheDevelopingAssembly. Rear Side Seal Seal Front Side F-9-21 F-9-21 9-13...
Page 914 9-14 6)HolddownthetopsurfaceofeachDevelopingAssemblyafterremovingDummyDrums. CAUTION: MEMO: Step7)to8)istoinstalltheDrumUnitof CAUTION: Besuretopayattentiontothebelowin eachcolor. doingthenextprocedure. Besuretoholdtheupper sideofeachDeveloping • DonottouchtheDrumarea. Assemblywhenremoving • DonotmaketheCovertobeincontact theseal.Otherwisethe withtheDrumarea. coverwillbeofffromits • DonotmaketheDrumareadisposedof position. lightfor5minutesormore. F-9-22 F-9-22 7)UnpacktheDrumUnit,andremovethecoverfromtheDrumUnit. • Claws2pc Cover Dram Unit CAUTION: Thecovermightbestiff,soproceed withextracarewhenremovingthe coverfromtheDrumUnit. Claw F-9-23 F-9-23 9-14...
Page 915 9-15 Drum for Bk (Blue) Drum for Color (Green) CAUTION: OnlydrumforBk(bluecolor) Position of Drum for Bk is specified the color. Drums forthe3colors(greenones), are not specified the color (Y, M,C). Position of Drum for Color F-9-24 F-9-24 MEMO: Holdthehandlesatrightand leftoftheDrumUnit. Grip F-9-25 F-9-25 9-15...
Page 916 9-16 CAUTION: Ifpushingitintheangle,theshuttermay breaks.Thusmakesuretoinstallitfrom justabove. F-9-26 F-9-26 8)FittheguideoftheProcessUnittotheguideoftheDrumUnittoinstalltheDrumUnit. Drum Unit Guide Process Unit Guide Drum Unit Guide Process Unit Guide F-9-27 F-9-27 9-16...
Page 917 9-17 9)Checkthatthe8LEDlight-receivingareasoftheDrumUnitarenotofffromthebase. F-9-28 F-9-28 10)PuttheProcessUnitbacktothehostmachine,andsecurewiththe2screws. CAUTION: CheckthatthereisnogapbetweenthehostmachineandtheProcessUnit,andthensecurewiththescrew. 9-17...
Page 918 9-18 CAUTION: AfterclosingtheProcessUnit,holdthe edgeofeachDrumUnitfromaboveas describedbelow. IftheDrumUnitisnotsecured,itmay causethecolordisplacement. F-9-29 F-9-29 12)InstalltheITBCover,andtightenthe2 11)TurntheITBPressureReleaseLeverinthe screws(whichhavebeenloosened). direction of the arrow, and then fit the projection tothetrianglemarkontheplatetoapply pressure. CAUTION: WhenpressuringtheITBPressure ReleaseLever,besurethattheRight Lower Cover is opened first before pressuring. F-9-30 F-9-30 9-18...
Page 919 9-19 13)ReleasetheWasteTonerLockLever. 14)SettheWasteTonerContainer,andthenputtheLeverback. 15)ClosetheRightLowerCover,the RightUpperCover,andtheFront Cover. F-9-31 F-9-31 F-9-32 F-9-32 FixingtheMachineinPlace 1)Movethehostmachinetoinstallingposition,turnthe4adjustersofthepedestalwithscrewdriver, andsecurethishostmachine. F-9-33 F-9-33 9-19...
Page 920 9-20 SettingtheEnvironmentHeaterSwitch CAUTION: Incasethatthesettingenvironmentishighhumidityenvironment(*),turnontheEnvironmentHeaterSwitch. *Thisisthecasethatthevalueoftheabsolutewatervolumeinthemachineisabout12gormore. Service Mode > COPIER > DISPLAY > ANALOG > ABS-HUM 1)RemovetheEnvironmentHeaterSwitchCover. CAUTION: Whenremovingthecover,donotinserta screwdriverintheovalhole. F-9-34 F-9-34 2)TurnONtheEnvironmentHeaterSwitch. 3)InstalltheEnvironmentHeaterSwitchCover. F-9-35 F-9-35 9-20...
Page 921 9-21 SettingtheTonerContainer/TurningtheMainPowerON MEMO: OnlyforAUS,theTonerContainerisinstalledonthehostmachine. 1)Connectthepowerplugofthehostmachinetothepoweroutlet. 2)Removetheprotectionsheetonthecontrolpanel. 3)OpentheswitchcoverandturnONthemainpowerswitch. MEMO: • WhenturningONthemainpower,druminitializationanddevelopingassemblyinitializationareautomaticallyexecuted. • In case of the host machine with the Toner Container, toner refill is executed in a row. • Even turning OFF the main power during drum initialization, developing assembly initialization and toner refill, they will be re-executed when turning ON the power again. 4)Afteractivation,followtheinstructionintheControlPanel,andpresstheshutdownkeyintheControlPanel.
Page 922 9-22 9)OpentheTonerCover. 10)Addcheckmarkstoeachcolordisplayedontheoperationscreen,andpress[RemoveTonerCartridges] toopentheTonerReplacementCover. F-9-36 F-9-36 F-9-37 F-9-37 11) Hold the Toner Container as the figure below, and shake it 12)RemovetheProtectionCapoftheTonerContainer approximately10times. whilerotatingittothedirectionofthearrow. MEMO: Step11)to13)istoinstalltheTonerContainer ofeachcolor. F-9-38 F-9-38 F-9-39 F-9-39 9-22...
Page 923 9-23 13)InserttheTonerContainerallthewayin,andclosetheTonerExchangeCover. 14)ClosetheTonerCover. MEMO: • Toner refill will be executed. • Oncethehostmachinegoestostandby state,druminitialization,developing assembly initialization and toner refill are completed. F-9-40 F-9-40 TurningOFFtheMainPowerSwitch 1)TurnOFFthemainpowerswitchofthehostmachine. 2)BesurethatControlPanelDisplayandMainPowerLamparebothturnedOFF,andthendisconnectthepowerplug. 9-23...
Page 924 9-24 CassetteSetting 1)PresstheCassetteReleaseButton,andpullouttheCassette1and2 2)HoldtheSideGuidePlateLever,andadjustitto Side Guide Plate towardthefront. the predefined size. At that time, move the Side Side Guide Plate Lever GuidePlatebyreferringthesizeindex(label)of Rear Edge Guide Plate Lever the sheet size to be set, and fit it to the slot. 3)HoldtheTrailEdgeGuidePlateLever,andadjust it to the predefined size.
Page 925 9-25 7)SettheSizePlateinaccordancewiththesizebeingset.(LumptheSizePlatesnotinusetogether 8)ClosethecoverfromwhichtheSizePlateispushedin,andinstallthecassette. andstorethemattherear.) 9)Settheothercassetteinthesameway. 10)Ifthecassettepedestalisinstalled,dothesameforthecassetteofthecassettepedestalaswell. MEMO: Papersizesettingsareautomaticallyrecognized. F-9-45 F-9-45 9-25...
Page 926 9-26 CheckingaftertheInstallation MEMO: SettingtheADFbeforeexecutingAutoAdjustGradation. 1)InServiceMode,checktheresultofDrumUnitinitialization. Refertothe"Afterinstallationsetting"inthe"theDuplexColorImageReaderUnit-B1, Makesurethatthevalueoftheinstalledcoloris[0to2]. ColorImageReaderUnit-B1/B2installationprocedure". • Service Mode > COPIER > DISPLAY > HV-STS > THCK-Y • Service Mode > COPIER > DISPLAY > HV-STS > THCK-M ExecutetheITBEquilibriumPositionDetection • Service Mode > COPIER > DISPLAY > HV-STS > THCK-C In the case that the floor surface is either warped or uneven, execute the following work.
Page 927 9-27 AdjustingImagePosition MEMO: Thesecondsideofthe2-sidedcopymentionedlatermeansthesecondsideintheimageformationorder. With this equipment, the second side in the image formation order at the time of 2-sided copy/print is equivalent to the first side of the original. MarginAdjustment(1stside;MechanicalAdjsutment) 1)MakecopiesusingtheCassette1and2,and checkthattheleftedgemarginis2.5+/-1.5mm. Feeding direction MEMO: of paper Adjsutmentmethodissameforboththe Cassette1and2.
Page 928 9-28 5)Movetheadjustingplatesbackandforthby referringthescalecheckedinthestep3).As movingtheadjustingplatetowardtherearby 1scale,theleftedgemarginbecomes1mm smaller. MEMO: Whenmovingthescale,besurethat theamountofthevaluetobemoved arethesameforthe2points. F-9-49 F-9-49 6) Tighten the fixing screw. 7)Returnthecassettetoitsoriginalposition. 9-28...
Page 929 9-29 MEMO: Whenthecassettepositionsareunevenduetothemechanicaladjustment,adjustthembylooseningthescrewatleftside. F-9-50 F-9-50 8)MakecopiesusingtheCassette1and2,and checkthattheleftedgemarginis2.5+/-1.5mm. 9-29...
Page 930 9-30 MarginAdjustment(2ndside) 1)Make2-sidedcopyfromcassette1,andcheck 2) If the left margin is out of the specification, change the adjustment value for the left margin on the 2nd side in cassettte 1. thattheleftmarginis2.5-/+2.0mm. COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ADJ-C1RE;1incrementofthevaluereducestheleftmarginby0.1mm 3)Asfortheadjustmentvalueforsideregistrationonthe2ndsideincassette2,enterthesamevalueastheadjustmentvaluefortheleftmarginonthe Feeding direction 2ndsideincassette1. of paper COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ADJ-C2RE image 4)Tomakethesettingvalueeffective,turnOFF/ONthemainpoweroftheHostMachine. 5)Make2-sidedcopyfromcassette2,andcheckthattheleftmarginis2.5-/+2.0mm. 6) If the margin is out of the specification, change the adjustment value for the left margin on the 2nd side in cassette 2.
Page 931 9-31 5) Loosen the fixing screw for the Multi Purpose Tray Upper Cover. 6)MovetheMultiPurposeTrayUpper Coverbackandforthaccordingtothe value confirmed in step 2). Moving the MultiPurposeTrayUpperCovertothe rearofthisequipmentincreasestheleft margin. Screw F-9-55 F-9-55 F-9-54 F-9-54 7) Tighten the fixing screw for the Multi Purpose TrayUpperCover. 8)PlacepaperontheMultiPurposeTray.
Page 932 9-32 MarginAdjustmentwithMultiPurposeTray(2ndside) 1)Make2-sidedcopyfromthemanualfeedtray,andcheckthattheleftmarginonthe2ndsideis2.5-/+2.0mm. 2) If the left margin is out of the specification, change the adjustment value for the left margin on the 2nd side from the Multi Purpose Tray. COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ADJ-MFRE;1incrementofthevaluereducestheleftmarginby0.1mm. 3)Tomakethesettingvalueeffective,turnOFF/ONthemainpoweroftheHostMachine. 4)Writedownthenewadjustmentvalueontheservicelabel. ADJ-MFRE Lead-edgeMarginAdjustment(1stside) 1)Makecopyfromcassettte1,andcheckthat 2)SelectthefollowinginServiceMode:COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>REGIST thelead-edgemarginisL1=4.0+1.5/-1.0 3)Changethesettingvaluetomakeadjustment(1incrementofthesettingvaluereducesthelead- mm.Ifthelead-edgemarginisoutofthe edgemarginby0.1mm) specification, go through the following steps to 4)Tomakethesettingvalueeffective,turnOFF/ONthemainpoweroftheHostMachine.
Page 933 9-33 Lead-edgeMarginAdjustment(2ndside) 1)Make2-sidedcopyfromcassette1,and 2)SelectthefollowinginServiceMode:COPIER>ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>REG-DUP1 checkthatthelead-edgemarginonthe2nd 3)Changethesettingvaluetomakeadjustment(1incrementofthesettingvaluereducesthelead- sideisL1=4.0+1.5/-1.0mm.Ifthelead-edge edgemarginby0.1mm) margin is out of the specification, go through 4)Tomakethesettingvalueeffective,turnOFF/ONthemainpoweroftheHostMachine. thefollowingstepstomakeadjustment. 5)Writedownthenewadjustmentvalueontheservicelabel. • REG-DUP1 Feeding direction of paper image F-9-57 F-9-57 9-33...
Page 934 9-34 InstallingOtherParts 1)Removethedouble-sticktapedetachmentpaperontheribareaoftheServiceBookHolder,and CAUTION:DonotattachtheServiceBookCasetothefollowinglocation: attachtheServiceBookHoldertothePedestalBottomPlate. • Insidethemachine(innersideofthefrontcover) • Anywherethatblocksthelouverarea • Anywherethatblocksthegriparea MEMO: In the case of machine confifuration without the cassette pedestal, attach theServiceBookCasetotheLeftCoverofthismainunit. F-9-58 F-9-58 1)InstalltheRightLowerSubCover1. (Performthisstepinthecasethatthecassettepedestalisnotinstalled) • 2claws F-9-59 F-9-59 9-34...
Page 935 9-35 3)OpentheStampCover. 1)OpentheADF. 2)PulltheleveratupperareaoftheADF, andopenthecoveroftheADFreading area. F-9-61 F-9-61 F-9-60 F-9-60 5)ClosetheStampCover. 4)Usingtweezers,installtheStamp 6)ClosethecoveroftheADFreadingarea. Cartridgewithitsstampsidefacesup. 7)ClosetheADF. F-9-62 F-9-62 9-35...
Page 936 9-36 2)Usingtweezers,installtheStamp 1)OpentheFeedCoverandthe Cartridgewithitsstampsidefaces SeparationGuideoftheDADF. Feed Cover Separation Guide F-9-64 F-9-64 F-9-63 F-9-63 3)ClosetheFeedCoverandtheSeparation GuideoftheDADF. InstalltheReversalTrail-edgeGuidetothedeliveryassembly. • 2claws Reversal Trail-edge Guide F-9-65 F-9-65 9-36...
Page 937 9-37 CheckingNetworkConnection PingOperationProcedure Overview CAUTION: IftheusernetworkenvironmentisTCP/IP,usePingfunctiontocheckthatthenetworksetting PingcommandcannotbeexecutedtoWindowsVistaPCfromtheHostMachine. isproperlyexecuted. ToexecutePingcommandtoWindowsVistaPC,disabletheFireWall.Or,executePing IftheusernetworkenvironmentisIPX/SPXorAppleTalk,skipthisprocedure. commandtotheHostMachinefromWindowsVistaPC. CheckingNetworkConnection 1)Select[Settings/Registration]>[Preferences]>[Network]>[TCP/IPSettings]>[IPv4 Settings]>[PINGCommand]. 2)EnterIPaddresswithnumerickeypadonthecontrolpanelandpress"Start"key. CAUTION: "Responsefromthehost"isdisplayedifPingoperationissuccessful."Noresponsefrom Usethenetworkcableofrank5eorhigher.Inaddition,useofshieldtype(STPcable) thehost"isdisplayedifPingoperationfails. isrecommended. Whennon-shieldtype(UTPcable)isused,thesurroundingelectronicequipmentsmay CheckingwithRemoteHostAddress beinterferedviathenetworkcable. You can check whether the network is connected or not by using remote host address to 1)TurnOFFthemainpowerswitch. executePing.
Page 938 9-38 TroubleshootingofNetwork CheckingNetworkFunctionontheMainController Checkwiththeloopbackaddress: CheckingConnectionoftheNetworkCable Select:[Settings/Registration]>[Preferences]>[Network]>[TCP/IPSettings]>[IPv4 CheckthatthenetworkcableisproperlyconnectedtotheEthernetport. Settings]>[PINGCommand],andentertheIPaddress"127.0.0.1"withthenumerickeypad andpresstheExecutekey. PingOperationProcedure Ifthedisplayshows"Responsefromthehost",thenetworkofthemaincontrollerisproperly functioning. Askthenetworkadministratorattheuser'ssitetonotetheIPaddressofthePCthatis Ifthedisplayshows"Noresponsefromthehost",thenetworkfunctionofthemaincontroller connectedtothenetwork. isfaulty. Select:[Settings/Registration]>[Preferences]>[Network]>[TCP/IPSettings]>[IPv4 Replacewithamaincontrollerthatworksproperly,andthecheckconnection. Settings]>[PINGCommand],andentertheIPaddressofPCwiththenumerickeypad,and thenpress"Execute”key. Ifthedisplayshows"Responsefromthehost",thenetworkconnectionisproperlyfunctioning. Ifthedisplayshows"Noresponsefromthehost",gotothenextstepforanotherchecking. MEMO: CheckingofIPaddressofPCisavailablebytheprocedurebelow: OnWindowsPC,gothroughthefollowing:Start>Program>Accessory>Command Prompt, and enter ipconfig and press the Enter key. IP address information will be displayed. CheckingNetworkSettingoftheHostMachine Check if the IP address specified on the host machine is correct.
Page 939 9-39 PrinterCover-C1 CheckingtheContents CAUTION: The parts [2] to [4] are included in the contents in a state affixed onto the Printer Cover [1]. [1] Printer Cover x 1 [2] Top Front Cover x 1 [3] Top Right Cover x 1 [4] Top Left Cover x 1 [5] Reader Fixing Hook A x 1 [6] Reader Fixing Hook B x 2...
Page 940 9-40 TurningOFFtheMainPowerSwitch Referto"TurningOFFtheMainPowerSwitch"inMainUnitInstallationProcedure. InstallationProcedure 1)MovetheControlPanelinthedirectionofthearrow. 2)MovetheControlPanelMountCoverinthedirectionofthearrow. • 1screw F-9-67 F-9-67 F-9-68 F-9-68 3)Checktheinstallingpositionofthe2Joints(Right).InstallthemontheLmarkingsideiftheyareontheHmarkingside. F-9-69 F-9-69 9-40...
Page 941 9-41 4) Place the Printer Cover by fitting to the positioning pins. F-9-70 5)FixthePrinterCover. • 2screws(Binding;M4x8) • 1steppedscrew(M4) USB Cable CAUTION: • Alignthescrewinleftsidetotheemboss and tighten first. • EnsurenottopinchtheUSBcable. (IftightenascrewafterremovingUSBcable, Stepped Screw ensuretore-installtheUSBcable.) Embosses F-9-71 9-41...
Page 942 9-42 6)InstalltheReaderFixingHookB. • 2screws(FlatHead;M4x6) Reader Fixing Hook A 7)InstalltheReaderFixingHooksAandC Emboss afteradjustingittotheemboss. Reader Fixing Hook B • 2screws(Binding;M4x8) Fixing Hook C F-9-72 10)ReturntheControlPanelMountCover. 8)InstalltheTopFrontCover. 11)ReturntheControlPanel. Top Right Cover • 2screws(RSTightening;M3x8.5) 9)InstalltheLeftTopCoverandRight TopCover. • 4screws(Binding;M4x8) • 4rubbercaps Screw (RS Tightening; M3x8.5) Top Left Cover Screw Top Front Cover (RS Tightening;...
Page 943 9-43 2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1/2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1 Pointstonoteatinstallation 1)Thereare2typesofinstallationproceduresonthisequipment:"Replacement"toboosttheHDDcapacityforstandardHDDand"Expansion"toinstallthe2HDDs.Seethefollowingforthose 2typesofprocedures. 2)WhenreplacingtheStandardHDDtotheHighCapacityHDD(2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1),itisrequiredtobackuptheStandardHDDbeforethereplacement.Fordetails,referto"PointstoNote RegardingDataBackup/Export".Inaddition,installationwithSSTwillberequiredaftertheinstallation.Fordetails,referto"ProcedureAfterInstallingtheHighCapacityHDD". 3)WhenchangingthisequipmenttotheRemovableHDDorwhenexpandingtheRemovableHDD,otheroption"RemovableHDDKit-AC1"isrequired. Fortheinstallationprocedure,refertothefollowinginstallationprocedures. • Itemin"RemovableHDDKit-AC1"describedinthismanual 4)Toexpandthisequipment,besuretoinstallthe2HDDswithsamecapacity. 5)Whenexpandingthisequipmentintothehostmachine,otheroption"HDDMirroringKit-D1"or"HDDDataEncryption/MirroringKit-C1"isrequired. Fortheinstallationprocedure,refertothefollowinginstallationprocedures. • Itemin"HDDMirroringKit-D1"describedinthismanual • RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit-C1. 6)Installationproceduresarethesamebetweenthe2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1and2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1 WheninstallingtheHDDoptions(5productsindicatedbelow),refertothepagesindicatedinthefollowingtable. • 2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1 • 2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1 • RemovableHDDKit-AC1 • HDDMirroringKit-D1 • HDDHDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit-C1 ReferencePagesintheManualAccordingtoProductCombination CombinationofProduct ReferencePagesintheManual HDD(80GB/250GB) p.9-43top.9-56 RemovableHDDKit p.9-57top.9-75 HDD(80GB/250GB)+RemovableHDDKit HDD(80GB/250GB)+HDDMirroringKit p.9-43top.9-56,p.9-76top.9-21 HDD(80GB/250GB)+RemovableHDDKit+HDDMirroringKit p.9-57top.9-21 p.9-43top.9-56...
Page 944 9-44 PointstoNoteRegardingDataBackup/Export Beforeperformingworkthatwillresultinthelossofdata,informthesystemadministratoroftheinevitableloss,askinghimtomakeabackuporexportofimportantdataitems.Backuporexportwork mustnotbeperformedbytheservicepersonbecauseofsecurityconsiderations.InthisInstallationProcedure,aseriesofbackuporexportproceduresaredescribedforreference. Data to be Deleted Availability of Backup InformationregisteredintheAddressBook SettingsmadefromtheSettings/Registrationscreen Yes * ForwardingSettings License files for MEAP applications MEAPapplications DatasavedusingMEAPapplications Yes * FavoriteSettingsregisteredintheCopyandMailBoxfunctions SendFunctionFavoriteSettings DatastoredinMailBoxesortheAdvancedBox Yes * ScanmodesregisteredintheSendFunction Unsentdocuments(documentswaitingtobesentwiththeDelayedSendmode) ImageformsstoredintheSuperimposeImage MEAPSMS(ServiceManagementService)password (thepasswordwillreturntoitsdefaultpasswordifitwaschanged) Joblogs UserauthenticationinformationregisteredintheLocalDeviceAuthenticationuserauthenticationsystemofSSO-H(SingleSign-OnH) RegistrationinformationfortheNetworkPlace Key Pair and Server Certificate LoginformationfortheIPaddress/MACaddressrestrictionsettings PasswordthatisprotectedbyTPM Yes *...
Page 945 9-45 ListofDataCapableofBackup Data to be backed up Reference AddressBook Forinformationonexportingdata,seethe"e-Manual>RemoteUI". Settings/Registrationsettings DeviceSettings(ForwardingSettings,AddressList,FavoriteSettings) PrinterSettings PaperInformation FavoriteSettingsforWebbrowser Seethee-Manual>WebAccess. (You can select this if web browser (Option) is installed.) License files for MEAP applications For information on downloading license files, see the "e-Manual > MEAP". DatasavedbyMEAPapplications DatasavedbyMEAPapplicationsmaybeabletobebackedup,dependingontheMEAPapplication.
Page 946 9-46 MakingaBackupoftheData 3.Settings/RegistrationExportProcedure 1)AccesstheURLgivenbelow,andthenaccessRemoteUI. ThedataitemsthathavebeenbackedupmayberestoredwhentheHighCapacityHDDhas http://[IPaddressofthedevice]/ beeninstalled. IfthesystemadministratorIDandpasswordareset,adialogboxtoentertheusername Thesedataitemsarepropertyoftheuser,andtherestorationworkmustbeperformedbythe andpasswordappears.EnterthesystemadministratorIDinUserNameandthepassword systemadministrator. inPassword,andthenclick[AdministratorLogin]. ThemethodofrestorationisdescribedintheUsersGuide.SeeTable(Datatobebackedup) 2)Select[Settings/Registration]>[ManagementSettings]>[DataManagement]>[Import/ inPointstoNoteAboutInstallationoftheInstallationProcedure. Export]. 3)Click[Settings/Registration]. 1.ProceduretomakeabackupofAddressBook 4)Click[Export],andclick[StartExport]. 1)AccesstheURLgivenbelow,andthenaccessRemoteUI. 5) Following the instructions on the window, specify the location to save the file. http://[IPaddressofthedevice]/ IfthesystemadministratorIDandpasswordareset,adialogboxtoentertheusername 4.PrinterSettingsExportProcedure andpasswordappears.EnterthesystemadministratorIDinUserNameandthepassword inPassword,andthenclick[AdministratorLogin]. MEMO: 2)Select[Settings/Registration]>[ManagementSettings]>[DataManagement]>[Import/ Thefollowingitemstobeexportedarethesameastheoneswhicharedistributedby deviceinformationdistribution.
Page 947 9-47 5.PaperInformationExportProcedure 7.StopofMEAPApplications,Disabling,DownloadofDisabledLicenseFilesand 1)AccesstheURLgivenbelow,andthenaccessRemoteUI. Uninstallation http://[IPaddressofthedevice]/ 1)SelecttheURLgivenbelowandaccessSMS. IfthesystemadministratorIDandpasswordareset,adialogboxtoentertheusername http://[IPaddressofthedevice]:8000/sms/ andpasswordappears.EnterthesystemadministratorIDinUserNameandthepassword ThedefaultpasswordisMeapSmsLogin.Iftheuserhaschangedthepassword,askhim/ inPassword,andthenclick[AdministratorLogin]. hertochangethepasswordagainaftertheuseoftheHighCapacityHDDisstarted. 2)Select[Settings/Registration]>[ManagementSettings]>[DataManagement]>[Import/ Caution: Export]. 3)Click[PaperInformation]. ThedefaultpasswordisMeapSmsLogin.Iftheuserhaschangedthepassword,ask him/hertochangethepasswordagainaftertheuseoftheHighCapacityHDDis 4)Click[Export],andclick[StartExport]. started. 5)Following the instructions on the window, specify the location to save the file. 6.BackupofMEAPApplication 2)Click[MEAPApplicationManagement]. WhenaMEAPapplicationhasbeeninstalled,thedataandlicensethattheMEAPapplication 3)Click[Stop]buttonoftheapplicationyouwanttostopontheMEAPApplication retainswillbedeleted.IfnoMEAPapplicationisinstalled,thereisnoneedtomakeabackup. Managementpage. IfaMEAPapplicationhasabackupfunction,makeabackupofthedatapeculiartothe 4)Clicktheapplicationofwhichlicensehasbeeninstalled.
Page 948 9-48 8.UserAuthenticationInformationRegisteredbySSO-H(SingleSign-ONH) 9.BackupofUserinboxandAdvancedBoxdocumentdata InthecasethattheMEAPloginapplicationhasbeenchangedtoSSO-H,thereisaneedto Caution:Backupof"AdvancedBox" makeabackupoftheuserauthenticationinformation. 1)AccesstheURLgivenbelow. AdvancedBoxinalargecapacityHDDcannotbebackedup.Onlyrestoringthedata backedupfromastandardHDDcanbeperformed. http://[IPaddressofthedevice]:8000/sso/ ThedefaultpasswordisMeapSmsLogin.Iftheuserhaschangedthepassword,askhim/ Dependingonthesystemversionofthemachine,bothbackupandrestorationmight hertochangethepasswordagainaftertheuseoftheHighCapacityHDDisstarted. notbeperformed. Theprocedureofbackupandrestorationofaboxdocumentdataisdescribedbelow. Caution: Specifythebackupdestinationofadocumentdata: ThedefaultpasswordisMeapSmsLogin.Iftheuserhaschangedthepassword,ask Specifyanaddress,ausername,apassword,andapathtotheSMBserverwhereabackup him/hertochangethepasswordagainaftertheuseoftheHighCapacityHDDis ofadocumentdata. started. 2)LoginwiththeusernameandpasswordregisteredasanadministratorinSSO-H. Caution:Datawhichcannotbebackedup Thedefaultadministratorusernameandpasswordareasfollows: Ifyoubackup/restorestoreddatawithoutrestartingthemachineafterchangingthe UserName:Administrator languagedisplayedonthetouchpaneldisplaybypressing[Settings/Registration]> Password:password [Preferences]fromthecontrolpanelofthemachine,thestoreddatamaynotbebacked 3)Click[UserControl]. up/restoredproperly.Formoreinformationonthedatathatcannotbebackedup,see PointstoNoteforInstallation. 4)PutacheckmarktoSelectAll,andthenclick[Export]. 5) Leave the file format and character code as defaults and click [Start Export]. 6) Following the instructions on the window, specify the location to save the file and click [Save].
Page 949 9-49 [Backup method of User inbox and Advanced Box document data] 10.QuickMenuInformationExportProcedure 1)Select[Settings/Registration]>[ManagementSettings]>[DataManagement]>[Backup]. 1)AccesstheURLgivenbelow,andthenaccessRemoteUI. 2)Select'All'or'Changes'forthebackupmethod. http://[IPaddressofthedevice]/ 3)Click[Execute]. IfthesystemadministratorIDandpasswordareset,adialogboxtoentertheusername andpasswordappears.EnterthesystemadministratorIDinUserNameandthepassword Caution: inPassword,andthenclick[AdministratorLogin]. • IfanyofthehostIPaddress,username,password,orpathtothefolderisnot 2)SelectBasicTools>[QuickMenu]>[Export]. correctlyentered,abackupcannotbemade. 3) If the file needs to be encrypted, enter the password after check [Encrypt file]. (The •...
Page 950 9-50 CheckingtheContents MEMO: Configuration of contets is the same between the 2.5inch/80GB HDD-C1 and 2.5inch/250GB HDD-D1. [1] HDD Support Plate x 1 [2] HDD x 1 [3] Vibration-prevention Dumpe x 4 [4] Spacer x 4 [5] HDD Grounding Plate x 1 [6] Screw (W sems;...
Page 951 9-51 InstallationProcedure AssemblyofOptionHDD MEMO: WhenexpandingtheoptionHDDtotheremovable Option HDD HDD,refertothe"RemovableHDDKit-AC1"to assembletheoptionHDD. HDD Support Plate 1)AssembletheoptionHDD. • 1OptionHDD • 1HDDSupportPate • 4Dust-preventionDumpers • 4spacers Spacer • 1HDDGroundingPlate • 4 screws (binding with flat washer; M3x14) (1 piece is used to fix the HDD Grounding Plate altogether) Vibration-prevention Dumpe HDD Grounding Plate F-9-75...
Page 952 9-52 RemovingtheHDDUnit 1)OpentheRightRearCover1. 2)OpentheHDDLidbehindtheRightRearCover1. 3)RemovetheSignalCableandthePowerCablefromtheHDD. • 1screw Signal Cable Power Cable F-9-77 F-9-79 F-9-78 4)PuttheSignalCableandthePowerCableasidesothatthayarenotpinched 5) Rmove the HDD Unit by holding it as shown in the figure below. • betweentheControllerBoxandtheHDDUnit. 2screws F-9-80 F-9-81 9-52...
Page 953 9-53 ReplacementProceduretoBoosttheHDDCapacity 1) Remove the fixed HDD from the removed HDD Unit. 2)InstalltheOptionHDD. • • 2screws(Removedscrewwillbeusedinstep2).) 2screws(Thescrewremovedinstep1).) F-9-82 F-9-83 3)InstalltheHDDUnittothehost CAUTION: machine. 4)InstalltheSignalCableandthePower Atinstallation,be CabletotheOptionHDD. suretoinstallthe 5)ClosetheHDDLid. GroundingPlate 6)ClosetheRightRearCover1. 7)ClosetheRightLowerCover. insidethe[A]partof 8)ClosetheRightUpperCover. HDDFixingPlate. Grounding Plate [A] Grounding Plate F-9-84 9-53...
Page 954 9-54 ExpansionProcedureforMirroring 1)InstalltheassembledOptionHDDtotheremovedHDDUnit. • 2screws(TP;M3X6) F-9-85 CAUTION: Atinstallation,besureto installtheGroundingPlate insidethe[A]partofHDD FixingPlate. Grounding Plate Grounding Plate F-9-86 9-54...
Page 955 9-55 2)InstalltheenclosedHDDConnectionPlatetotheMirroringKit-D1or 3)InstalltheHDDUnittothehostmachine. theHDDDataEncryption/MirroringKit-C1. • 4screws(TP;M3X6) MEMO: WhentheoptionHDDUnithasbeen expanded,theMirroringKit-D1orthe HDDDataEncryption/MirroringKit-C1 needstobeinstalled.Refertotheeach installationprocedureandmakean installation. F-9-87 9-55...
Page 956 9-56 ProcedureAfterInstallingtheHighCapacityHDD 4.DownloadingtheSystemSoftware 1)Clickconnect. InstallationprocedureInstallingtheSystemSoftwareUsingthe 2)Fromthelistofmachineseries,selecttheappropriatemodel. 3)Select'single',andclickstart. 4)ExecuteHDDformat. ThesystemdatastoredontheHDDandusedtocontrolthehostmachinewillbelostwhen 5)After5secfromwhenthepowerofthehostmachineisturnedOFF,restartthehost machineindownloadmodeofsafemode. the machine is first started up after installing the High Capacity HDD. 6)When"downloadmode"isdisplayedonthecontrolpanel,clicksimplemodestart. Itisimportanttoinstallthesystemsoftwareusedtocontrolthehostmachinesothatthe machinemaystartupproperlyafterinstallationoftheHighCapacityHDD. 7)Clickstarttoexecutedownload. 8)Followtheinstructiononthescreenandwhendownloadiscomplete,clickOK. Detailsfollow. 9)ExitSST. 1.Requirements 10)ChecktheversionsofMN-CONTandLANGetcinservicemode. 1)PC Servicesupporttoolintheversionthatsupportsthishostmachinemustbeinstalled. ExecutionofAutoAdjustGradation 2)CrossEthernetCable WhentheHighCapacityHDDisinstalledtotheColorhostmachine,themachineinitializes 2.PreparingfortheInstallationoftheSystemSoftwareofHostmachine itsHDD,resettingthedatausedforautogradationcorrection. 1)IfbothPCandthemachineareon,turnthemoff. WhenyouhaveinstalledtheHighCapacityHDD,therefore,itisimportantthatyouexecute 2)ConnectthePCandthemachineusinganEthernetcable.
Page 957 9-57 RemovableHDDKit-AC1 PointstoNoteatInstallation 1)Whenexpandingbyinstallingthe2HDDs,otheroption"2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1/2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1"isrequired. 2)WhenreplacingtheStandardHDDtotheHighCapacityHDD(2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1),itisrequiredtobackup/exporttheStandardHDDbeforethereplacement.Inaddition,installationwithSSTwillbe requiredaftertheinstallation. Fordetails,refertothefollowingitemin“2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1/2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1”ofthismanual. • Forbackup/exportprocedure:PointstoNoteRegardingDataBackup/Export • Forprocedureafterinstallation:ProcedureAfterInstallationoftheHighCapacityHDD 3)Wheninstalling2HDDs,otheroption"HDDMirroringKit-D1"or"HDDDataEncryption/MirroringKit-C1"needstobeinstalled.Fortheinstallationprocedure,refertothefollowinginstallationprocedures. • Itemin"HDDMirroringKit-D1"describedinthismanual • RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit-C1. 4)Toexpandthisequipment,besuretoinstallthe2HDDswithsamecapacity. WheninstallingtheHDDoptions(5productsindicatedbelow),refertothepagesindicatedinthefollowingtable. • 2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1 • 2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1 • RemovableHDDKit-AC1 • HDDMirroringKit-D1 • HDDHDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit-C1 ReferencePagesintheManualAccordingtoProductCombination CombinationofProduct ReferencePagesintheManual HDD(80GB/250GB) p.9-43top.9-56 RemovableHDDKit p.9-57top.9-75 HDD(80GB/250GB)+RemovableHDDKit HDD(80GB/250GB)+HDDMirroringKit p.9-43top.9-56,p.9-76top.9-21 HDD(80GB/250GB)+RemovableHDDKit+HDDMirroringKit p.9-57top.9-21 p.9-43top.9-56 HDD(80GB/250GB)+HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption&...
Page 958 9-58 CheckingtheContents [1] Hinge Shaft Stopper x 2 [2] HDD Handle x 2 [3] HDD Connector Plate x 2 [4] HDD Cover x 2 [5] HDD Blanking Plate x 1 [6] HDD Door Guide x 1 [7] HDD Lock Plate x 1 [8] HDD Lock Plate Shaft x 2 [9] HDD Lid Retainer x 1 [10] Shutdown Caution Label x 1...
Page 959 9-59 [16] HDD Drawer Unit x 1 [17] Screw [18] Screw (P Tight; M3X8) x 4 (R round head TP; M3X6) x 9 F-9-89 *1ThisisusedwheninstallingtheHDDMirroringKit-D1 *2ThisisusedwhenonlythestandardHDDofhostmachineisusedforaremovableHDD. TurningOFFtheMainPowerSwitch Referto"TurningOFFtheMainPowerSwitch"inMainUnitInstallationProcedure. 9-59...
Page 960 9-60 InstallationProcedure InstallingtheRemovableHDDKit 1)OpentheRightLowerCover.(OpentheRightUpper 2)OpentheRightRearCover1. Coversimultaneously.) 3)RemovetheRightRearCover1. • 1screw(RStight;M4) • 2screws(TP;M3) • 1claw Claw F-9-90 F-9-91 5)RemovetheUSBCableandtheControlPanelCommunicationCable. 4)WhentheReaderisinstalled, removetheReaderPower Control Panel Cable. USB Cable Communication Cable • 2connectors Reader Power • 2wiresaddles Cable • 1cableguide Cable Guide Wire Saddles Connectors F-9-92 F-9-93 9-60...
Page 961 9-61 6)Removethe2screws,openthegripin2places. 7)Holdthe2Grips,andpullouttheMainControllerPCB1 approximately10mmtowardfront. Grips F-9-95 F-9-94 8)RemovetheLeftRearCover. 9)WhentheReaderisinstalled,removetheReaderCommunicationCable. • 2rubbercaps • 2screws • 5claws claw F-9-97 F-9-96 9-61...
Page 962 9-62 10)RemovetheLeftRearSubCover. 11)RemovetheRearCover. • • 1screw 2rubbercaps • • 1hook 2screws hook • 1claw claw Left Rear Sub Cover F-9-98 F-9-99 12)OpentheControllerBoxwhileavoidingtheharness. MEMO: • 2screws IftheFAXUnithasbeen installed,removethe3screws andopentheControllerBox withtheFAXUnit. Harness Harness F-9-101 F-9-100 9-62...
Page 963 9-63 13)RemovetheControllerCover. 14)RemovetheSignalCable • 11screws(loosen) andthePowerCable. Cable Retainer Edge Saddle CAUTION: Donotremove theFanCable. Wire Saddles • 1edgesaddle • 3wiresaddles • 2connectors Signal Cable • 1cableretainer Fan Cable Power Cable Connectors F-9-103 F-9-102 16)RemovetheSignalCableandthePowerCable. 15)OpentheHDDLid. • • 1scrwe(Removedscrewwillnotbeused.) 2degesaddles • 5wiresaddles •...
Page 964 9-64 17)RemovetheHDDUnitby holding it as shown in the figure below. • 2screws(Removedscrewwill notbeused.) F-9-106 18) Remove the fixed 19)RemovetheHDDfrom HDDfromtheremoved theHDDSupportPlate. • HDDUnit.(Removed 1HDDGroundingPlate • plateandscrewwillnot 4screws beused.) • 2screws HDD Support Plate HDD Grounding Plate F-9-107 F-9-108 9-64...
Page 965 9-65 Caution: InstallitinthepositionwheretheHDDconnector Screw hole isplacedinthesidewithscrewholeofHDD SupportPlate.(oppositedirectioncomparedtothe fixed HDD) Connector Label Screw hole F-9-109 21)FixtheGroundingPlate. 20) Install the HDD Connector Plate first, and • 1screw(TProundend;M3X6) thenHDDtotheHDDSupportPlate.(HDD GroundingPlateandscrewaretheones removedinstep19).) • 1HDDGroundingPlate HDD Connector Plate • 4 screws (1 piece is used to fix the HDD GroundingPlatealtogether.) F-9-111 HDD Support Plate...
Page 966 9-66 22)PurchaseoptionHDDandassemblethesecond MEMO: HDD. WheninstallingHDDMirroring • 1OptionHDD Option HDD Kit-D1or"HDDDataEncryption/ • 1HDDSupportPlate(enclosedwithoptionHDD) • MirroringKit-C1",purchaseother 1HDDConnectorPlate optionHDDandgothroughthestep • 4Vibration-preventionDumpers(enclosedwith HDD Connector Plate 22). optionHDD) • 4spacers(enclosedwithoptionHDD) • 1HDDGroundingPlate(enclosedwithoption HDD Support Plate HDD) TP round end; • 1screw(TProundend;M3X6)(enclosedwith M3X6 removableHDDKit) • 4 screws (binding with flat washer; M3X14) Spacer (enclosed with option HDD) (1 piece is used to fix theHDDGroundingPlatealtogether.)
Page 967 9-67 26)InstalltheHDDHandle. 25)InstalltheHDDCover. • 2screws(TProundend;M3X6) • 1claw • 1screw(TProundend;M3X6) F-9-115 F-9-116 27)InstalltheHDDDoorGuide. • 2claws Claws F-9-117 9-67...
Page 968 9-68 Caution: Becarefuloftheinstallation directionofHDDLockPlate. F-9-118 28)InstalltheHDDLockPlate. • 2HDDLockPlateShafts • 2HingeShaftStoppers Hinge Shaft Stoppers HDD Lock Plate Shaft HDD Lock Plate Shaft HDD Lock Plate F-9-119 9-68...
Page 969 9-69 29)Adjustthe2bossestothehole Holes Bosses andinstalltheHDDLidRetainer. • 1screw(TProundend;M3X6) F-9-120 30)RemovetheHDDRearCover.(Removed HDDRearCoverwillnotbeused.) • 2screws(Removedscrewwillbeusedto installtheHDDDrawerUnit.) F-9-121 9-69...
Page 970 9-70 WhenChanging1FixedHDD(Standard)toRemovableHDD 2)RemovetheDrawerCable. 1)Placeitinthepositionwherethe • 2screws(Removedscrewwillbeusedinstep3).) Drawer Cable edgesaddleofHDDDrawerUnit Edge Saddle isfacingup,removethelower DrawerCable(Slot.2). • 2screws • 2springs • 2washers Washer Spring Screw F-9-122 F-9-123 3)InstalltheIVCable. • 2screws(screwremovedinstep2)) F-9-124 9-70...
Page 971 9-71 4)InstalltheIVCableofHDDDrawerUnit. 5)InstalltheHDDDrawerUnit. • 2screws(thescrewsremovedinstep28)in) • 2screws • 2springs • 2washers IV Cable Washer Spring Screw F-9-125 F-9-126 6)FixthecableoftheDrawerUnit. • 3wiresaddles Wire saddles MEMO: • Closethe[A]partofunusedwire saddleandedgesaddle. • ShortSignalCableandPowerCable willnotbeused. • FixtheunusedSignalCableandthe PowerCablewiththewiresaddle. F-9-127 9-71...
Page 972 9-72 8)InstalltheConrollerCover. 7)InstalltheIVCable. • 1edgesaddle Cable Retainer • Caution: 3wiresaddles Edge Saddle • 2connectors Besurethatthegasketsonleft/right • 1cableretainer sideoftheControllerCoverarenot protruded. Wire Saddles Signal Cable Power Cable Connectors F-9-128 9)InstalltheHDDBlankingPlatetoSlot.1. 10)InstalltheHDDtoSlot.2(rightside). • 2screws(TProundend;M3X6) F-9-130 F-9-129 9-72...
Page 973 9-73 11)ClosetheHDDLid. 13) Affix the Shutdowm Warning Label in the appropriate language on the Right Rear 14)Installtheremovedcoverandthecable. • 12)RestoretheControllerBoxCover. Cover1. RearCover • LeftRearSubCover • ReaderCommunicationCable(whenreaderisinstalled) • LeftRearCover • USBCableandControlPanelCommunicationCable F-9-131 15)InstalltheMainControllerPCB1tothehostmachine. CAUTION: • Liftthehandle,inserttheMain ControllerPCB1untilitstops,tilt thegripandinstallthe2screws. • Makesuretotiltthegripslowly onbothsidessimultaneously. • CheckthattheMainController PCB1isinstalledproperly.
Page 974 9-74 17)ClosetheRightRearCover1,RightLower 16)IfReaderisinstalled,installtheReaderPowerCable. Cover,andRightUpperCover. MEMO: HandletheReaderPowerCablefromthe connectorsideandmakeaslackatApart. BendtheReaderPowerCableataright angleonBpart. Cable Guide Wire Saddles Reader Power Cable Connectors F-9-133 9-74...
Page 975 9-75 Wheninstalling"HDDMirroringKit-D1"or"HDDDataEncryption/MirroringKit-C1" 1)InstalltheHDDDrawerUnit. 2)InstalltheoriginallyinstalledHDDtoSlot.1(leftside). • 2screws(Screwremovedinstep28)in) F-9-135 F-9-134 3)InstalltheOptionHDDtoSlot2(rightside). 4)ClosetheHDDLid. MEMO: Toproceedtothelatersteps,refertothe installationprocedureof"MirroringKit-D1"or "HDDDataEncryption/MirroringKit-C1". F-9-136 9-75...
Page 976 9-76 HDDMirroringKit-D1 PointstoNoteatInstallation 1)Toinstalltheequipment,eitherthe2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1orthe2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1isrequired.Fortheinstallationprocedure,referto"2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1/2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1"inthismanual. 2)WhenchangingfromtheFixedHDD(standard)totheRemovableHDD,theRemovableHDDKit-AC1(option)needstobeinstalled.Fortheinstallationprocedure,referto"RemovableHDDKit-AC1"inthis manual. 3)Theprocedurepresentedinthismanualisdescribedonthepremisethatthe2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1/2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1andtheRemovableHDDKit-AC1havebeeninstalled. WheninstallingtheHDDoptions(5productsindicatedbelow),refertothepagesindicatedinthefollowingtable. • 2.5inch/80GBHDD-C1 • 2.5inch/250GBHDD-D1 • RemovableHDDKit-AC1 • HDDMirroringKit-D1 • HDDHDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit-C1 ReferencePagesintheManualAccordingtoProductCombination CombinationofProduct ReferencePagesintheManual HDD(80GB/250GB) p.9-43top.9-56 RemovableHDDKit p.9-57top.9-75 HDD(80GB/250GB)+RemovableHDDKit HDD(80GB/250GB)+HDDMirroringKit p.9-43top.9-56,p.9-76top.9-21 HDD(80GB/250GB)+RemovableHDDKit+HDDMirroringKit p.9-57top.9-21 p.9-43top.9-56 HDD(80GB/250GB)+HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption& MirroringKit. p.9-57top.9-75 RemovableHDDKit+HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit RefertotheInstallationManualandInstructionSheetofCASE-1andCASE-2packedwiththeHDDDataEncryption& HDD(80GB/250GB)+RemovableHDDKit+HDDDataEncryption&MirroringKit MirroringKit. T-9-8 9-76...
Page 977 9-77 CheckingtheContents [1] Signal Cable [2] Signal Cable [3] Signal Cable [4] Power Cable [5] Power Cable (450mm (Red); FK2-8435) x 1 (80mm (Red); FK2-8436) x 1 (80mm (Blue); FK2-8438) x 1 (80mm; FK2-8461) x 2 (430mm; FK2-8463) x 2 1, 2 [10] Wire saddle (Small) x 5 1, 2...
Page 978 9-78 [5] LED Cable [1] Signal Cable [2] Signal Cable [3] Power Cable [4] LED Board (large) x 1 (290mm; FM4-0840) x 1 (340mm (Red); FK2-8434) x 1 (370mm (Blue); FK2-8441) x 1 (320mm; FK2-8467) x 1 [8] Wire saddle (Middle) x 1 [6] STS Cable [7] Wire saddle (large) x 1 [9] LED Label (large) x 1...
Page 979 9-79 InstallationProcedure RemovingtheSignalCableandPowerSupplyCableWhenInstallingtheFixedHDD(Standard) 1)OpentheRightLowerCover.(OpentheRightUpper 2)OpentheRightRearCover1. Coversimultaneously.) 3)RemovetheRightRearCover1. • 1screw(RStight;M4) • 2screws(TP;M3) • 1claw Claw F-9-139 F-9-140 5)RemovetheUSBCableandtheControlPanelCommunicationCable. 4)WhentheReaderisinstalled, removetheReaderPower Control Panel Cable. USB Cable Communication Cable • 2connectors Reader Power • 2wiresaddles Cable • 1cableguide Cable Guide Wire Saddles Connectors F-9-141 F-9-142 9-79...
Page 980 9-80 6)Removethe2screws,openthegripin2places. 7)Holdthe2Grips,andpullouttheMainControllerPCB1 approximately10mmtowardfront. Grips F-9-144 F-9-143 8)RemovetheLeftRearCover. 9)WhentheReaderisinstalled,removetheReaderCommunicationCable. • 2rubbercaps • 2screws • 5claws claw F-9-146 F-9-145 9-80...
Page 981 9-81 10)RemovetheLeftRearSubCover. 11)RemovetheRearCover. • • 1screw 2rubbercaps • • 1hook 2screws hook • 1claw claw Left Rear Sub Cover F-9-147 F-9-148 12)OpentheControllerBoxwhileavoidingtheharness. MEMO: • 2screws IftheFAXUnithasbeen installed,removethe3screws andopentheControllerBox withtheFAXUnit. Harness Harness F-9-150 F-9-149 9-81...
Page 982 9-82 13)RemovetheControllerCover. 14)RemovetheSignalCable • 11screws(loosen) andthePowerCable. Cable Retainer Edge Saddle CAUTION: Donotremove theFanCable. Wire Saddles • 1edgesaddle • 3wiresaddles • 2connectors Signal Cable • 1cableretainer Fan Cable Power Cable Connectors F-9-152 F-9-151 16)RemovetheSignalCableandthePowerCable.(Removedcableswillnotbeused.) 15)OpentheHDDLid. • • 1scrwe(Removedscrewwillnotbeused.) 2degesaddles • 5wiresaddles •...
Page 983 9-83 InstallingtheLEDBoard 1)InstalltheLEDBoard(small). 2)Installthe2wiresaddlesandtheedgesaddle. • 2screws(TP;M3X6) Wire Saddles Edge Saddle F-9-156 F-9-155 3)InstalltheLEDCable(1200mm;FM4-0839). Wire Saddle Cable Guide Wire Saddle • 7wiresaddles (Top side of the Controller Box） • 1edgesaddle • 1cableguide • 1connector CAUTION: • Besuretoallowextracableat[A]areaintheconditionthat theControllerBoxisfullyopened. • Besuretotuckthe[B]areaoftheLEDcableundertheother 2cablesrunningthroughthe[B]area.Thisistopreventthe[B] areaoftheLEDcablefrombeingslackedoffwhenclosingthe LED Cable ControllerBox.
Page 984 9-84 InstallationProcedureWhentheFixedHDDHasBeenExpanded 1)InstalltheMirroringBoardsothat"CHA" and"CHB"areplacedinthedirectionof theHDDslot. • 4screws(TP;M3X6) CAUTION: Besurethatthedirectionof installingtheMirroringBoardis oppositetothecasewhenthe RemovableHDDisinstalled.Ifit isinstalledinawrongdirection, thecablesdonotreachtheboard. Direction of the HDD Slot F-9-158 2)InstallthecablestothePCBonthebackside. • CommunicationCable(450mm(Red);FK2-8435) Cable Retainer • PowerCable(430mm;FK2-8463) Edge Saddle • STSCable(550mm;FM4-0842) 3)Fixthecables. Power Cable • 3wiresaddles • Wire Saddles 1edgesaddle •...
Page 985 9-85 4)InstalltheControllerCover. 5)InstallthecablestotheMirroringBoard. • SignalCable(450mm(Red);FK2-8435) CAUTION: • PowerCable(430mm;FK2-8463) • LEDCable(1200mm;FM4-0839) Power Cable Besurethatthegasketsonleft/rightsideof • STSCable(550mm;FM4-0842) Signal Cable theControllerCoverarenotprotruded. CAUTION: STS Cable Themachinecanoperateeventhe STSCableandtheLEDCableare LED Cable notconnected.Therefore,when installingthecables,besurethat theyareconnectedproperly. F-9-160 6)Fixthecables. • 4wiresaddles • 1edgesaddle Wire Saddles Wire Saddles MEMO: Besuretoclosetheunused wiresaddle[A].
Page 986 9-86 Slot.2 (HDD2) CAUTION: Besuretoacknowledgethefollowingcautionbefore Signal Cable(Blue) Slot.1 (HDD1) performingthenextprocedure. Power Cable CombinationsofconnectionbetweentheHDDsand theMirroringBoardareshownbelow. • ConnectSlot1to"CHA".(OriginallyinstalledHDD) Signal Cable(Red) • ConnectSlot2to"CHB".(NewHDD) Power Cable F-9-162 7)InstalltheSignalCable(80mm(Red);FK2-8436)andthe PowerCable(80mm;FK2-8461)toCHAontheMirroring Board. Signal Ccable Power Cable F-9-163 9-86...
Page 987 9-87 8)InstalltheSignalCable(80mm(Red);FK2-8436) andthePowerCable(80mm;FK2-8461)tothe first HDD (Slot 1). CAUTION: Installthecablestocorrectpositions. Signal Cable Power Cable F-9-164 9)InstalltheSignalCable(80mm(Blue);FK2-8438) andthePowerCable(80mm;FK2-8461)toCHB ontheMirroringBoard. Signal Cable Power Cable F-9-165 9-87...
Page 988 9-88 10)InstalltheSignalCable(80mm(Blue);FK2-8438) andthePowerCable(80mm;FK2-8461)tothe secondHDD(Slot2). CAUTION: Installthecablestocorrectpositions. Signal Cable Ppower Cable F-9-166 11)Fixthecableswiththewiresaddle. Wire Saddle CAUTION: • Besuretoplacethetagson thePowerSupplyCableinthe positionwhereitisbeyondthe wiresaddletowardtheHDD side. Wire Saddle • IfreturningtheControllerBox whileplacingthecablesand tagstowardthePCBside,they mayinterferethefanonthe hostmachine. F-9-168 F-9-167 9-88...
Page 989 9-89 15)InstalltheMainControllerPCB1tothehostmachine. 12)ClosetheHDDLid. 13)PlacetheControllerBoxtothe CAUTION: originalposition. 14)Installtheremovedcoverand • Liftthehandle,inserttheMain thecable. ControllerPCB1untilitstops,tilt • RearCover • thegripandinstallthe2screws. LeftRearSubCover • ReaderCommunicationCable • Makesuretotiltthegripslowly (whenreaderisinstalled) onbothsidessimultaneously. • LeftRearCover • CheckthattheMainController • USBCableandControlPanel CommunicationCable PCB1isinstalledproperly. Grips F-9-169 17)InstalltheRightRearCover1. 16)IfReaderisinstalled,installtheReaderPowerCable. MEMO: HandletheReaderPowerCablefromthe connectorsideandmakeaslackatApart. BendtheReaderPowerCableataright angleonBpart. Cable Guide Wire Saddles Reader Power Cable Connectors...
Page 990 9-90 18) Affix the LED label so that it fits the edge of the Right Rear Cover 1. 19)ClosetheRightRearCover1,RightLower Cover,andRightUpperCover. LED Label Right Rear Cover 1 F-9-171 9-90...
Page 991 9-91 ProcedurewhenaddingtheRemovableHDD 1)InstalltheMirroringBoardsothat"CHA"and"CHB"areplacedin thedirectionoftheDCControllerPCB. • 4screws(TP;M3X6) CAUTION: BesurethatthedirectionofinstallingtheMirroring Board is opposite to the case when the fixed HDD is installed.Ifitisinstalledinawrongdirection,thecables donotreachtheboard. Direction of the DC Controller PCB F-9-172 4)InstalltheControllerCover. 2)Installthecablestothe PCBonthebackside. Cable Retainer • CAUTION: SignalCable(FK2-8432; Edge Saddle 660mm)(Usetheexisting Besurethatthegasketsonleft/rightside cable.) oftheControllerCoverarenotprotruded.
Page 992 9-92 5)Installthe2wiresaddles. 6)InstallthecabletotheMirroringBoard. • Signalcable • Powersable(650mm;FK2-8464) LED Cable • LEDcable(1200mm;FM4-0839) STS Cable • STScable(550mm;FM4-0842) Signal Cable Power Cable CAUTION: Themachinecanoperateeventhe STSCableandtheLEDCableare notconnected.Therefore,when installingthecables,besurethat theyareconnectedproperly. F-9-174 F-9-175 7)Fixthecables. • 7wiresaddles Edge Saddle Wire Saddles • 1edgesaddle Wire Saddles MEMO: Besuretoclosetheunused wiresaddle[A].
Page 993 9-93 CAUTION: • When fixing the cables with wire saddles, be sure to take up slackofthemat[A]part,andslackoffthemat[B]part. • Ifslackingoffthecablesat[A]part,theymayintereferthefan onthehostmachinewhenreturingtheControllerBox. Wire Saddles F-9-177 Signal Cable(Blue) CAUTION: Slot.2 (HDD2) Besuretoacknowledgethefollowingcautionbefore Power Cable Slot.1 (HDD1) performingthenextprocedure. CombinationsofconnectionbetweentheHDDsand theMirroringBoardareshownbelow. Signal Cable(Red) CH A • ConnectSlot1to"CHA".(OriginallyinstalledHDD) CH B •...
Page 994 9-94 8)InstallthecableoftheHDDDrawerUnittotheMirroringBoard. 9)PlacetheControllerBoxtotheoriginalposition. Power Cable from front side Signal Cable(Blue) Signal Cable(Red) Power Cable from rear side F-9-179 11)Installtheremovedcoverandthecable. 10) Affix the Shutdowm Warning Label in the • RearCover appropriatelanguageontheRightRearCover1. • LeftRearSubCover (includedintheRemovableHDDKit). • ReaderCommunicationCable(whenreaderis installed) • LeftRearCover • USBCableandControlPanelCommunicationCable F-9-180 9-94...
Page 995 9-95 12)InstalltheMainControllerPCB1tothehostmachine. CAUTION: • Liftthehandle,inserttheMainControllerPCB1untilitstops,tilt thegripandinstallthe2screws. • Makesuretotiltthegripslowlyonbothsidessimultaneously. • CheckthattheMainControllerPCB1isinstalledproperly. Grips F-9-181 14)InstalltheRightRearCover1. 13)IfReaderisinstalled,installtheReaderPower Cable. MEMO: HandletheReaderPowerCablefromthe connectorsideandmakeaslackatApart. BendtheReaderPowerCableataright angleonBpart. Cable Guide Wire Saddles Reader Power Cable Connectors F-9-182 9-95...
Page 996 9-96 15) Affix the LED label so that it fits the edge of the Right Rear Cover 1. 16)ClosetheRightRearCover1,RightLower Cover,andRightUpperCover. LED Label Right Rear Cover 1 F-9-183 CheckingOperationAfterInstallation 1)Insertthepowerplugintothesocketandturnonthemainpowerofthehostmachine. 2)Makeasettingofmirroring. • Specify"1"under"ServiceMode>COPIER>OPTION>FNCSW>W/RAID". 3)TurnOFF/ONthemainpowerofthehostmachinetoenablethesettingvalue. 4)MakesurethattheUIscreenisactivatedcorrectly. 5)MakesurethattheLEDblinks. • HDD1(Slot1):ThegreenLEDblinks. • HDD2(Slot2):ThegreenandredLEDsblink. CAUTION: Rebuildprocessstartsaftersetting“1”forW/RAID.IfanerroroccursduringtherebuildprocessattheinitialinstallationTheharddiskneedstobereplaced.(Callservicerep.),reexecutethe processwiththefollowingprocedure.
Page 997 9-97 ReaderHeaterUnit-G1 Checkingthecontents [1] Reader Heater X 1 [2] Flat Screw(M4X4) X 4 [3] Heater Sheet X 1sheet F-9-184 F-9-184 *:3sheetsareusedinthisInstallationprocedure. TurningOFFthepoweroftheHostMachine. BesuretorefertoHowtoDisconnecttheMainPowerintheHostMachineinstallation. 9-97...
Page 998 9-98 InstallationProcedure 1)OpentheADForCopyboardCover. 2)RemovetheReaderRightRetainerCover. 3)RemovetheReaderCableCover. • • 2Screws 2Screws F-9-185 F-9-185 F-9-186 F-9-186 F-9-187 F-9-187 4)RemovetheCopyboardGlass. Caution: Whenremovingthe CopyboardGlass,besure not to touch your finger tothewhiteplateinthe surfaceandthebacksideof theglass.Ifitisdirty,clean itwithlint-freepaper. F-9-189 F-9-189 F-9-188 F-9-188 9-98...
Page 999 9-99 5)Align3sheetsofheatersheettothemarkingline,andadherethem. Marking Line Heater Sheet F-9-190 F-9-190 6)InstalltheReaderHeater. • 4FlatScrews(M4) Caution: DonotscratchthesurfaceoftheGuide Reader Heater Shaft. Guide Shaft F-9-191 F-9-191 9-99...
Page 1000 9-100 7)Passtheconnectorundertherailasshown. F-9-192 F-9-192 Wire Caution: Donotscratchsurfaceofthewire andtheScannerRail. Scanner Rail F-9-193 F-9-193 9-100...
Page 1001 9-101 8)Loosenthescrew,shifttheHarnessGuideinthedirectionofthearrow,passtheharness,andmakespace[A]. Screw F-9-194 F-9-194 9)PasstheharnessestotheclawoftheFFCGuidein4places. Claw of the FFC Guide Claw of the FFC Guide MEMO: Makesurethattheharnesses are securely fixed. F-9-195 F-9-195 9-101...

This manual is also suitable for:

Imagerunner advance c5035 seroes Imagerunner advance c5051 series Imagerunner advance c5030 series

Canon imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5045 Series Service Manual

Quick Links

Troubleshooting

Related Manuals for Canon imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5045 Series

Summary of Contents for Canon imageRUNNER ADVANCE C5045 Series

This manual is also suitable for:

Table of Contents